BSD 4.4 Lite sbin Sources

Note:  XNSrouted and routed NOT imported here, they shall be imported with
usr.sbin.
This commit is contained in:
rgrimes 1994-05-26 06:35:07 +00:00
parent fd10fe931b
commit 9079938dd1
96 changed files with 23234 additions and 0 deletions

14
sbin/bsdlabel/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/17/94
PROG= disklabel
SRCS= disklabel.c dkcksum.c
MAN8= disklabel.0
CLEANFILES=disklabel.5.0
all: ${PROG} disklabel.5.0 ${MAN8}
beforeinstall:
install -c -o ${MANOWN} -g ${MANGRP} -m ${MANMODE} disklabel.5.0 \
${DESTDIR}${MANDIR}5/disklabel.0
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

343
sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1988, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
.\" Symmetric Computer Systems.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)disklabel.8 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
.\"
.Dd "April 19, 1994"
.Dt DISKLABEL 8
.Os BSD 4.2
.Sh NAME
.Nm disklabel
.Nd read and write disk pack label
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm disklabel
.Op Fl r
.Ar disk
.Nm disklabel
.Fl w
.Op Fl r
.Ar disk Ar disktype
.Oo Ar packid Oc
.Nm disklabel
.Fl e
.Op Fl r
.Ar disk
.Nm disklabel
.Fl R
.Op Fl r
.Ar disk Ar protofile
.Nm disklabel
.Op Fl NW
.Ar disk
.sp
.Nm disklabel
.Fl B
.Oo
.Fl b Ar boot1
.Op Fl s Ar boot2
.Oc
.Ar disk
.Oo Ar disktype Oc
.Nm disklabel
.Fl w
.Fl B
.Oo
.Fl b Ar boot1
.Op Fl s Ar boot2
.Oc
.Ar disk Ar disktype
.Oo Ar packid Oc
.Nm disklabel
.Fl R
.Fl B
.Oo
.Fl b Ar boot1
.Op Fl s Ar boot2
.Oc
.Ar disk Ar protofile
.Oo Ar disktype Oc
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Disklabel
can be used to install, examine or modify the label on a disk drive or pack.
When writing the label, it can be used
to change the drive identification,
the disk partitions on the drive,
or to replace a damaged label.
On some systems,
.Nm disklabel
can be used to install bootstrap code as well.
There are several forms of the command that read (display), install or edit
the label on a disk.
Each form has an additional option,
.Fl r ,
which causes the label to be read from or written to the disk directly,
rather than going through the system's in-core copy of the label.
This option may allow a label to be installed on a disk
without kernel support for a label, such as when labels are first installed
on a system; it must be used when first installing a label on a disk.
The specific effect of
.Fl r
is described under each command.
The read and install forms also support the
.Fl B
option to install bootstrap code.
These variants are described later.
.Pp
The first form of the command (read) is used to examine the label on the named
disk drive (e.g. sd0 or /dev/rsd0c).
It will display all of the parameters associated with the drive
and its partition layout.
Unless the
.Fl r
flag is given,
the kernel's in-core copy of the label is displayed;
if the disk has no label, or the partition types on the disk are incorrect,
the kernel may have constructed or modified the label.
If the
.Fl r
flag is given, the label from the raw disk will be displayed rather
than the in-core label.
.Pp
The second form of the command, with the
.Fl w
flag, is used to write a standard label on the designated drive.
The required arguments to
.Nm disklabel
are the drive to be labelled (e.g. sd0), and
the drive type as described in the
.Xr disktab 5
file.
The drive parameters and partitions are taken from that file.
If different disks of the same physical type are to have different
partitions, it will be necessary to have separate disktab entries
describing each, or to edit the label after installation as described below.
The optional argument is a pack identification string,
up to 16 characters long.
The pack id must be quoted if it contains blanks.
If the
.Fl r
flag is given, the disk sectors containing the label and bootstrap
will be written directly.
A side-effect of this is that any existing bootstrap code will be overwritten
and the disk rendered unbootable.
If
.Fl r
is not specified,
the existing label will be updated via the in-core copy and any bootstrap
code will be unaffected.
If the disk does not already have a label, the
.Fl r
flag must be used.
In either case, the kernel's in-core label is replaced.
.Pp
An existing disk label may be edited by using the
.Fl e
flag.
The label is read from the in-core kernel copy,
or directly from the disk if the
.Fl r
flag is also given.
The label is formatted and then supplied to an editor for changes.
If no editor is specified in an
.Ev EDITOR
environment variable,
.Xr vi 1
is used.
When the editor terminates, the formatted label is reread
and used to rewrite the disk label.
Existing bootstrap code is unchanged regardless of whether
.Fl r
was specified.
.Pp
With the
.Fl R
flag,
.Nm disklabel
is capable of restoring a disk label that was formatted
in a prior operation and saved in an ascii file.
The prototype file used to create the label should be in the same format
as that produced when reading or editing a label.
Comments are delimited by
.Ar \&#
and newline.
As with
.Fl w ,
any existing bootstrap code will be clobbered if
.Fl r
is specified and will be unaffected otherwise.
.Pp
The
.Fl NW
flags for
.Nm disklabel
explicitly disallow and
allow, respectively, writing of the pack label area on the selected disk.
.Pp
The final three forms of
.Nm disklabel
are used to install boostrap code on machines where the bootstrap is part
of the label.
The bootstrap code is comprised of one or two boot programs depending on
the machine.
The
.Fl B
option is used to denote that bootstrap code is to be installed.
The
.Fl r
flag is implied by
.Fl B
and never needs to be specified.
The name of the boot program(s) to be installed can be selected in a
variety of ways.
First, the names can be specified explicitly via the
.Fl b
and
.Fl s
flags.
On machines with only a single level of boot program,
.Fl b
is the name of that program.
For machines with a two-level bootstrap,
.Fl b
indicates the primary boot program and
.Fl s
the secondary boot program.
If the names are not explicitly given, standard boot programs will be used.
The boot programs are located in
.Pa /usr/mdec .
The names of the programs are taken from the ``b0'' and ``b1'' parameters
of the
.Xr disktab 5
entry for the disk if
.Ar disktype
was given and its disktab entry exists and includes those parameters.
Otherwise, boot program names are derived from the name of the disk.
These names are of the form
.Pa basename Ns boot
for the primary (or only) bootstrap, and
.Pf boot Pa basename
for the secondary bootstrap;
for example,
.Pa /usr/mdec/sdboot
and
.Pa /usr/mdec/bootsd
if the disk device is
.Em sd0 .
.Pp
The first of the three boot-installation forms is used to install
bootstrap code without changing the existing label.
It is essentially a read command with respect to the disk label
itself and all options are related to the specification of the boot
program as described previously.
The final two forms are analogous to the basic write and restore versions
except that they will install bootstrap code in addition to a new label.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width Pa -compact
.It Pa /etc/disktab
.It Pa /usr/mdec/ Ns Em xx Ns boot
.It Pa /usr/mdec/boot Ns Em xx
.El
.Sh EXAMPLES
.Dl disklabel sd0
.Pp
Display the in-core label for sd0 as obtained via
.Pa /dev/rsd0c .
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -w -r /dev/rsd0c sd2212 foo
.Pp
Create a label for sd0 based on information for ``sd2212'' found in
.Pa /etc/disktab .
Any existing bootstrap code will be clobbered.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -e -r sd0
.Pp
Read the on-disk label for sd0, edit it and reinstall in-core as well
as on-disk.
Existing bootstrap code is unaffected.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -R sd0 mylabel
.Pp
Restore the on-disk and in-core label for sd0 from information in
.Pa mylabel .
Existing bootstrap code is unaffected.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -B sd0
.Pp
Install a new bootstrap on sd0.
The boot code comes from
.Pa /usr/mdec/sdboot
and possibly
.Pa /usr/mdec/bootsd .
On-disk and in-core labels are unchanged.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -w -B /dev/rsd0c -b newboot sd2212
.Pp
Install a new label and bootstrap.
The label is derived from disktab information for ``sd2212'' and
installed both in-core and on-disk.
The bootstrap code comes from the file
.Pa /usr/mdec/newboot .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr disktab 5 ,
.Xr disklabel 5
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
The kernel device drivers will not allow the size of a disk partition
to be decreased or the offset of a partition to be changed while it is open.
Some device drivers create a label containing only a single large partition
if a disk is unlabeled; thus, the label must be written to the ``a''
partition of the disk while it is open.
This sometimes requires the desired label to be set in two steps,
the first one creating at least one other partition,
and the second setting the label on the new partition
while shrinking the ``a'' partition.
.Pp
On some machines the bootstrap code may not fit entirely in the area
allocated for it by some filesystems.
As a result, it may not be possible to have filesystems on some partitions
of a ``bootable'' disk.
When installing bootstrap code,
.Nm disklabel
checks for these cases.
If the installed boot code would overlap a partition of type FS_UNUSED
it is marked as type FS_BOOT.
The
.Xr newfs 8
utility will disallow creation of filesystems on FS_BOOT partitions.
Conversely, if a partition has a type other than FS_UNUSED or FS_BOOT,
.Nm disklabel
will not install bootstrap code that overlaps it.
.Sh BUGS
When a disk name is given without a full pathname,
the constructed device name uses the ``a'' partition on the tahoe,
the ``c'' partition on all others.

1314
sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

384
sbin/bsdlabel/disklabel.5.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
.\" Symmetric Computer Systems.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)disklabel.5.5 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
.\"
.Dd June 5, 1993
.Dt DISKLABEL 5
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm disklabel
.Nd disk pack label
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <sys/disklabel.h>
.Sh DESCRIPTION
Each disk or disk pack on a system may contain a disk label
which provides detailed information
about the geometry of the disk and the partitions into which the disk
is divided.
It should be initialized when the disk is formatted,
and may be changed later with the
.Xr disklabel 8
program.
This information is used by the system disk driver and by the bootstrap
program to determine how to program the drive
and where to find the filesystems on the disk partitions.
Additional information is used by the filesystem in order
to use the disk most efficiently and to locate important filesystem information.
The description of each partition contains an identifier for the partition
type (standard filesystem, swap area, etc.).
The filesystem updates the in-core copy of the label if it contains
incomplete information about the filesystem.
.Pp
The label is located in sector number
.Dv LABELSECTOR
of the drive, usually sector 0 where it may be found
without any information about the disk geometry.
It is at an offset
.Dv LABELOFFSET
from the beginning of the sector, to allow room for the initial bootstrap.
The disk sector containing the label is normally made read-only
so that it is not accidentally overwritten by pack-to-pack copies
or swap operations;
the
.Dv DIOCWLABEL
.Xr ioctl 2 ,
which is done as needed by the
.Xr disklabel
program.
.Pp
A copy of the in-core label for a disk can be obtained with the
.Dv DIOCGDINFO
.Xr ioctl ;
this works with a file descriptor for a block or character (``raw'') device
for any partition of the disk.
The in-core copy of the label is set by the
.Dv DIOCSDINFO
.Xr ioctl .
The offset of a partition cannot generally be changed while it is open,
nor can it be made smaller while it is open.
One exception is that any change is allowed if no label was found
on the disk, and the driver was able to construct only a skeletal label
without partition information.
Finally, the
.Dv DIOCWDINFO
.Xr ioctl
operation sets the in-core label and then updates the on-disk label;
there must be an existing label on the disk for this operation to succeed.
Thus, the initial label for a disk or disk pack must be installed
by writing to the raw disk.
All of these operations are normally done using
.Xr disklabel .
.Pp
The format of the disk label, as specified in
.Aw Pa sys/disklabel.h ,
is
.Bd -literal
/*
* Disk description table, see disktab(5)
*/
#define DISKTAB "/etc/disktab"
/*
* Each disk has a label which includes information about the hardware
* disk geometry, filesystem partitions, and drive specific information.
* The label is in block 0 or 1, possibly offset from the beginning
* to leave room for a bootstrap, etc.
*/
#ifndef LABELSECTOR
#define LABELSECTOR 0 /* sector containing label */
#endif
#ifndef LABELOFFSET
#define LABELOFFSET 64 /* offset of label in sector */
#endif
#define DISKMAGIC ((u_long) 0x82564557) /* The disk magic number */
#ifndef MAXPARTITIONS
#define MAXPARTITIONS 8
#endif
#ifndef LOCORE
struct disklabel {
u_long d_magic; /* the magic number */
short d_type; /* drive type */
short d_subtype; /* controller/d_type specific */
char d_typename[16]; /* type name, e.g. "eagle" */
/*
* d_packname contains the pack identifier and is returned when
* the disklabel is read off the disk or in-core copy.
* d_boot0 and d_boot1 are the (optional) names of the
* primary (block 0) and secondary (block 1-15) bootstraps
* as found in /usr/mdec. These are returned when using
* getdiskbyname(3)
to retrieve the values from /etc/disktab.
*/
#if defined(KERNEL) || defined(STANDALONE)
char d_packname[16]; /* pack identifier */
#else
union {
char un_d_packname[16]; /* pack identifier */
struct {
char *un_d_boot0; /* primary bootstrap name */
char *un_d_boot1; /* secondary bootstrap name */
} un_b;
} d_un;
#define d_packname d_un.un_d_packname
#define d_boot0 d_un.un_b.un_d_boot0
#define d_boot1 d_un.un_b.un_d_boot1
#endif /* ! KERNEL or STANDALONE */
/* disk geometry: */
u_long d_secsize; /* # of bytes per sector */
u_long d_nsectors; /* # of data sectors per track */
u_long d_ntracks; /* # of tracks per cylinder */
u_long d_ncylinders; /* # of data cylinders per unit */
u_long d_secpercyl; /* # of data sectors per cylinder */
u_long d_secperunit; /* # of data sectors per unit */
/*
* Spares (bad sector replacements) below
* are not counted in d_nsectors or d_secpercyl.
* Spare sectors are assumed to be physical sectors
* which occupy space at the end of each track and/or cylinder.
*/
u_short d_sparespertrack; /* # of spare sectors per track */
u_short d_sparespercyl; /* # of spare sectors per cylinder */
/*
* Alternate cylinders include maintenance, replacement,
* configuration description areas, etc.
*/
u_long d_acylinders; /* # of alt. cylinders per unit */
/* hardware characteristics: */
/*
* d_interleave, d_trackskew and d_cylskew describe perturbations
* in the media format used to compensate for a slow controller.
* Interleave is physical sector interleave, set up by the formatter
* or controller when formatting. When interleaving is in use,
* logically adjacent sectors are not physically contiguous,
* but instead are separated by some number of sectors.
* It is specified as the ratio of physical sectors traversed
* per logical sector. Thus an interleave of 1:1 implies contiguous
* layout, while 2:1 implies that logical sector 0 is separated
* by one sector from logical sector 1.
* d_trackskew is the offset of sector 0 on track N
* relative to sector 0 on track N-1 on the same cylinder.
* Finally, d_cylskew is the offset of sector 0 on cylinder N
* relative to sector 0 on cylinder N-1.
*/
u_short d_rpm; /* rotational speed */
u_short d_interleave; /* hardware sector interleave */
u_short d_trackskew; /* sector 0 skew, per track */
u_short d_cylskew; /* sector 0 skew, per cylinder */
u_long d_headswitch; /* head switch time, usec */
u_long d_trkseek; /* track-to-track seek, usec */
u_long d_flags; /* generic flags */
#define NDDATA 5
u_long d_drivedata[NDDATA]; /* drive-type specific information */
#define NSPARE 5
u_long d_spare[NSPARE]; /* reserved for future use */
u_long d_magic2; /* the magic number (again) */
u_short d_checksum; /* xor of data incl. partitions */
/* filesystem and partition information: */
u_short d_npartitions; /* number of partitions in following */
u_long d_bbsize; /* size of boot area at sn0, bytes */
u_long d_sbsize; /* max size of fs superblock, bytes */
struct partition { /* the partition table */
u_long p_size; /* number of sectors in partition */
u_long p_offset; /* starting sector */
u_long p_fsize; /* filesystem basic fragment size */
u_char p_fstype; /* filesystem type, see below */
u_char p_frag; /* filesystem fragments per block */
union {
u_short cpg; /* UFS: FS cylinders per group */
u_short sgs; /* LFS: FS segment shift */
} __partition_u1;
#define p_cpg __partition_u1.cpg
#define p_sgs __partition_u1.sgs
u_short p_cpg; /* filesystem cylinders per group */
} d_partitions[MAXPARTITIONS]; /* actually may be more */
};
/* d_type values: */
#define DTYPE_SMD 1 /* SMD, XSMD; VAX hp/up */
#define DTYPE_MSCP 2 /* MSCP */
#define DTYPE_DEC 3 /* other DEC (rk, rl) */
#define DTYPE_SCSI 4 /* SCSI */
#define DTYPE_ESDI 5 /* ESDI interface */
#define DTYPE_ST506 6 /* ST506 etc. */
#define DTYPE_HPIB 7 /* CS/80 on HP-IB */
#define DTYPE_HPFL 8 /* HP Fiber-link */
#define DTYPE_FLOPPY 10 /* floppy */
#ifdef DKTYPENAMES
static char *dktypenames[] = {
"unknown",
"SMD",
"MSCP",
"old DEC",
"SCSI",
"ESDI",
"ST506",
"HP-IB",
"HP-FL",
"type 9",
"floppy",
0
};
#define DKMAXTYPES (sizeof(dktypenames) / sizeof(dktypenames[0]) - 1)
#endif
/*
* Filesystem type and version.
* Used to interpret other filesystem-specific
* per-partition information.
*/
#define FS_UNUSED 0 /* unused */
#define FS_SWAP 1 /* swap */
#define FS_V6 2 /* Sixth Edition */
#define FS_V7 3 /* Seventh Edition */
#define FS_SYSV 4 /* System V */
#define FS_V71K 5 /* V7 with 1K blocks (4.1, 2.9) */
#define FS_V8 6 /* Eighth Edition, 4K blocks */
#define FS_BSDFFS 7 /* 4.2BSD fast file system */
#define FS_MSDOS 8 /* MSDOS file system */
#define FS_BSDLFS 9 /* 4.4BSD log-structured file system */
#define FS_OTHER 10 /* in use, but unknown/unsupported */
#define FS_HPFS 11 /* OS/2 high-performance file system */
#define FS_ISO9660 12 /* ISO 9660, normally CD-ROM */
#define FS_BOOT 13 /* partition contains bootstrap */
#ifdef DKTYPENAMES
static char *fstypenames[] = {
"unused",
"swap",
"Version 6",
"Version 7",
"System V",
"4.1BSD",
"Eighth Edition",
"4.2BSD",
"MSDOS",
"4.4LFS",
"unknown",
"HPFS",
"ISO9660",
"boot",
0
};
#define FSMAXTYPES (sizeof(fstypenames) / sizeof(fstypenames[0]) - 1)
#endif
/*
* flags shared by various drives:
*/
#define D_REMOVABLE 0x01 /* removable media */
#define D_ECC 0x02 /* supports ECC */
#define D_BADSECT 0x04 /* supports bad sector forw. */
#define D_RAMDISK 0x08 /* disk emulator */
#define D_CHAIN 0x10 /* can do back-back transfers */
/*
* Drive data for SMD.
*/
#define d_smdflags d_drivedata[0]
#define D_SSE 0x1 /* supports skip sectoring */
#define d_mindist d_drivedata[1]
#define d_maxdist d_drivedata[2]
#define d_sdist d_drivedata[3]
/*
* Drive data for ST506.
*/
#define d_precompcyl d_drivedata[0]
#define d_gap3 d_drivedata[1] /* used only when formatting */
/*
* Drive data for SCSI.
*/
#define d_blind d_drivedata[0]
#ifndef LOCORE
/*
* Structure used to perform a format
* or other raw operation, returning data
* and/or register values.
* Register identification and format
* are device- and driver-dependent.
*/
struct format_op {
char *df_buf;
int df_count; /* value-result */
daddr_t df_startblk;
int df_reg[8]; /* result */
};
/*
* Structure used internally to retrieve
* information about a partition on a disk.
*/
struct partinfo {
struct disklabel *disklab;
struct partition *part;
};
/*
* Disk-specific ioctls.
*/
/* get and set disklabel; DIOCGPART used internally */
#define DIOCGDINFO _IOR('d', 101, struct disklabel) /* get */
#define DIOCSDINFO _IOW('d', 102, struct disklabel) /* set */
#define DIOCWDINFO _IOW('d', 103, struct disklabel) /* set, update disk */
#define DIOCGPART _IOW('d', 104, struct partinfo) /* get partition */
/* do format operation, read or write */
#define DIOCRFORMAT _IOWR('d', 105, struct format_op)
#define DIOCWFORMAT _IOWR('d', 106, struct format_op)
#define DIOCSSTEP _IOW('d', 107, int) /* set step rate */
#define DIOCSRETRIES _IOW('d', 108, int) /* set # of retries */
#define DIOCWLABEL _IOW('d', 109, int) /* write en/disable label */
#define DIOCSBAD _IOW('d', 110, struct dkbad) /* set kernel dkbad */
#endif LOCORE
.Ed
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr disktab 5 ,
.Xr disklabel 8
.Sh HISTORY

53
sbin/bsdlabel/dkcksum.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dkcksum.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/disklabel.h>
u_short
dkcksum(lp)
register struct disklabel *lp;
{
register u_short *start, *end;
register u_short sum = 0;
start = (u_short *)lp;
end = (u_short *)&lp->d_partitions[lp->d_npartitions];
while (start < end)
sum ^= *start++;
return (sum);
}

40
sbin/bsdlabel/pathnames.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pathnames.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*/
#include <paths.h>
#define _PATH_BOOTDIR "/usr/mdec"
#undef _PATH_TMP
#define _PATH_TMP "/tmp/EdDk.aXXXXXX"

9
sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
PROG= fsck
MAN8= fsck.0
SRCS= dir.c inode.c main.c pass1.c pass1b.c pass2.c pass3.c pass4.c \
pass5.c preen.c setup.c utilities.c ffs_subr.c ffs_tables.c
.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/ufs/ffs
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

150
sbin/fsck_ffs/SMM.doc/0.t Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)0.t 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93
.\"
.if n .ND
.TL
Fsck \- The UNIX\(dg File System Check Program
.EH 'SMM:3-%''The \s-2UNIX\s+2 File System Check Program'
.OH 'The \s-2UNIX\s+2 File System Check Program''SMM:3-%'
.AU
Marshall Kirk McKusick
.AI
Computer Systems Research Group
Computer Science Division
Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
University of California, Berkeley
Berkeley, CA 94720
.AU
T. J. Kowalski
.AI
Bell Laboratories
Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974
.AB
.FS
\(dgUNIX is a trademark of Bell Laboratories.
.FE
.FS
This work was done under grants from
the National Science Foundation under grant MCS80-05144,
and the Defense Advance Research Projects Agency (DoD) under
Arpa Order No. 4031 monitored by Naval Electronic System Command under
Contract No. N00039-82-C-0235.
.FE
This document reflects the use of
.I fsck
with the 4.2BSD and 4.3BSD file system organization. This
is a revision of the
original paper written by
T. J. Kowalski.
.PP
File System Check Program (\fIfsck\fR)
is an interactive file system check and repair program.
.I Fsck
uses the redundant structural information in the
UNIX file system to perform several consistency checks.
If an inconsistency is detected, it is reported
to the operator, who may elect to fix or ignore
each inconsistency.
These inconsistencies result from the permanent interruption
of the file system updates, which are performed every
time a file is modified.
Unless there has been a hardware failure,
.I fsck
is able to repair corrupted file systems
using procedures based upon the order in which UNIX honors
these file system update requests.
.PP
The purpose of this document is to describe the normal updating
of the file system,
to discuss the possible causes of file system corruption,
and to present the corrective actions implemented
by
.I fsck.
Both the program and the interaction between the
program and the operator are described.
.sp 2
.LP
Revised July 16, 1985
.AE
.LP
.bp
.ce
.B "TABLE OF CONTENTS"
.LP
.sp 1
.nf
.B "1. Introduction"
.LP
.sp .5v
.nf
.B "2. Overview of the file system
2.1. Superblock
2.2. Summary Information
2.3. Cylinder groups
2.4. Fragments
2.5. Updates to the file system
.LP
.sp .5v
.nf
.B "3. Fixing corrupted file systems
3.1. Detecting and correcting corruption
3.2. Super block checking
3.3. Free block checking
3.4. Checking the inode state
3.5. Inode links
3.6. Inode data size
3.7. Checking the data associated with an inode
3.8. File system connectivity
.LP
.sp .5v
.nf
.B Acknowledgements
.LP
.sp .5v
.nf
.B References
.LP
.sp .5v
.nf
.B "4. Appendix A
4.1. Conventions
4.2. Initialization
4.3. Phase 1 - Check Blocks and Sizes
4.4. Phase 1b - Rescan for more Dups
4.5. Phase 2 - Check Pathnames
4.6. Phase 3 - Check Connectivity
4.7. Phase 4 - Check Reference Counts
4.8. Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups
4.9. Cleanup
.ds RH Introduction
.bp

83
sbin/fsck_ffs/SMM.doc/1.t Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1982, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)1.t 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
.\"
.ds RH Introduction
.NH
Introduction
.PP
This document reflects the use of
.I fsck
with the 4.2BSD and 4.3BSD file system organization. This
is a revision of the
original paper written by
T. J. Kowalski.
.PP
When a UNIX
operating system is brought up, a consistency
check of the file systems should always be performed.
This precautionary measure helps to insure
a reliable environment for file storage on disk.
If an inconsistency is discovered,
corrective action must be taken.
.I Fsck
runs in two modes.
Normally it is run non-interactively by the system after
a normal boot.
When running in this mode,
it will only make changes to the file system that are known
to always be correct.
If an unexpected inconsistency is found
.I fsck
will exit with a non-zero exit status,
leaving the system running single-user.
Typically the operator then runs
.I fsck
interactively.
When running in this mode,
each problem is listed followed by a suggested corrective action.
The operator must decide whether or not the suggested correction
should be made.
.PP
The purpose of this memo is to dispel the
mystique surrounding
file system inconsistencies.
It first describes the updating of the file system
(the calm before the storm) and
then describes file system corruption (the storm).
Finally,
the set of deterministic corrective actions
used by
.I fsck
(the Coast Guard
to the rescue) is presented.
.ds RH Overview of the File System

265
sbin/fsck_ffs/SMM.doc/2.t Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1982, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)2.t 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
.\"
.ds RH Overview of the file system
.NH
Overview of the file system
.PP
The file system is discussed in detail in [Mckusick84];
this section gives a brief overview.
.NH 2
Superblock
.PP
A file system is described by its
.I "super-block" .
The super-block is built when the file system is created (\c
.I newfs (8))
and never changes.
The super-block
contains the basic parameters of the file system,
such as the number of data blocks it contains
and a count of the maximum number of files.
Because the super-block contains critical data,
.I newfs
replicates it to protect against catastrophic loss.
The
.I "default super block"
always resides at a fixed offset from the beginning
of the file system's disk partition.
The
.I "redundant super blocks"
are not referenced unless a head crash
or other hard disk error causes the default super-block
to be unusable.
The redundant blocks are sprinkled throughout the disk partition.
.PP
Within the file system are files.
Certain files are distinguished as directories and contain collections
of pointers to files that may themselves be directories.
Every file has a descriptor associated with it called an
.I "inode".
The inode contains information describing ownership of the file,
time stamps indicating modification and access times for the file,
and an array of indices pointing to the data blocks for the file.
In this section,
we assume that the first 12 blocks
of the file are directly referenced by values stored
in the inode structure itself\(dg.
.FS
\(dgThe actual number may vary from system to system, but is usually in
the range 5-13.
.FE
The inode structure may also contain references to indirect blocks
containing further data block indices.
In a file system with a 4096 byte block size, a singly indirect
block contains 1024 further block addresses,
a doubly indirect block contains 1024 addresses of further single indirect
blocks,
and a triply indirect block contains 1024 addresses of further doubly indirect
blocks (the triple indirect block is never needed in practice).
.PP
In order to create files with up to
2\(ua32 bytes,
using only two levels of indirection,
the minimum size of a file system block is 4096 bytes.
The size of file system blocks can be any power of two
greater than or equal to 4096.
The block size of the file system is maintained in the super-block,
so it is possible for file systems of different block sizes
to be accessible simultaneously on the same system.
The block size must be decided when
.I newfs
creates the file system;
the block size cannot be subsequently
changed without rebuilding the file system.
.NH 2
Summary information
.PP
Associated with the super block is non replicated
.I "summary information" .
The summary information changes
as the file system is modified.
The summary information contains
the number of blocks, fragments, inodes and directories in the file system.
.NH 2
Cylinder groups
.PP
The file system partitions the disk into one or more areas called
.I "cylinder groups".
A cylinder group is comprised of one or more consecutive
cylinders on a disk.
Each cylinder group includes inode slots for files, a
.I "block map"
describing available blocks in the cylinder group,
and summary information describing the usage of data blocks
within the cylinder group.
A fixed number of inodes is allocated for each cylinder group
when the file system is created.
The current policy is to allocate one inode for each 2048
bytes of disk space;
this is expected to be far more inodes than will ever be needed.
.PP
All the cylinder group bookkeeping information could be
placed at the beginning of each cylinder group.
However if this approach were used,
all the redundant information would be on the top platter.
A single hardware failure that destroyed the top platter
could cause the loss of all copies of the redundant super-blocks.
Thus the cylinder group bookkeeping information
begins at a floating offset from the beginning of the cylinder group.
The offset for
the
.I "i+1" st
cylinder group is about one track further
from the beginning of the cylinder group
than it was for the
.I "i" th
cylinder group.
In this way,
the redundant
information spirals down into the pack;
any single track, cylinder,
or platter can be lost without losing all copies of the super-blocks.
Except for the first cylinder group,
the space between the beginning of the cylinder group
and the beginning of the cylinder group information stores data.
.NH 2
Fragments
.PP
To avoid waste in storing small files,
the file system space allocator divides a single
file system block into one or more
.I "fragments".
The fragmentation of the file system is specified
when the file system is created;
each file system block can be optionally broken into
2, 4, or 8 addressable fragments.
The lower bound on the size of these fragments is constrained
by the disk sector size;
typically 512 bytes is the lower bound on fragment size.
The block map associated with each cylinder group
records the space availability at the fragment level.
Aligned fragments are examined
to determine block availability.
.PP
On a file system with a block size of 4096 bytes
and a fragment size of 1024 bytes,
a file is represented by zero or more 4096 byte blocks of data,
and possibly a single fragmented block.
If a file system block must be fragmented to obtain
space for a small amount of data,
the remainder of the block is made available for allocation
to other files.
For example,
consider an 11000 byte file stored on
a 4096/1024 byte file system.
This file uses two full size blocks and a 3072 byte fragment.
If no fragments with at least 3072 bytes
are available when the file is created,
a full size block is split yielding the necessary 3072 byte
fragment and an unused 1024 byte fragment.
This remaining fragment can be allocated to another file, as needed.
.NH 2
Updates to the file system
.PP
Every working day hundreds of files
are created, modified, and removed.
Every time a file is modified,
the operating system performs a
series of file system updates.
These updates, when written on disk, yield a consistent file system.
The file system stages
all modifications of critical information;
modification can
either be completed or cleanly backed out after a crash.
Knowing the information that is first written to the file system,
deterministic procedures can be developed to
repair a corrupted file system.
To understand this process,
the order that the update
requests were being honored must first be understood.
.PP
When a user program does an operation to change the file system,
such as a
.I write ,
the data to be written is copied into an internal
.I "in-core"
buffer in the kernel.
Normally, the disk update is handled asynchronously;
the user process is allowed to proceed even though
the data has not yet been written to the disk.
The data,
along with the inode information reflecting the change,
is eventually written out to disk.
The real disk write may not happen until long after the
.I write
system call has returned.
Thus at any given time, the file system,
as it resides on the disk,
lags the state of the file system represented by the in-core information.
.PP
The disk information is updated to reflect the in-core information
when the buffer is required for another use,
when a
.I sync (2)
is done (at 30 second intervals) by
.I "/etc/update" "(8),"
or by manual operator intervention with the
.I sync (8)
command.
If the system is halted without writing out the in-core information,
the file system on the disk will be in an inconsistent state.
.PP
If all updates are done asynchronously, several serious
inconsistencies can arise.
One inconsistency is that a block may be claimed by two inodes.
Such an inconsistency can occur when the system is halted before
the pointer to the block in the old inode has been cleared
in the copy of the old inode on the disk,
and after the pointer to the block in the new inode has been written out
to the copy of the new inode on the disk.
Here,
there is no deterministic method for deciding
which inode should really claim the block.
A similar problem can arise with a multiply claimed inode.
.PP
The problem with asynchronous inode updates
can be avoided by doing all inode deallocations synchronously.
Consequently,
inodes and indirect blocks are written to the disk synchronously
(\fIi.e.\fP the process blocks until the information is
really written to disk)
when they are being deallocated.
Similarly inodes are kept consistent by synchronously
deleting, adding, or changing directory entries.
.ds RH Fixing corrupted file systems

439
sbin/fsck_ffs/SMM.doc/3.t Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1982, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)3.t 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
.\"
.ds RH Fixing corrupted file systems
.NH
Fixing corrupted file systems
.PP
A file system
can become corrupted in several ways.
The most common of these ways are
improper shutdown procedures
and hardware failures.
.PP
File systems may become corrupted during an
.I "unclean halt" .
This happens when proper shutdown
procedures are not observed,
physically write-protecting a mounted file system,
or a mounted file system is taken off-line.
The most common operator procedural failure is forgetting to
.I sync
the system before halting the CPU.
.PP
File systems may become further corrupted if proper startup
procedures are not observed, e.g.,
not checking a file system for inconsistencies,
and not repairing inconsistencies.
Allowing a corrupted file system to be used (and, thus, to be modified
further) can be disastrous.
.PP
Any piece of hardware can fail at any time.
Failures
can be as subtle as a bad block
on a disk pack, or as blatant as a non-functional disk-controller.
.NH 2
Detecting and correcting corruption
.PP
Normally
.I fsck
is run non-interactively.
In this mode it will only fix
corruptions that are expected to occur from an unclean halt.
These actions are a proper subset of the actions that
.I fsck
will take when it is running interactively.
Throughout this paper we assume that
.I fsck
is being run interactively,
and all possible errors can be encountered.
When an inconsistency is discovered in this mode,
.I fsck
reports the inconsistency for the operator to
chose a corrective action.
.PP
A quiescent\(dd
.FS
\(dd I.e., unmounted and not being written on.
.FE
file system may be checked for structural integrity
by performing consistency checks on the
redundant data intrinsic to a file system.
The redundant data is either read from
the file system,
or computed from other known values.
The file system
.B must
be in a quiescent state when
.I fsck
is run,
since
.I fsck
is a multi-pass program.
.PP
In the following sections,
we discuss methods to discover inconsistencies
and possible corrective actions
for the cylinder group blocks, the inodes, the indirect blocks, and
the data blocks containing directory entries.
.NH 2
Super-block checking
.PP
The most commonly corrupted item in a file system
is the summary information
associated with the super-block.
The summary information is prone to corruption
because it is modified with every change to the file
system's blocks or inodes,
and is usually corrupted
after an unclean halt.
.PP
The super-block is checked for inconsistencies
involving file-system size, number of inodes,
free-block count, and the free-inode count.
The file-system size must be larger than the
number of blocks used by the super-block
and the number of blocks used by the list of inodes.
The file-system size and layout information
are the most critical pieces of information for
.I fsck .
While there is no way to actually check these sizes,
since they are statically determined by
.I newfs ,
.I fsck
can check that these sizes are within reasonable bounds.
All other file system checks require that these sizes be correct.
If
.I fsck
detects corruption in the static parameters of the default super-block,
.I fsck
requests the operator to specify the location of an alternate super-block.
.NH 2
Free block checking
.PP
.I Fsck
checks that all the blocks
marked as free in the cylinder group block maps
are not claimed by any files.
When all the blocks have been initially accounted for,
.I fsck
checks that
the number of free blocks
plus the number of blocks claimed by the inodes
equals the total number of blocks in the file system.
.PP
If anything is wrong with the block allocation maps,
.I fsck
will rebuild them,
based on the list it has computed of allocated blocks.
.PP
The summary information associated with the super-block
counts the total number of free blocks within the file system.
.I Fsck
compares this count to the
number of free blocks it found within the file system.
If the two counts do not agree, then
.I fsck
replaces the incorrect count in the summary information
by the actual free-block count.
.PP
The summary information
counts the total number of free inodes within the file system.
.I Fsck
compares this count to the number
of free inodes it found within the file system.
If the two counts do not agree, then
.I fsck
replaces the incorrect count in the
summary information by the actual free-inode count.
.NH 2
Checking the inode state
.PP
An individual inode is not as likely to be corrupted as
the allocation information.
However, because of the great number of active inodes,
a few of the inodes are usually corrupted.
.PP
The list of inodes in the file system
is checked sequentially starting with inode 2
(inode 0 marks unused inodes;
inode 1 is saved for future generations)
and progressing through the last inode in the file system.
The state of each inode is checked for
inconsistencies involving format and type,
link count,
duplicate blocks,
bad blocks,
and inode size.
.PP
Each inode contains a mode word.
This mode word describes the type and state of the inode.
Inodes must be one of six types:
regular inode, directory inode, symbolic link inode,
special block inode, special character inode, or socket inode.
Inodes may be found in one of three allocation states:
unallocated, allocated, and neither unallocated nor allocated.
This last state suggests an incorrectly formated inode.
An inode can get in this state if
bad data is written into the inode list.
The only possible corrective action is for
.I fsck
is to clear the inode.
.NH 2
Inode links
.PP
Each inode counts the
total number of directory entries
linked to the inode.
.I Fsck
verifies the link count of each inode
by starting at the root of the file system,
and descending through the directory structure.
The actual link count for each inode
is calculated during the descent.
.PP
If the stored link count is non-zero and the actual
link count is zero,
then no directory entry appears for the inode.
If this happens,
.I fsck
will place the disconnected file in the
.I lost+found
directory.
If the stored and actual link counts are non-zero and unequal,
a directory entry may have been added or removed without the inode being
updated.
If this happens,
.I fsck
replaces the incorrect stored link count by the actual link count.
.PP
Each inode contains a list,
or pointers to
lists (indirect blocks),
of all the blocks claimed by the inode.
Since indirect blocks are owned by an inode,
inconsistencies in indirect blocks directly
affect the inode that owns it.
.PP
.I Fsck
compares each block number claimed by an inode
against a list of already allocated blocks.
If another inode already claims a block number,
then the block number is added to a list of
.I "duplicate blocks" .
Otherwise, the list of allocated blocks
is updated to include the block number.
.PP
If there are any duplicate blocks,
.I fsck
will perform a partial second
pass over the inode list
to find the inode of the duplicated block.
The second pass is needed,
since without examining the files associated with
these inodes for correct content,
not enough information is available
to determine which inode is corrupted and should be cleared.
If this condition does arise
(only hardware failure will cause it),
then the inode with the earliest
modify time is usually incorrect,
and should be cleared.
If this happens,
.I fsck
prompts the operator to clear both inodes.
The operator must decide which one should be kept
and which one should be cleared.
.PP
.I Fsck
checks the range of each block number claimed by an inode.
If the block number is
lower than the first data block in the file system,
or greater than the last data block,
then the block number is a
.I "bad block number" .
Many bad blocks in an inode are usually caused by
an indirect block that was not written to the file system,
a condition which can only occur if there has been a hardware failure.
If an inode contains bad block numbers,
.I fsck
prompts the operator to clear it.
.NH 2
Inode data size
.PP
Each inode contains a count of the number of data blocks
that it contains.
The number of actual data blocks
is the sum of the allocated data blocks
and the indirect blocks.
.I Fsck
computes the actual number of data blocks
and compares that block count against
the actual number of blocks the inode claims.
If an inode contains an incorrect count
.I fsck
prompts the operator to fix it.
.PP
Each inode contains a thirty-two bit size field.
The size is the number of data bytes
in the file associated with the inode.
The consistency of the byte size field is roughly checked
by computing from the size field the maximum number of blocks
that should be associated with the inode,
and comparing that expected block count against
the actual number of blocks the inode claims.
.NH 2
Checking the data associated with an inode
.PP
An inode can directly or indirectly
reference three kinds of data blocks.
All referenced blocks must be the same kind.
The three types of data blocks are:
plain data blocks, symbolic link data blocks, and directory data blocks.
Plain data blocks
contain the information stored in a file;
symbolic link data blocks
contain the path name stored in a link.
Directory data blocks contain directory entries.
.I Fsck
can only check the validity of directory data blocks.
.PP
Each directory data block is checked for
several types of inconsistencies.
These inconsistencies include
directory inode numbers pointing to unallocated inodes,
directory inode numbers that are greater than
the number of inodes in the file system,
incorrect directory inode numbers for ``\fB.\fP'' and ``\fB..\fP'',
and directories that are not attached to the file system.
If the inode number in a directory data block
references an unallocated inode,
then
.I fsck
will remove that directory entry.
Again,
this condition can only arise when there has been a hardware failure.
.PP
If a directory entry inode number references
outside the inode list, then
.I fsck
will remove that directory entry.
This condition occurs if bad data is written into a directory data block.
.PP
The directory inode number entry for ``\fB.\fP''
must be the first entry in the directory data block.
The inode number for ``\fB.\fP''
must reference itself;
e.g., it must equal the inode number
for the directory data block.
The directory inode number entry
for ``\fB..\fP'' must be
the second entry in the directory data block.
Its value must equal the inode number for the
parent of the directory entry
(or the inode number of the directory
data block if the directory is the
root directory).
If the directory inode numbers are
incorrect,
.I fsck
will replace them with the correct values.
If there are multiple hard links to a directory,
the first one encountered is considered the real parent
to which ``\fB..\fP'' should point;
\fIfsck\fP recommends deletion for the subsequently discovered names.
.NH 2
File system connectivity
.PP
.I Fsck
checks the general connectivity of the file system.
If directories are not linked into the file system, then
.I fsck
links the directory back into the file system in the
.I lost+found
directory.
This condition only occurs when there has been a hardware failure.
.ds RH "References"
.SH
\s+2Acknowledgements\s0
.PP
I thank Bill Joy, Sam Leffler, Robert Elz and Dennis Ritchie
for their suggestions and help in implementing the new file system.
Thanks also to Robert Henry for his editorial input to
get this document together.
Finally we thank our sponsors,
the National Science Foundation under grant MCS80-05144,
and the Defense Advance Research Projects Agency (DoD) under
Arpa Order No. 4031 monitored by Naval Electronic System Command under
Contract No. N00039-82-C-0235. (Kirk McKusick, July 1983)
.PP
I would like to thank Larry A. Wehr for advice that lead
to the first version of
.I fsck
and Rick B. Brandt for adapting
.I fsck
to
UNIX/TS. (T. Kowalski, July 1979)
.sp 2
.SH
\s+2References\s0
.LP
.IP [Dolotta78] 20
Dolotta, T. A., and Olsson, S. B. eds.,
.I "UNIX User's Manual, Edition 1.1\^" ,
January 1978.
.IP [Joy83] 20
Joy, W., Cooper, E., Fabry, R., Leffler, S., McKusick, M., and Mosher, D.
4.2BSD System Manual,
.I "University of California at Berkeley" ,
.I "Computer Systems Research Group Technical Report"
#4, 1982.
.IP [McKusick84] 20
McKusick, M., Joy, W., Leffler, S., and Fabry, R.
A Fast File System for UNIX,
\fIACM Transactions on Computer Systems 2\fP, 3.
pp. 181-197, August 1984.
.IP [Ritchie78] 20
Ritchie, D. M., and Thompson, K.,
The UNIX Time-Sharing System,
.I "The Bell System Technical Journal"
.B 57 ,
6 (July-August 1978, Part 2), pp. 1905-29.
.IP [Thompson78] 20
Thompson, K.,
UNIX Implementation,
.I "The Bell System Technical Journal\^"
.B 57 ,
6 (July-August 1978, Part 2), pp. 1931-46.
.ds RH Appendix A \- Fsck Error Conditions
.bp

1424
sbin/fsck_ffs/SMM.doc/4.t Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93
DIR= smm/03.fsck
SRCS= 0.t 1.t 2.t 3.t 4.t
MACROS= -ms
.include <bsd.doc.mk>

681
sbin/fsck_ffs/dir.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dir.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
char *lfname = "lost+found";
int lfmode = 01777;
struct dirtemplate emptydir = { 0, DIRBLKSIZ };
struct dirtemplate dirhead = {
0, 12, DT_DIR, 1, ".",
0, DIRBLKSIZ - 12, DT_DIR, 2, ".."
};
struct odirtemplate odirhead = {
0, 12, 1, ".",
0, DIRBLKSIZ - 12, 2, ".."
};
struct direct *fsck_readdir();
struct bufarea *getdirblk();
/*
* Propagate connected state through the tree.
*/
propagate()
{
register struct inoinfo **inpp, *inp;
struct inoinfo **inpend;
long change;
inpend = &inpsort[inplast];
do {
change = 0;
for (inpp = inpsort; inpp < inpend; inpp++) {
inp = *inpp;
if (inp->i_parent == 0)
continue;
if (statemap[inp->i_parent] == DFOUND &&
statemap[inp->i_number] == DSTATE) {
statemap[inp->i_number] = DFOUND;
change++;
}
}
} while (change > 0);
}
/*
* Scan each entry in a directory block.
*/
dirscan(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dp;
register struct bufarea *bp;
int dsize, n;
long blksiz;
char dbuf[DIRBLKSIZ];
if (idesc->id_type != DATA)
errexit("wrong type to dirscan %d\n", idesc->id_type);
if (idesc->id_entryno == 0 &&
(idesc->id_filesize & (DIRBLKSIZ - 1)) != 0)
idesc->id_filesize = roundup(idesc->id_filesize, DIRBLKSIZ);
blksiz = idesc->id_numfrags * sblock.fs_fsize;
if (chkrange(idesc->id_blkno, idesc->id_numfrags)) {
idesc->id_filesize -= blksiz;
return (SKIP);
}
idesc->id_loc = 0;
for (dp = fsck_readdir(idesc); dp != NULL; dp = fsck_readdir(idesc)) {
dsize = dp->d_reclen;
bcopy((char *)dp, dbuf, (size_t)dsize);
# if (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
if (!newinofmt) {
struct direct *tdp = (struct direct *)dbuf;
u_char tmp;
tmp = tdp->d_namlen;
tdp->d_namlen = tdp->d_type;
tdp->d_type = tmp;
}
# endif
idesc->id_dirp = (struct direct *)dbuf;
if ((n = (*idesc->id_func)(idesc)) & ALTERED) {
# if (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
if (!newinofmt && !doinglevel2) {
struct direct *tdp;
u_char tmp;
tdp = (struct direct *)dbuf;
tmp = tdp->d_namlen;
tdp->d_namlen = tdp->d_type;
tdp->d_type = tmp;
}
# endif
bp = getdirblk(idesc->id_blkno, blksiz);
bcopy(dbuf, bp->b_un.b_buf + idesc->id_loc - dsize,
(size_t)dsize);
dirty(bp);
sbdirty();
}
if (n & STOP)
return (n);
}
return (idesc->id_filesize > 0 ? KEEPON : STOP);
}
/*
* get next entry in a directory.
*/
struct direct *
fsck_readdir(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dp, *ndp;
register struct bufarea *bp;
long size, blksiz, fix, dploc;
blksiz = idesc->id_numfrags * sblock.fs_fsize;
bp = getdirblk(idesc->id_blkno, blksiz);
if (idesc->id_loc % DIRBLKSIZ == 0 && idesc->id_filesize > 0 &&
idesc->id_loc < blksiz) {
dp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + idesc->id_loc);
if (dircheck(idesc, dp))
goto dpok;
fix = dofix(idesc, "DIRECTORY CORRUPTED");
bp = getdirblk(idesc->id_blkno, blksiz);
dp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + idesc->id_loc);
dp->d_reclen = DIRBLKSIZ;
dp->d_ino = 0;
dp->d_type = 0;
dp->d_namlen = 0;
dp->d_name[0] = '\0';
if (fix)
dirty(bp);
idesc->id_loc += DIRBLKSIZ;
idesc->id_filesize -= DIRBLKSIZ;
return (dp);
}
dpok:
if (idesc->id_filesize <= 0 || idesc->id_loc >= blksiz)
return NULL;
dploc = idesc->id_loc;
dp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + dploc);
idesc->id_loc += dp->d_reclen;
idesc->id_filesize -= dp->d_reclen;
if ((idesc->id_loc % DIRBLKSIZ) == 0)
return (dp);
ndp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + idesc->id_loc);
if (idesc->id_loc < blksiz && idesc->id_filesize > 0 &&
dircheck(idesc, ndp) == 0) {
size = DIRBLKSIZ - (idesc->id_loc % DIRBLKSIZ);
idesc->id_loc += size;
idesc->id_filesize -= size;
fix = dofix(idesc, "DIRECTORY CORRUPTED");
bp = getdirblk(idesc->id_blkno, blksiz);
dp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + dploc);
dp->d_reclen += size;
if (fix)
dirty(bp);
}
return (dp);
}
/*
* Verify that a directory entry is valid.
* This is a superset of the checks made in the kernel.
*/
dircheck(idesc, dp)
struct inodesc *idesc;
register struct direct *dp;
{
register int size;
register char *cp;
u_char namlen, type;
int spaceleft;
size = DIRSIZ(!newinofmt, dp);
spaceleft = DIRBLKSIZ - (idesc->id_loc % DIRBLKSIZ);
# if (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
if (!newinofmt) {
type = dp->d_namlen;
namlen = dp->d_type;
} else {
namlen = dp->d_namlen;
type = dp->d_type;
}
# else
namlen = dp->d_namlen;
type = dp->d_type;
# endif
if (dp->d_ino < maxino &&
dp->d_reclen != 0 &&
dp->d_reclen <= spaceleft &&
(dp->d_reclen & 0x3) == 0 &&
dp->d_reclen >= size &&
idesc->id_filesize >= size &&
namlen <= MAXNAMLEN &&
type <= 15) {
if (dp->d_ino == 0)
return (1);
for (cp = dp->d_name, size = 0; size < namlen; size++)
if (*cp == 0 || (*cp++ == '/'))
return (0);
if (*cp == 0)
return (1);
}
return (0);
}
direrror(ino, errmesg)
ino_t ino;
char *errmesg;
{
fileerror(ino, ino, errmesg);
}
fileerror(cwd, ino, errmesg)
ino_t cwd, ino;
char *errmesg;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
pwarn("%s ", errmesg);
pinode(ino);
printf("\n");
getpathname(pathbuf, cwd, ino);
if (ino < ROOTINO || ino > maxino) {
pfatal("NAME=%s\n", pathbuf);
return;
}
dp = ginode(ino);
if (ftypeok(dp))
pfatal("%s=%s\n",
(dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR ? "DIR" : "FILE", pathbuf);
else
pfatal("NAME=%s\n", pathbuf);
}
adjust(idesc, lcnt)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
short lcnt;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
dp = ginode(idesc->id_number);
if (dp->di_nlink == lcnt) {
if (linkup(idesc->id_number, (ino_t)0) == 0)
clri(idesc, "UNREF", 0);
} else {
pwarn("LINK COUNT %s", (lfdir == idesc->id_number) ? lfname :
((dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR ? "DIR" : "FILE"));
pinode(idesc->id_number);
printf(" COUNT %d SHOULD BE %d",
dp->di_nlink, dp->di_nlink - lcnt);
if (preen) {
if (lcnt < 0) {
printf("\n");
pfatal("LINK COUNT INCREASING");
}
printf(" (ADJUSTED)\n");
}
if (preen || reply("ADJUST") == 1) {
dp->di_nlink -= lcnt;
inodirty();
}
}
}
mkentry(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
struct direct newent;
int newlen, oldlen;
newent.d_namlen = strlen(idesc->id_name);
newlen = DIRSIZ(0, &newent);
if (dirp->d_ino != 0)
oldlen = DIRSIZ(0, dirp);
else
oldlen = 0;
if (dirp->d_reclen - oldlen < newlen)
return (KEEPON);
newent.d_reclen = dirp->d_reclen - oldlen;
dirp->d_reclen = oldlen;
dirp = (struct direct *)(((char *)dirp) + oldlen);
dirp->d_ino = idesc->id_parent; /* ino to be entered is in id_parent */
if (newinofmt)
dirp->d_type = typemap[idesc->id_parent];
else
dirp->d_type = 0;
dirp->d_reclen = newent.d_reclen;
dirp->d_namlen = newent.d_namlen;
bcopy(idesc->id_name, dirp->d_name, (size_t)dirp->d_namlen + 1);
return (ALTERED|STOP);
}
chgino(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
if (bcmp(dirp->d_name, idesc->id_name, (int)dirp->d_namlen + 1))
return (KEEPON);
dirp->d_ino = idesc->id_parent;
if (newinofmt)
dirp->d_type = typemap[idesc->id_parent];
else
dirp->d_type = 0;
return (ALTERED|STOP);
}
linkup(orphan, parentdir)
ino_t orphan;
ino_t parentdir;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
int lostdir;
ino_t oldlfdir;
struct inodesc idesc;
char tempname[BUFSIZ];
extern int pass4check();
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
dp = ginode(orphan);
lostdir = (dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR;
pwarn("UNREF %s ", lostdir ? "DIR" : "FILE");
pinode(orphan);
if (preen && dp->di_size == 0)
return (0);
if (preen)
printf(" (RECONNECTED)\n");
else
if (reply("RECONNECT") == 0)
return (0);
if (lfdir == 0) {
dp = ginode(ROOTINO);
idesc.id_name = lfname;
idesc.id_type = DATA;
idesc.id_func = findino;
idesc.id_number = ROOTINO;
if ((ckinode(dp, &idesc) & FOUND) != 0) {
lfdir = idesc.id_parent;
} else {
pwarn("NO lost+found DIRECTORY");
if (preen || reply("CREATE")) {
lfdir = allocdir(ROOTINO, (ino_t)0, lfmode);
if (lfdir != 0) {
if (makeentry(ROOTINO, lfdir, lfname) != 0) {
if (preen)
printf(" (CREATED)\n");
} else {
freedir(lfdir, ROOTINO);
lfdir = 0;
if (preen)
printf("\n");
}
}
}
}
if (lfdir == 0) {
pfatal("SORRY. CANNOT CREATE lost+found DIRECTORY");
printf("\n\n");
return (0);
}
}
dp = ginode(lfdir);
if ((dp->di_mode & IFMT) != IFDIR) {
pfatal("lost+found IS NOT A DIRECTORY");
if (reply("REALLOCATE") == 0)
return (0);
oldlfdir = lfdir;
if ((lfdir = allocdir(ROOTINO, (ino_t)0, lfmode)) == 0) {
pfatal("SORRY. CANNOT CREATE lost+found DIRECTORY\n\n");
return (0);
}
if ((changeino(ROOTINO, lfname, lfdir) & ALTERED) == 0) {
pfatal("SORRY. CANNOT CREATE lost+found DIRECTORY\n\n");
return (0);
}
inodirty();
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass4check;
idesc.id_number = oldlfdir;
adjust(&idesc, lncntp[oldlfdir] + 1);
lncntp[oldlfdir] = 0;
dp = ginode(lfdir);
}
if (statemap[lfdir] != DFOUND) {
pfatal("SORRY. NO lost+found DIRECTORY\n\n");
return (0);
}
(void)lftempname(tempname, orphan);
if (makeentry(lfdir, orphan, tempname) == 0) {
pfatal("SORRY. NO SPACE IN lost+found DIRECTORY");
printf("\n\n");
return (0);
}
lncntp[orphan]--;
if (lostdir) {
if ((changeino(orphan, "..", lfdir) & ALTERED) == 0 &&
parentdir != (ino_t)-1)
(void)makeentry(orphan, lfdir, "..");
dp = ginode(lfdir);
dp->di_nlink++;
inodirty();
lncntp[lfdir]++;
pwarn("DIR I=%lu CONNECTED. ", orphan);
if (parentdir != (ino_t)-1)
printf("PARENT WAS I=%lu\n", parentdir);
if (preen == 0)
printf("\n");
}
return (1);
}
/*
* fix an entry in a directory.
*/
changeino(dir, name, newnum)
ino_t dir;
char *name;
ino_t newnum;
{
struct inodesc idesc;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = DATA;
idesc.id_func = chgino;
idesc.id_number = dir;
idesc.id_fix = DONTKNOW;
idesc.id_name = name;
idesc.id_parent = newnum; /* new value for name */
return (ckinode(ginode(dir), &idesc));
}
/*
* make an entry in a directory
*/
makeentry(parent, ino, name)
ino_t parent, ino;
char *name;
{
struct dinode *dp;
struct inodesc idesc;
char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
if (parent < ROOTINO || parent >= maxino ||
ino < ROOTINO || ino >= maxino)
return (0);
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = DATA;
idesc.id_func = mkentry;
idesc.id_number = parent;
idesc.id_parent = ino; /* this is the inode to enter */
idesc.id_fix = DONTKNOW;
idesc.id_name = name;
dp = ginode(parent);
if (dp->di_size % DIRBLKSIZ) {
dp->di_size = roundup(dp->di_size, DIRBLKSIZ);
inodirty();
}
if ((ckinode(dp, &idesc) & ALTERED) != 0)
return (1);
getpathname(pathbuf, parent, parent);
dp = ginode(parent);
if (expanddir(dp, pathbuf) == 0)
return (0);
return (ckinode(dp, &idesc) & ALTERED);
}
/*
* Attempt to expand the size of a directory
*/
expanddir(dp, name)
register struct dinode *dp;
char *name;
{
daddr_t lastbn, newblk;
register struct bufarea *bp;
char *cp, firstblk[DIRBLKSIZ];
lastbn = lblkno(&sblock, dp->di_size);
if (lastbn >= NDADDR - 1 || dp->di_db[lastbn] == 0 || dp->di_size == 0)
return (0);
if ((newblk = allocblk(sblock.fs_frag)) == 0)
return (0);
dp->di_db[lastbn + 1] = dp->di_db[lastbn];
dp->di_db[lastbn] = newblk;
dp->di_size += sblock.fs_bsize;
dp->di_blocks += btodb(sblock.fs_bsize);
bp = getdirblk(dp->di_db[lastbn + 1],
(long)dblksize(&sblock, dp, lastbn + 1));
if (bp->b_errs)
goto bad;
bcopy(bp->b_un.b_buf, firstblk, DIRBLKSIZ);
bp = getdirblk(newblk, sblock.fs_bsize);
if (bp->b_errs)
goto bad;
bcopy(firstblk, bp->b_un.b_buf, DIRBLKSIZ);
for (cp = &bp->b_un.b_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];
cp < &bp->b_un.b_buf[sblock.fs_bsize];
cp += DIRBLKSIZ)
bcopy((char *)&emptydir, cp, sizeof emptydir);
dirty(bp);
bp = getdirblk(dp->di_db[lastbn + 1],
(long)dblksize(&sblock, dp, lastbn + 1));
if (bp->b_errs)
goto bad;
bcopy((char *)&emptydir, bp->b_un.b_buf, sizeof emptydir);
pwarn("NO SPACE LEFT IN %s", name);
if (preen)
printf(" (EXPANDED)\n");
else if (reply("EXPAND") == 0)
goto bad;
dirty(bp);
inodirty();
return (1);
bad:
dp->di_db[lastbn] = dp->di_db[lastbn + 1];
dp->di_db[lastbn + 1] = 0;
dp->di_size -= sblock.fs_bsize;
dp->di_blocks -= btodb(sblock.fs_bsize);
freeblk(newblk, sblock.fs_frag);
return (0);
}
/*
* allocate a new directory
*/
allocdir(parent, request, mode)
ino_t parent, request;
int mode;
{
ino_t ino;
char *cp;
struct dinode *dp;
register struct bufarea *bp;
struct dirtemplate *dirp;
ino = allocino(request, IFDIR|mode);
if (newinofmt)
dirp = &dirhead;
else
dirp = (struct dirtemplate *)&odirhead;
dirp->dot_ino = ino;
dirp->dotdot_ino = parent;
dp = ginode(ino);
bp = getdirblk(dp->di_db[0], sblock.fs_fsize);
if (bp->b_errs) {
freeino(ino);
return (0);
}
bcopy((char *)dirp, bp->b_un.b_buf, sizeof(struct dirtemplate));
for (cp = &bp->b_un.b_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];
cp < &bp->b_un.b_buf[sblock.fs_fsize];
cp += DIRBLKSIZ)
bcopy((char *)&emptydir, cp, sizeof emptydir);
dirty(bp);
dp->di_nlink = 2;
inodirty();
if (ino == ROOTINO) {
lncntp[ino] = dp->di_nlink;
cacheino(dp, ino);
return(ino);
}
if (statemap[parent] != DSTATE && statemap[parent] != DFOUND) {
freeino(ino);
return (0);
}
cacheino(dp, ino);
statemap[ino] = statemap[parent];
if (statemap[ino] == DSTATE) {
lncntp[ino] = dp->di_nlink;
lncntp[parent]++;
}
dp = ginode(parent);
dp->di_nlink++;
inodirty();
return (ino);
}
/*
* free a directory inode
*/
freedir(ino, parent)
ino_t ino, parent;
{
struct dinode *dp;
if (ino != parent) {
dp = ginode(parent);
dp->di_nlink--;
inodirty();
}
freeino(ino);
}
/*
* generate a temporary name for the lost+found directory.
*/
lftempname(bufp, ino)
char *bufp;
ino_t ino;
{
register ino_t in;
register char *cp;
int namlen;
cp = bufp + 2;
for (in = maxino; in > 0; in /= 10)
cp++;
*--cp = 0;
namlen = cp - bufp;
in = ino;
while (cp > bufp) {
*--cp = (in % 10) + '0';
in /= 10;
}
*cp = '#';
return (namlen);
}
/*
* Get a directory block.
* Insure that it is held until another is requested.
*/
struct bufarea *
getdirblk(blkno, size)
daddr_t blkno;
long size;
{
if (pdirbp != 0)
pdirbp->b_flags &= ~B_INUSE;
pdirbp = getdatablk(blkno, size);
return (pdirbp);
}

215
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)fsck.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*/
#define MAXDUP 10 /* limit on dup blks (per inode) */
#define MAXBAD 10 /* limit on bad blks (per inode) */
#define MAXBUFSPACE 40*1024 /* maximum space to allocate to buffers */
#define INOBUFSIZE 56*1024 /* size of buffer to read inodes in pass1 */
#ifndef BUFSIZ
#define BUFSIZ 1024
#endif
#define USTATE 01 /* inode not allocated */
#define FSTATE 02 /* inode is file */
#define DSTATE 03 /* inode is directory */
#define DFOUND 04 /* directory found during descent */
#define DCLEAR 05 /* directory is to be cleared */
#define FCLEAR 06 /* file is to be cleared */
/*
* buffer cache structure.
*/
struct bufarea {
struct bufarea *b_next; /* free list queue */
struct bufarea *b_prev; /* free list queue */
daddr_t b_bno;
int b_size;
int b_errs;
int b_flags;
union {
char *b_buf; /* buffer space */
daddr_t *b_indir; /* indirect block */
struct fs *b_fs; /* super block */
struct cg *b_cg; /* cylinder group */
struct dinode *b_dinode; /* inode block */
} b_un;
char b_dirty;
};
#define B_INUSE 1
#define MINBUFS 5 /* minimum number of buffers required */
struct bufarea bufhead; /* head of list of other blks in filesys */
struct bufarea sblk; /* file system superblock */
struct bufarea cgblk; /* cylinder group blocks */
struct bufarea *pdirbp; /* current directory contents */
struct bufarea *pbp; /* current inode block */
struct bufarea *getdatablk();
#define dirty(bp) (bp)->b_dirty = 1
#define initbarea(bp) \
(bp)->b_dirty = 0; \
(bp)->b_bno = (daddr_t)-1; \
(bp)->b_flags = 0;
#define sbdirty() sblk.b_dirty = 1
#define cgdirty() cgblk.b_dirty = 1
#define sblock (*sblk.b_un.b_fs)
#define cgrp (*cgblk.b_un.b_cg)
enum fixstate {DONTKNOW, NOFIX, FIX, IGNORE};
struct inodesc {
enum fixstate id_fix; /* policy on fixing errors */
int (*id_func)(); /* function to be applied to blocks of inode */
ino_t id_number; /* inode number described */
ino_t id_parent; /* for DATA nodes, their parent */
daddr_t id_blkno; /* current block number being examined */
int id_numfrags; /* number of frags contained in block */
quad_t id_filesize; /* for DATA nodes, the size of the directory */
int id_loc; /* for DATA nodes, current location in dir */
int id_entryno; /* for DATA nodes, current entry number */
struct direct *id_dirp; /* for DATA nodes, ptr to current entry */
char *id_name; /* for DATA nodes, name to find or enter */
char id_type; /* type of descriptor, DATA or ADDR */
};
/* file types */
#define DATA 1
#define ADDR 2
/*
* Linked list of duplicate blocks.
*
* The list is composed of two parts. The first part of the
* list (from duplist through the node pointed to by muldup)
* contains a single copy of each duplicate block that has been
* found. The second part of the list (from muldup to the end)
* contains duplicate blocks that have been found more than once.
* To check if a block has been found as a duplicate it is only
* necessary to search from duplist through muldup. To find the
* total number of times that a block has been found as a duplicate
* the entire list must be searched for occurences of the block
* in question. The following diagram shows a sample list where
* w (found twice), x (found once), y (found three times), and z
* (found once) are duplicate block numbers:
*
* w -> y -> x -> z -> y -> w -> y
* ^ ^
* | |
* duplist muldup
*/
struct dups {
struct dups *next;
daddr_t dup;
};
struct dups *duplist; /* head of dup list */
struct dups *muldup; /* end of unique duplicate dup block numbers */
/*
* Linked list of inodes with zero link counts.
*/
struct zlncnt {
struct zlncnt *next;
ino_t zlncnt;
};
struct zlncnt *zlnhead; /* head of zero link count list */
/*
* Inode cache data structures.
*/
struct inoinfo {
struct inoinfo *i_nexthash; /* next entry in hash chain */
ino_t i_number; /* inode number of this entry */
ino_t i_parent; /* inode number of parent */
ino_t i_dotdot; /* inode number of `..' */
size_t i_isize; /* size of inode */
u_int i_numblks; /* size of block array in bytes */
daddr_t i_blks[1]; /* actually longer */
} **inphead, **inpsort;
long numdirs, listmax, inplast;
char *cdevname; /* name of device being checked */
long dev_bsize; /* computed value of DEV_BSIZE */
long secsize; /* actual disk sector size */
char nflag; /* assume a no response */
char yflag; /* assume a yes response */
int bflag; /* location of alternate super block */
int debug; /* output debugging info */
int cvtlevel; /* convert to newer file system format */
int doinglevel1; /* converting to new cylinder group format */
int doinglevel2; /* converting to new inode format */
int newinofmt; /* filesystem has new inode format */
char preen; /* just fix normal inconsistencies */
char hotroot; /* checking root device */
char havesb; /* superblock has been read */
int fsmodified; /* 1 => write done to file system */
int fsreadfd; /* file descriptor for reading file system */
int fswritefd; /* file descriptor for writing file system */
daddr_t maxfsblock; /* number of blocks in the file system */
char *blockmap; /* ptr to primary blk allocation map */
ino_t maxino; /* number of inodes in file system */
ino_t lastino; /* last inode in use */
char *statemap; /* ptr to inode state table */
char *typemap; /* ptr to inode type table */
short *lncntp; /* ptr to link count table */
ino_t lfdir; /* lost & found directory inode number */
char *lfname; /* lost & found directory name */
int lfmode; /* lost & found directory creation mode */
daddr_t n_blks; /* number of blocks in use */
daddr_t n_files; /* number of files in use */
#define clearinode(dp) (*(dp) = zino)
struct dinode zino;
#define setbmap(blkno) setbit(blockmap, blkno)
#define testbmap(blkno) isset(blockmap, blkno)
#define clrbmap(blkno) clrbit(blockmap, blkno)
#define STOP 0x01
#define SKIP 0x02
#define KEEPON 0x04
#define ALTERED 0x08
#define FOUND 0x10
time_t time();
struct dinode *ginode();
struct inoinfo *getinoinfo();
void getblk();
ino_t allocino();
int findino();

291
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)fsck.8 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
.\"
.Dd December 11, 1993
.Dt FSCK 8
.Os BSD 4
.Sh NAME
.Nm fsck
.Nd filesystem consistency check and interactive repair
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm fsck
.Fl p
.Op Fl m Ar mode
.Nm fsck
.Op Fl b Ar block#
.Op Fl c Ar level
.Op Fl l Ar maxparallel
.Op Fl y
.Op Fl n
.Op Fl m Ar mode
.Op Ar filesystem
.Ar ...
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The first form of
.Nm fsck
preens a standard set of filesystems or the specified filesystems.
It is normally used in the script
.Pa /etc/rc
during automatic reboot.
Here
.Nm fsck
reads the table
.Pa /etc/fstab
to determine which filesystems to check.
Only partitions in fstab that are mounted ``rw,'' ``rq'' or ``ro''
and that have non-zero pass number are checked.
Filesystems with pass number 1 (normally just the root filesystem)
are checked one at a time.
When pass 1 completes, all remaining filesystems are checked,
running one process per disk drive.
The disk drive containing each filesystem is inferred from the longest prefix
of the device name that ends in a digit; the remaining characters are assumed
to be the partition designator.
.Pp
The kernel takes care that only a restricted class of innocuous filesystem
inconsistencies can happen unless hardware or software failures intervene.
These are limited to the following:
.Bl -item -compact
.It
Unreferenced inodes
.It
Link counts in inodes too large
.It
Missing blocks in the free map
.It
Blocks in the free map also in files
.It
Counts in the super-block wrong
.El
.Pp
These are the only inconsistencies that
.Nm fsck
with the
.Fl p
option will correct; if it encounters other inconsistencies, it exits
with an abnormal return status and an automatic reboot will then fail.
For each corrected inconsistency one or more lines will be printed
identifying the filesystem on which the correction will take place,
and the nature of the correction. After successfully correcting a filesystem,
.Nm fsck
will print the number of files on that filesystem,
the number of used and free blocks,
and the percentage of fragmentation.
.Pp
If sent a
.Dv QUIT
signal,
.Nm fsck
will finish the filesystem checks, then exit with an abnormal
return status that causes an automatic reboot to fail.
This is useful when you want to finish the filesystem checks during an
automatic reboot,
but do not want the machine to come up multiuser after the checks complete.
.Pp
Without the
.Fl p
option,
.Nm fsck
audits and interactively repairs inconsistent conditions for filesystems.
If the filesystem is inconsistent the operator is prompted for concurrence
before each correction is attempted.
It should be noted that some of the corrective actions which are not
correctable under the
.Fl p
option will result in some loss of data.
The amount and severity of data lost may be determined from the diagnostic
output.
The default action for each consistency correction
is to wait for the operator to respond
.Li yes
or
.Li no .
If the operator does not have write permission on the filesystem
.Nm fsck
will default to a
.Fl n
action.
.Pp
.Nm Fsck
has more consistency checks than
its predecessors
.Em check , dcheck , fcheck ,
and
.Em icheck
combined.
.Pp
The following flags are interpreted by
.Nm fsck .
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl b
Use the block specified immediately after the flag as
the super block for the filesystem. Block 32 is usually
an alternate super block.
.It Fl l
Limit the number of parallel checks to the number specified in the following
argument.
By default, the limit is the number of disks, running one process per disk.
If a smaller limit is given, the disks are checked round-robin, one filesystem
at a time.
.It Fl m
Use the mode specified in octal immediately after the flag as the
permission bits to use when creating the
.Pa lost+found
directory rather than the default 1777.
In particular, systems that do not wish to have lost files accessible
by all users on the system should use a more restrictive
set of permissions such as 700.
.It Fl y
Assume a yes response to all questions asked by
.Nm fsck ;
this should be used with great caution as this is a free license
to continue after essentially unlimited trouble has been encountered.
.It Fl n
Assume a no response to all questions asked by
.Nm fsck
except for
.Ql CONTINUE? ,
which is assumed to be affirmative;
do not open the filesystem for writing.
.It Fl c
Convert the filesystem to the specified level.
Note that the level of a filesystem can only be raised.
.Bl -tag -width indent
There are currently three levels defined:
.It 0
The filesystem is in the old (static table) format.
.It 1
The filesystem is in the new (dynamic table) format.
.It 2
The filesystem supports 32-bit uid's and gid's,
short symbolic links are stored in the inode,
and directories have an added field showing the file type.
.El
.Pp
In interactive mode,
.Nm fsck
will list the conversion to be made
and ask whether the conversion should be done.
If a negative answer is given,
no further operations are done on the filesystem.
In preen mode,
the conversion is listed and done if
possible without user interaction.
Conversion in preen mode is best used when all the filesystems
are being converted at once.
The format of a filesystem can be determined from the
first line of output from
.Xr dumpfs 8 .
.El
.Pp
If no filesystems are given to
.Nm fsck
then a default list of filesystems is read from
the file
.Pa /etc/fstab .
.Pp
.Bl -enum -indent indent -compact
Inconsistencies checked are as follows:
.It
Blocks claimed by more than one inode or the free map.
.It
Blocks claimed by an inode outside the range of the filesystem.
.It
Incorrect link counts.
.It
Size checks:
.Bl -item -indent indent -compact
.It
Directory size not a multiple of DIRBLKSIZ.
.It
Partially truncated file.
.El
.It
Bad inode format.
.It
Blocks not accounted for anywhere.
.It
Directory checks:
.Bl -item -indent indent -compact
.It
File pointing to unallocated inode.
.It
Inode number out of range.
.It
Dot or dot-dot not the first two entries of a directory
or having the wrong inode number.
.El
.It
Super Block checks:
.Bl -item -indent indent -compact
.It
More blocks for inodes than there are in the filesystem.
.It
Bad free block map format.
.It
Total free block and/or free inode count incorrect.
.El
.El
.Pp
Orphaned files and directories (allocated but unreferenced) are,
with the operator's concurrence, reconnected by
placing them in the
.Pa lost+found
directory.
The name assigned is the inode number.
If the
.Pa lost+found
directory does not exist, it is created.
If there is insufficient space its size is increased.
.Pp
Because of inconsistencies between the block device and the buffer cache,
the raw device should always be used.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /etc/fstab -compact
.It Pa /etc/fstab
contains default list of filesystems to check.
.El
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
The diagnostics produced by
.Nm fsck
are fully enumerated and explained in Appendix A of
.Rs
.%T "Fsck \- The UNIX File System Check Program"
.Re
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr fstab 5 ,
.Xr fs 5 ,
.Xr fsdb 8 ,
.Xr newfs 8 ,
.Xr mkfs 8 ,
.Xr reboot 8

543
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)inode.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <pwd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
static ino_t startinum;
ckinode(dp, idesc)
struct dinode *dp;
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register daddr_t *ap;
long ret, n, ndb, offset;
struct dinode dino;
quad_t remsize, sizepb;
mode_t mode;
if (idesc->id_fix != IGNORE)
idesc->id_fix = DONTKNOW;
idesc->id_entryno = 0;
idesc->id_filesize = dp->di_size;
mode = dp->di_mode & IFMT;
if (mode == IFBLK || mode == IFCHR || (mode == IFLNK &&
dp->di_size < sblock.fs_maxsymlinklen))
return (KEEPON);
dino = *dp;
ndb = howmany(dino.di_size, sblock.fs_bsize);
for (ap = &dino.di_db[0]; ap < &dino.di_db[NDADDR]; ap++) {
if (--ndb == 0 && (offset = blkoff(&sblock, dino.di_size)) != 0)
idesc->id_numfrags =
numfrags(&sblock, fragroundup(&sblock, offset));
else
idesc->id_numfrags = sblock.fs_frag;
if (*ap == 0)
continue;
idesc->id_blkno = *ap;
if (idesc->id_type == ADDR)
ret = (*idesc->id_func)(idesc);
else
ret = dirscan(idesc);
if (ret & STOP)
return (ret);
}
idesc->id_numfrags = sblock.fs_frag;
remsize = dino.di_size - sblock.fs_bsize * NDADDR;
sizepb = sblock.fs_bsize;
for (ap = &dino.di_ib[0], n = 1; n <= NIADDR; ap++, n++) {
if (*ap) {
idesc->id_blkno = *ap;
ret = iblock(idesc, n, remsize);
if (ret & STOP)
return (ret);
}
sizepb *= NINDIR(&sblock);
remsize -= sizepb;
}
return (KEEPON);
}
iblock(idesc, ilevel, isize)
struct inodesc *idesc;
long ilevel;
quad_t isize;
{
register daddr_t *ap;
register daddr_t *aplim;
register struct bufarea *bp;
int i, n, (*func)(), nif;
quad_t sizepb;
char buf[BUFSIZ];
extern int dirscan(), pass1check();
if (idesc->id_type == ADDR) {
func = idesc->id_func;
if (((n = (*func)(idesc)) & KEEPON) == 0)
return (n);
} else
func = dirscan;
if (chkrange(idesc->id_blkno, idesc->id_numfrags))
return (SKIP);
bp = getdatablk(idesc->id_blkno, sblock.fs_bsize);
ilevel--;
for (sizepb = sblock.fs_bsize, i = 0; i < ilevel; i++)
sizepb *= NINDIR(&sblock);
nif = howmany(isize , sizepb);
if (nif > NINDIR(&sblock))
nif = NINDIR(&sblock);
if (idesc->id_func == pass1check && nif < NINDIR(&sblock)) {
aplim = &bp->b_un.b_indir[NINDIR(&sblock)];
for (ap = &bp->b_un.b_indir[nif]; ap < aplim; ap++) {
if (*ap == 0)
continue;
(void)sprintf(buf, "PARTIALLY TRUNCATED INODE I=%lu",
idesc->id_number);
if (dofix(idesc, buf)) {
*ap = 0;
dirty(bp);
}
}
flush(fswritefd, bp);
}
aplim = &bp->b_un.b_indir[nif];
for (ap = bp->b_un.b_indir; ap < aplim; ap++) {
if (*ap) {
idesc->id_blkno = *ap;
if (ilevel == 0)
n = (*func)(idesc);
else
n = iblock(idesc, ilevel, isize);
if (n & STOP) {
bp->b_flags &= ~B_INUSE;
return (n);
}
}
isize -= sizepb;
}
bp->b_flags &= ~B_INUSE;
return (KEEPON);
}
/*
* Check that a block in a legal block number.
* Return 0 if in range, 1 if out of range.
*/
chkrange(blk, cnt)
daddr_t blk;
int cnt;
{
register int c;
if ((unsigned)(blk + cnt) > maxfsblock)
return (1);
c = dtog(&sblock, blk);
if (blk < cgdmin(&sblock, c)) {
if ((blk + cnt) > cgsblock(&sblock, c)) {
if (debug) {
printf("blk %ld < cgdmin %ld;",
blk, cgdmin(&sblock, c));
printf(" blk + cnt %ld > cgsbase %ld\n",
blk + cnt, cgsblock(&sblock, c));
}
return (1);
}
} else {
if ((blk + cnt) > cgbase(&sblock, c+1)) {
if (debug) {
printf("blk %ld >= cgdmin %ld;",
blk, cgdmin(&sblock, c));
printf(" blk + cnt %ld > sblock.fs_fpg %ld\n",
blk+cnt, sblock.fs_fpg);
}
return (1);
}
}
return (0);
}
/*
* General purpose interface for reading inodes.
*/
struct dinode *
ginode(inumber)
ino_t inumber;
{
daddr_t iblk;
if (inumber < ROOTINO || inumber > maxino)
errexit("bad inode number %d to ginode\n", inumber);
if (startinum == 0 ||
inumber < startinum || inumber >= startinum + INOPB(&sblock)) {
iblk = ino_to_fsba(&sblock, inumber);
if (pbp != 0)
pbp->b_flags &= ~B_INUSE;
pbp = getdatablk(iblk, sblock.fs_bsize);
startinum = (inumber / INOPB(&sblock)) * INOPB(&sblock);
}
return (&pbp->b_un.b_dinode[inumber % INOPB(&sblock)]);
}
/*
* Special purpose version of ginode used to optimize first pass
* over all the inodes in numerical order.
*/
ino_t nextino, lastinum;
long readcnt, readpercg, fullcnt, inobufsize, partialcnt, partialsize;
struct dinode *inodebuf;
struct dinode *
getnextinode(inumber)
ino_t inumber;
{
long size;
daddr_t dblk;
static struct dinode *dp;
if (inumber != nextino++ || inumber > maxino)
errexit("bad inode number %d to nextinode\n", inumber);
if (inumber >= lastinum) {
readcnt++;
dblk = fsbtodb(&sblock, ino_to_fsba(&sblock, lastinum));
if (readcnt % readpercg == 0) {
size = partialsize;
lastinum += partialcnt;
} else {
size = inobufsize;
lastinum += fullcnt;
}
(void)bread(fsreadfd, (char *)inodebuf, dblk, size); /* ??? */
dp = inodebuf;
}
return (dp++);
}
resetinodebuf()
{
startinum = 0;
nextino = 0;
lastinum = 0;
readcnt = 0;
inobufsize = blkroundup(&sblock, INOBUFSIZE);
fullcnt = inobufsize / sizeof(struct dinode);
readpercg = sblock.fs_ipg / fullcnt;
partialcnt = sblock.fs_ipg % fullcnt;
partialsize = partialcnt * sizeof(struct dinode);
if (partialcnt != 0) {
readpercg++;
} else {
partialcnt = fullcnt;
partialsize = inobufsize;
}
if (inodebuf == NULL &&
(inodebuf = (struct dinode *)malloc((unsigned)inobufsize)) == NULL)
errexit("Cannot allocate space for inode buffer\n");
while (nextino < ROOTINO)
(void)getnextinode(nextino);
}
freeinodebuf()
{
if (inodebuf != NULL)
free((char *)inodebuf);
inodebuf = NULL;
}
/*
* Routines to maintain information about directory inodes.
* This is built during the first pass and used during the
* second and third passes.
*
* Enter inodes into the cache.
*/
cacheino(dp, inumber)
register struct dinode *dp;
ino_t inumber;
{
register struct inoinfo *inp;
struct inoinfo **inpp;
unsigned int blks;
blks = howmany(dp->di_size, sblock.fs_bsize);
if (blks > NDADDR)
blks = NDADDR + NIADDR;
inp = (struct inoinfo *)
malloc(sizeof(*inp) + (blks - 1) * sizeof(daddr_t));
if (inp == NULL)
return;
inpp = &inphead[inumber % numdirs];
inp->i_nexthash = *inpp;
*inpp = inp;
inp->i_parent = (ino_t)0;
inp->i_dotdot = (ino_t)0;
inp->i_number = inumber;
inp->i_isize = dp->di_size;
inp->i_numblks = blks * sizeof(daddr_t);
bcopy((char *)&dp->di_db[0], (char *)&inp->i_blks[0],
(size_t)inp->i_numblks);
if (inplast == listmax) {
listmax += 100;
inpsort = (struct inoinfo **)realloc((char *)inpsort,
(unsigned)listmax * sizeof(struct inoinfo *));
if (inpsort == NULL)
errexit("cannot increase directory list");
}
inpsort[inplast++] = inp;
}
/*
* Look up an inode cache structure.
*/
struct inoinfo *
getinoinfo(inumber)
ino_t inumber;
{
register struct inoinfo *inp;
for (inp = inphead[inumber % numdirs]; inp; inp = inp->i_nexthash) {
if (inp->i_number != inumber)
continue;
return (inp);
}
errexit("cannot find inode %d\n", inumber);
return ((struct inoinfo *)0);
}
/*
* Clean up all the inode cache structure.
*/
inocleanup()
{
register struct inoinfo **inpp;
if (inphead == NULL)
return;
for (inpp = &inpsort[inplast - 1]; inpp >= inpsort; inpp--)
free((char *)(*inpp));
free((char *)inphead);
free((char *)inpsort);
inphead = inpsort = NULL;
}
inodirty()
{
dirty(pbp);
}
clri(idesc, type, flag)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
char *type;
int flag;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
dp = ginode(idesc->id_number);
if (flag == 1) {
pwarn("%s %s", type,
(dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR ? "DIR" : "FILE");
pinode(idesc->id_number);
}
if (preen || reply("CLEAR") == 1) {
if (preen)
printf(" (CLEARED)\n");
n_files--;
(void)ckinode(dp, idesc);
clearinode(dp);
statemap[idesc->id_number] = USTATE;
inodirty();
}
}
findname(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
if (dirp->d_ino != idesc->id_parent)
return (KEEPON);
bcopy(dirp->d_name, idesc->id_name, (size_t)dirp->d_namlen + 1);
return (STOP|FOUND);
}
findino(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
if (dirp->d_ino == 0)
return (KEEPON);
if (strcmp(dirp->d_name, idesc->id_name) == 0 &&
dirp->d_ino >= ROOTINO && dirp->d_ino <= maxino) {
idesc->id_parent = dirp->d_ino;
return (STOP|FOUND);
}
return (KEEPON);
}
pinode(ino)
ino_t ino;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
register char *p;
struct passwd *pw;
char *ctime();
printf(" I=%lu ", ino);
if (ino < ROOTINO || ino > maxino)
return;
dp = ginode(ino);
printf(" OWNER=");
if ((pw = getpwuid((int)dp->di_uid)) != 0)
printf("%s ", pw->pw_name);
else
printf("%u ", (unsigned)dp->di_uid);
printf("MODE=%o\n", dp->di_mode);
if (preen)
printf("%s: ", cdevname);
printf("SIZE=%qu ", dp->di_size);
p = ctime(&dp->di_mtime.ts_sec);
printf("MTIME=%12.12s %4.4s ", &p[4], &p[20]);
}
blkerror(ino, type, blk)
ino_t ino;
char *type;
daddr_t blk;
{
pfatal("%ld %s I=%lu", blk, type, ino);
printf("\n");
switch (statemap[ino]) {
case FSTATE:
statemap[ino] = FCLEAR;
return;
case DSTATE:
statemap[ino] = DCLEAR;
return;
case FCLEAR:
case DCLEAR:
return;
default:
errexit("BAD STATE %d TO BLKERR", statemap[ino]);
/* NOTREACHED */
}
}
/*
* allocate an unused inode
*/
ino_t
allocino(request, type)
ino_t request;
int type;
{
register ino_t ino;
register struct dinode *dp;
if (request == 0)
request = ROOTINO;
else if (statemap[request] != USTATE)
return (0);
for (ino = request; ino < maxino; ino++)
if (statemap[ino] == USTATE)
break;
if (ino == maxino)
return (0);
switch (type & IFMT) {
case IFDIR:
statemap[ino] = DSTATE;
break;
case IFREG:
case IFLNK:
statemap[ino] = FSTATE;
break;
default:
return (0);
}
dp = ginode(ino);
dp->di_db[0] = allocblk((long)1);
if (dp->di_db[0] == 0) {
statemap[ino] = USTATE;
return (0);
}
dp->di_mode = type;
(void)time(&dp->di_atime.ts_sec);
dp->di_mtime = dp->di_ctime = dp->di_atime;
dp->di_size = sblock.fs_fsize;
dp->di_blocks = btodb(sblock.fs_fsize);
n_files++;
inodirty();
if (newinofmt)
typemap[ino] = IFTODT(type);
return (ino);
}
/*
* deallocate an inode
*/
freeino(ino)
ino_t ino;
{
struct inodesc idesc;
extern int pass4check();
struct dinode *dp;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass4check;
idesc.id_number = ino;
dp = ginode(ino);
(void)ckinode(dp, &idesc);
clearinode(dp);
inodirty();
statemap[ino] = USTATE;
n_files--;
}

318
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/23/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <fstab.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "fsck.h"
void catch(), catchquit(), voidquit();
int returntosingle;
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
int ch;
int ret, maxrun = 0;
extern int docheck(), checkfilesys();
extern char *optarg, *blockcheck();
extern int optind;
sync();
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "dpnNyYb:c:l:m:")) != EOF) {
switch (ch) {
case 'p':
preen++;
break;
case 'b':
bflag = argtoi('b', "number", optarg, 10);
printf("Alternate super block location: %d\n", bflag);
break;
case 'c':
cvtlevel = argtoi('c', "conversion level", optarg, 10);
break;
case 'd':
debug++;
break;
case 'l':
maxrun = argtoi('l', "number", optarg, 10);
break;
case 'm':
lfmode = argtoi('m', "mode", optarg, 8);
if (lfmode &~ 07777)
errexit("bad mode to -m: %o\n", lfmode);
printf("** lost+found creation mode %o\n", lfmode);
break;
case 'n':
case 'N':
nflag++;
yflag = 0;
break;
case 'y':
case 'Y':
yflag++;
nflag = 0;
break;
default:
errexit("%c option?\n", ch);
}
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
if (signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN)
(void)signal(SIGINT, catch);
if (preen)
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, catchquit);
if (argc) {
while (argc-- > 0)
(void)checkfilesys(blockcheck(*argv++), 0, 0L, 0);
exit(0);
}
ret = checkfstab(preen, maxrun, docheck, checkfilesys);
if (returntosingle)
exit(2);
exit(ret);
}
argtoi(flag, req, str, base)
int flag;
char *req, *str;
int base;
{
char *cp;
int ret;
ret = (int)strtol(str, &cp, base);
if (cp == str || *cp)
errexit("-%c flag requires a %s\n", flag, req);
return (ret);
}
/*
* Determine whether a filesystem should be checked.
*/
docheck(fsp)
register struct fstab *fsp;
{
if (strcmp(fsp->fs_vfstype, "ufs") ||
(strcmp(fsp->fs_type, FSTAB_RW) &&
strcmp(fsp->fs_type, FSTAB_RO)) ||
fsp->fs_passno == 0)
return (0);
return (1);
}
/*
* Check the specified filesystem.
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
checkfilesys(filesys, mntpt, auxdata, child)
char *filesys, *mntpt;
long auxdata;
{
daddr_t n_ffree, n_bfree;
struct dups *dp;
struct zlncnt *zlnp;
int cylno;
if (preen && child)
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, voidquit);
cdevname = filesys;
if (debug && preen)
pwarn("starting\n");
if (setup(filesys) == 0) {
if (preen)
pfatal("CAN'T CHECK FILE SYSTEM.");
return (0);
}
/*
* 1: scan inodes tallying blocks used
*/
if (preen == 0) {
printf("** Last Mounted on %s\n", sblock.fs_fsmnt);
if (hotroot)
printf("** Root file system\n");
printf("** Phase 1 - Check Blocks and Sizes\n");
}
pass1();
/*
* 1b: locate first references to duplicates, if any
*/
if (duplist) {
if (preen)
pfatal("INTERNAL ERROR: dups with -p");
printf("** Phase 1b - Rescan For More DUPS\n");
pass1b();
}
/*
* 2: traverse directories from root to mark all connected directories
*/
if (preen == 0)
printf("** Phase 2 - Check Pathnames\n");
pass2();
/*
* 3: scan inodes looking for disconnected directories
*/
if (preen == 0)
printf("** Phase 3 - Check Connectivity\n");
pass3();
/*
* 4: scan inodes looking for disconnected files; check reference counts
*/
if (preen == 0)
printf("** Phase 4 - Check Reference Counts\n");
pass4();
/*
* 5: check and repair resource counts in cylinder groups
*/
if (preen == 0)
printf("** Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups\n");
pass5();
/*
* print out summary statistics
*/
n_ffree = sblock.fs_cstotal.cs_nffree;
n_bfree = sblock.fs_cstotal.cs_nbfree;
pwarn("%ld files, %ld used, %ld free ",
n_files, n_blks, n_ffree + sblock.fs_frag * n_bfree);
printf("(%ld frags, %ld blocks, %d.%d%% fragmentation)\n",
n_ffree, n_bfree, (n_ffree * 100) / sblock.fs_dsize,
((n_ffree * 1000 + sblock.fs_dsize / 2) / sblock.fs_dsize) % 10);
if (debug &&
(n_files -= maxino - ROOTINO - sblock.fs_cstotal.cs_nifree))
printf("%ld files missing\n", n_files);
if (debug) {
n_blks += sblock.fs_ncg *
(cgdmin(&sblock, 0) - cgsblock(&sblock, 0));
n_blks += cgsblock(&sblock, 0) - cgbase(&sblock, 0);
n_blks += howmany(sblock.fs_cssize, sblock.fs_fsize);
if (n_blks -= maxfsblock - (n_ffree + sblock.fs_frag * n_bfree))
printf("%ld blocks missing\n", n_blks);
if (duplist != NULL) {
printf("The following duplicate blocks remain:");
for (dp = duplist; dp; dp = dp->next)
printf(" %ld,", dp->dup);
printf("\n");
}
if (zlnhead != NULL) {
printf("The following zero link count inodes remain:");
for (zlnp = zlnhead; zlnp; zlnp = zlnp->next)
printf(" %lu,", zlnp->zlncnt);
printf("\n");
}
}
zlnhead = (struct zlncnt *)0;
duplist = (struct dups *)0;
muldup = (struct dups *)0;
inocleanup();
if (fsmodified) {
(void)time(&sblock.fs_time);
sbdirty();
}
if (cvtlevel && sblk.b_dirty) {
/*
* Write out the duplicate super blocks
*/
for (cylno = 0; cylno < sblock.fs_ncg; cylno++)
bwrite(fswritefd, (char *)&sblock,
fsbtodb(&sblock, cgsblock(&sblock, cylno)), SBSIZE);
}
ckfini();
free(blockmap);
free(statemap);
free((char *)lncntp);
if (!fsmodified)
return (0);
if (!preen)
printf("\n***** FILE SYSTEM WAS MODIFIED *****\n");
if (hotroot) {
struct statfs stfs_buf;
/*
* We modified the root. Do a mount update on
* it, unless it is read-write, so we can continue.
*/
if (statfs("/", &stfs_buf) == 0) {
long flags = stfs_buf.f_flags;
struct ufs_args args;
int ret;
if (flags & MNT_RDONLY) {
args.fspec = 0;
args.export.ex_flags = 0;
args.export.ex_root = 0;
flags |= MNT_UPDATE | MNT_RELOAD;
ret = mount(MOUNT_UFS, "/", flags, &args);
if (ret == 0)
return(0);
}
}
if (!preen)
printf("\n***** REBOOT NOW *****\n");
sync();
return (4);
}
return (0);
}

314
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass1.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
static daddr_t badblk;
static daddr_t dupblk;
int pass1check();
struct dinode *getnextinode();
pass1()
{
ino_t inumber;
int c, i, cgd;
struct inodesc idesc;
/*
* Set file system reserved blocks in used block map.
*/
for (c = 0; c < sblock.fs_ncg; c++) {
cgd = cgdmin(&sblock, c);
if (c == 0) {
i = cgbase(&sblock, c);
cgd += howmany(sblock.fs_cssize, sblock.fs_fsize);
} else
i = cgsblock(&sblock, c);
for (; i < cgd; i++)
setbmap(i);
}
/*
* Find all allocated blocks.
*/
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass1check;
inumber = 0;
n_files = n_blks = 0;
resetinodebuf();
for (c = 0; c < sblock.fs_ncg; c++) {
for (i = 0; i < sblock.fs_ipg; i++, inumber++) {
if (inumber < ROOTINO)
continue;
checkinode(inumber, &idesc);
}
}
freeinodebuf();
}
checkinode(inumber, idesc)
ino_t inumber;
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
struct zlncnt *zlnp;
int ndb, j;
mode_t mode;
char symbuf[MAXSYMLINKLEN];
dp = getnextinode(inumber);
mode = dp->di_mode & IFMT;
if (mode == 0) {
if (bcmp((char *)dp->di_db, (char *)zino.di_db,
NDADDR * sizeof(daddr_t)) ||
bcmp((char *)dp->di_ib, (char *)zino.di_ib,
NIADDR * sizeof(daddr_t)) ||
dp->di_mode || dp->di_size) {
pfatal("PARTIALLY ALLOCATED INODE I=%lu", inumber);
if (reply("CLEAR") == 1) {
dp = ginode(inumber);
clearinode(dp);
inodirty();
}
}
statemap[inumber] = USTATE;
return;
}
lastino = inumber;
if (/* dp->di_size < 0 || */
dp->di_size + sblock.fs_bsize - 1 < dp->di_size) {
if (debug)
printf("bad size %qu:", dp->di_size);
goto unknown;
}
if (!preen && mode == IFMT && reply("HOLD BAD BLOCK") == 1) {
dp = ginode(inumber);
dp->di_size = sblock.fs_fsize;
dp->di_mode = IFREG|0600;
inodirty();
}
ndb = howmany(dp->di_size, sblock.fs_bsize);
if (ndb < 0) {
if (debug)
printf("bad size %qu ndb %d:",
dp->di_size, ndb);
goto unknown;
}
if (mode == IFBLK || mode == IFCHR)
ndb++;
if (mode == IFLNK) {
if (doinglevel2 &&
dp->di_size > 0 && dp->di_size < MAXSYMLINKLEN &&
dp->di_blocks != 0) {
if (bread(fsreadfd, symbuf,
fsbtodb(&sblock, dp->di_db[0]),
(long)dp->di_size) != 0)
errexit("cannot read symlink");
if (debug) {
symbuf[dp->di_size] = 0;
printf("convert symlink %d(%s) of size %d\n",
inumber, symbuf, (long)dp->di_size);
}
dp = ginode(inumber);
bcopy(symbuf, (caddr_t)dp->di_shortlink,
(long)dp->di_size);
dp->di_blocks = 0;
inodirty();
}
/*
* Fake ndb value so direct/indirect block checks below
* will detect any garbage after symlink string.
*/
if (dp->di_size < sblock.fs_maxsymlinklen) {
ndb = howmany(dp->di_size, sizeof(daddr_t));
if (ndb > NDADDR) {
j = ndb - NDADDR;
for (ndb = 1; j > 1; j--)
ndb *= NINDIR(&sblock);
ndb += NDADDR;
}
}
}
for (j = ndb; j < NDADDR; j++)
if (dp->di_db[j] != 0) {
if (debug)
printf("bad direct addr: %ld\n", dp->di_db[j]);
goto unknown;
}
for (j = 0, ndb -= NDADDR; ndb > 0; j++)
ndb /= NINDIR(&sblock);
for (; j < NIADDR; j++)
if (dp->di_ib[j] != 0) {
if (debug)
printf("bad indirect addr: %ld\n",
dp->di_ib[j]);
goto unknown;
}
if (ftypeok(dp) == 0)
goto unknown;
n_files++;
lncntp[inumber] = dp->di_nlink;
if (dp->di_nlink <= 0) {
zlnp = (struct zlncnt *)malloc(sizeof *zlnp);
if (zlnp == NULL) {
pfatal("LINK COUNT TABLE OVERFLOW");
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
} else {
zlnp->zlncnt = inumber;
zlnp->next = zlnhead;
zlnhead = zlnp;
}
}
if (mode == IFDIR) {
if (dp->di_size == 0)
statemap[inumber] = DCLEAR;
else
statemap[inumber] = DSTATE;
cacheino(dp, inumber);
} else
statemap[inumber] = FSTATE;
typemap[inumber] = IFTODT(mode);
if (doinglevel2 &&
(dp->di_ouid != (u_short)-1 || dp->di_ogid != (u_short)-1)) {
dp = ginode(inumber);
dp->di_uid = dp->di_ouid;
dp->di_ouid = -1;
dp->di_gid = dp->di_ogid;
dp->di_ogid = -1;
inodirty();
}
badblk = dupblk = 0;
idesc->id_number = inumber;
(void)ckinode(dp, idesc);
idesc->id_entryno *= btodb(sblock.fs_fsize);
if (dp->di_blocks != idesc->id_entryno) {
pwarn("INCORRECT BLOCK COUNT I=%lu (%ld should be %ld)",
inumber, dp->di_blocks, idesc->id_entryno);
if (preen)
printf(" (CORRECTED)\n");
else if (reply("CORRECT") == 0)
return;
dp = ginode(inumber);
dp->di_blocks = idesc->id_entryno;
inodirty();
}
return;
unknown:
pfatal("UNKNOWN FILE TYPE I=%lu", inumber);
statemap[inumber] = FCLEAR;
if (reply("CLEAR") == 1) {
statemap[inumber] = USTATE;
dp = ginode(inumber);
clearinode(dp);
inodirty();
}
}
pass1check(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
int res = KEEPON;
int anyout, nfrags;
daddr_t blkno = idesc->id_blkno;
register struct dups *dlp;
struct dups *new;
if ((anyout = chkrange(blkno, idesc->id_numfrags)) != 0) {
blkerror(idesc->id_number, "BAD", blkno);
if (badblk++ >= MAXBAD) {
pwarn("EXCESSIVE BAD BLKS I=%lu",
idesc->id_number);
if (preen)
printf(" (SKIPPING)\n");
else if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
return (STOP);
}
}
for (nfrags = idesc->id_numfrags; nfrags > 0; blkno++, nfrags--) {
if (anyout && chkrange(blkno, 1)) {
res = SKIP;
} else if (!testbmap(blkno)) {
n_blks++;
setbmap(blkno);
} else {
blkerror(idesc->id_number, "DUP", blkno);
if (dupblk++ >= MAXDUP) {
pwarn("EXCESSIVE DUP BLKS I=%lu",
idesc->id_number);
if (preen)
printf(" (SKIPPING)\n");
else if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
return (STOP);
}
new = (struct dups *)malloc(sizeof(struct dups));
if (new == NULL) {
pfatal("DUP TABLE OVERFLOW.");
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
return (STOP);
}
new->dup = blkno;
if (muldup == 0) {
duplist = muldup = new;
new->next = 0;
} else {
new->next = muldup->next;
muldup->next = new;
}
for (dlp = duplist; dlp != muldup; dlp = dlp->next)
if (dlp->dup == blkno)
break;
if (dlp == muldup && dlp->dup != blkno)
muldup = new;
}
/*
* count the number of blocks found in id_entryno
*/
idesc->id_entryno++;
}
return (res);
}

99
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass1b.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
int pass1bcheck();
static struct dups *duphead;
pass1b()
{
register int c, i;
register struct dinode *dp;
struct inodesc idesc;
ino_t inumber;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass1bcheck;
duphead = duplist;
inumber = 0;
for (c = 0; c < sblock.fs_ncg; c++) {
for (i = 0; i < sblock.fs_ipg; i++, inumber++) {
if (inumber < ROOTINO)
continue;
dp = ginode(inumber);
if (dp == NULL)
continue;
idesc.id_number = inumber;
if (statemap[inumber] != USTATE &&
(ckinode(dp, &idesc) & STOP))
return;
}
}
}
pass1bcheck(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct dups *dlp;
int nfrags, res = KEEPON;
daddr_t blkno = idesc->id_blkno;
for (nfrags = idesc->id_numfrags; nfrags > 0; blkno++, nfrags--) {
if (chkrange(blkno, 1))
res = SKIP;
for (dlp = duphead; dlp; dlp = dlp->next) {
if (dlp->dup == blkno) {
blkerror(idesc->id_number, "DUP", blkno);
dlp->dup = duphead->dup;
duphead->dup = blkno;
duphead = duphead->next;
}
if (dlp == muldup)
break;
}
if (muldup == 0 || duphead == muldup->next)
return (STOP);
}
return (res);
}

430
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass2.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
#define MINDIRSIZE (sizeof (struct dirtemplate))
int pass2check(), blksort();
pass2()
{
register struct dinode *dp;
register struct inoinfo **inpp, *inp;
struct inoinfo **inpend;
struct inodesc curino;
struct dinode dino;
char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
switch (statemap[ROOTINO]) {
case USTATE:
pfatal("ROOT INODE UNALLOCATED");
if (reply("ALLOCATE") == 0)
errexit("");
if (allocdir(ROOTINO, ROOTINO, 0755) != ROOTINO)
errexit("CANNOT ALLOCATE ROOT INODE\n");
break;
case DCLEAR:
pfatal("DUPS/BAD IN ROOT INODE");
if (reply("REALLOCATE")) {
freeino(ROOTINO);
if (allocdir(ROOTINO, ROOTINO, 0755) != ROOTINO)
errexit("CANNOT ALLOCATE ROOT INODE\n");
break;
}
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
break;
case FSTATE:
case FCLEAR:
pfatal("ROOT INODE NOT DIRECTORY");
if (reply("REALLOCATE")) {
freeino(ROOTINO);
if (allocdir(ROOTINO, ROOTINO, 0755) != ROOTINO)
errexit("CANNOT ALLOCATE ROOT INODE\n");
break;
}
if (reply("FIX") == 0)
errexit("");
dp = ginode(ROOTINO);
dp->di_mode &= ~IFMT;
dp->di_mode |= IFDIR;
inodirty();
break;
case DSTATE:
break;
default:
errexit("BAD STATE %d FOR ROOT INODE", statemap[ROOTINO]);
}
statemap[ROOTINO] = DFOUND;
/*
* Sort the directory list into disk block order.
*/
qsort((char *)inpsort, (size_t)inplast, sizeof *inpsort, blksort);
/*
* Check the integrity of each directory.
*/
bzero((char *)&curino, sizeof(struct inodesc));
curino.id_type = DATA;
curino.id_func = pass2check;
dp = &dino;
inpend = &inpsort[inplast];
for (inpp = inpsort; inpp < inpend; inpp++) {
inp = *inpp;
if (inp->i_isize == 0)
continue;
if (inp->i_isize < MINDIRSIZE) {
direrror(inp->i_number, "DIRECTORY TOO SHORT");
inp->i_isize = roundup(MINDIRSIZE, DIRBLKSIZ);
if (reply("FIX") == 1) {
dp = ginode(inp->i_number);
dp->di_size = inp->i_isize;
inodirty();
dp = &dino;
}
} else if ((inp->i_isize & (DIRBLKSIZ - 1)) != 0) {
getpathname(pathbuf, inp->i_number, inp->i_number);
pwarn("DIRECTORY %s: LENGTH %d NOT MULTIPLE OF %d",
pathbuf, inp->i_isize, DIRBLKSIZ);
if (preen)
printf(" (ADJUSTED)\n");
inp->i_isize = roundup(inp->i_isize, DIRBLKSIZ);
if (preen || reply("ADJUST") == 1) {
dp = ginode(inp->i_number);
dp->di_size = roundup(inp->i_isize, DIRBLKSIZ);
inodirty();
dp = &dino;
}
}
bzero((char *)&dino, sizeof(struct dinode));
dino.di_mode = IFDIR;
dp->di_size = inp->i_isize;
bcopy((char *)&inp->i_blks[0], (char *)&dp->di_db[0],
(size_t)inp->i_numblks);
curino.id_number = inp->i_number;
curino.id_parent = inp->i_parent;
(void)ckinode(dp, &curino);
}
/*
* Now that the parents of all directories have been found,
* make another pass to verify the value of `..'
*/
for (inpp = inpsort; inpp < inpend; inpp++) {
inp = *inpp;
if (inp->i_parent == 0 || inp->i_isize == 0)
continue;
if (statemap[inp->i_parent] == DFOUND &&
statemap[inp->i_number] == DSTATE)
statemap[inp->i_number] = DFOUND;
if (inp->i_dotdot == inp->i_parent ||
inp->i_dotdot == (ino_t)-1)
continue;
if (inp->i_dotdot == 0) {
inp->i_dotdot = inp->i_parent;
fileerror(inp->i_parent, inp->i_number, "MISSING '..'");
if (reply("FIX") == 0)
continue;
(void)makeentry(inp->i_number, inp->i_parent, "..");
lncntp[inp->i_parent]--;
continue;
}
fileerror(inp->i_parent, inp->i_number,
"BAD INODE NUMBER FOR '..'");
if (reply("FIX") == 0)
continue;
lncntp[inp->i_dotdot]++;
lncntp[inp->i_parent]--;
inp->i_dotdot = inp->i_parent;
(void)changeino(inp->i_number, "..", inp->i_parent);
}
/*
* Mark all the directories that can be found from the root.
*/
propagate();
}
pass2check(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
register struct inoinfo *inp;
int n, entrysize, ret = 0;
struct dinode *dp;
char *errmsg;
struct direct proto;
char namebuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
/*
* If converting, set directory entry type.
*/
if (doinglevel2 && dirp->d_ino > 0 && dirp->d_ino < maxino) {
dirp->d_type = typemap[dirp->d_ino];
ret |= ALTERED;
}
/*
* check for "."
*/
if (idesc->id_entryno != 0)
goto chk1;
if (dirp->d_ino != 0 && strcmp(dirp->d_name, ".") == 0) {
if (dirp->d_ino != idesc->id_number) {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "BAD INODE NUMBER FOR '.'");
dirp->d_ino = idesc->id_number;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
if (newinofmt && dirp->d_type != DT_DIR) {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "BAD TYPE VALUE FOR '.'");
dirp->d_type = DT_DIR;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
goto chk1;
}
direrror(idesc->id_number, "MISSING '.'");
proto.d_ino = idesc->id_number;
if (newinofmt)
proto.d_type = DT_DIR;
else
proto.d_type = 0;
proto.d_namlen = 1;
(void)strcpy(proto.d_name, ".");
entrysize = DIRSIZ(0, &proto);
if (dirp->d_ino != 0 && strcmp(dirp->d_name, "..") != 0) {
pfatal("CANNOT FIX, FIRST ENTRY IN DIRECTORY CONTAINS %s\n",
dirp->d_name);
} else if (dirp->d_reclen < entrysize) {
pfatal("CANNOT FIX, INSUFFICIENT SPACE TO ADD '.'\n");
} else if (dirp->d_reclen < 2 * entrysize) {
proto.d_reclen = dirp->d_reclen;
bcopy((char *)&proto, (char *)dirp, (size_t)entrysize);
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
} else {
n = dirp->d_reclen - entrysize;
proto.d_reclen = entrysize;
bcopy((char *)&proto, (char *)dirp, (size_t)entrysize);
idesc->id_entryno++;
lncntp[dirp->d_ino]--;
dirp = (struct direct *)((char *)(dirp) + entrysize);
bzero((char *)dirp, (size_t)n);
dirp->d_reclen = n;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
chk1:
if (idesc->id_entryno > 1)
goto chk2;
inp = getinoinfo(idesc->id_number);
proto.d_ino = inp->i_parent;
if (newinofmt)
proto.d_type = DT_DIR;
else
proto.d_type = 0;
proto.d_namlen = 2;
(void)strcpy(proto.d_name, "..");
entrysize = DIRSIZ(0, &proto);
if (idesc->id_entryno == 0) {
n = DIRSIZ(0, dirp);
if (dirp->d_reclen < n + entrysize)
goto chk2;
proto.d_reclen = dirp->d_reclen - n;
dirp->d_reclen = n;
idesc->id_entryno++;
lncntp[dirp->d_ino]--;
dirp = (struct direct *)((char *)(dirp) + n);
bzero((char *)dirp, (size_t)proto.d_reclen);
dirp->d_reclen = proto.d_reclen;
}
if (dirp->d_ino != 0 && strcmp(dirp->d_name, "..") == 0) {
inp->i_dotdot = dirp->d_ino;
if (newinofmt && dirp->d_type != DT_DIR) {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "BAD TYPE VALUE FOR '..'");
dirp->d_type = DT_DIR;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
goto chk2;
}
if (dirp->d_ino != 0 && strcmp(dirp->d_name, ".") != 0) {
fileerror(inp->i_parent, idesc->id_number, "MISSING '..'");
pfatal("CANNOT FIX, SECOND ENTRY IN DIRECTORY CONTAINS %s\n",
dirp->d_name);
inp->i_dotdot = (ino_t)-1;
} else if (dirp->d_reclen < entrysize) {
fileerror(inp->i_parent, idesc->id_number, "MISSING '..'");
pfatal("CANNOT FIX, INSUFFICIENT SPACE TO ADD '..'\n");
inp->i_dotdot = (ino_t)-1;
} else if (inp->i_parent != 0) {
/*
* We know the parent, so fix now.
*/
inp->i_dotdot = inp->i_parent;
fileerror(inp->i_parent, idesc->id_number, "MISSING '..'");
proto.d_reclen = dirp->d_reclen;
bcopy((char *)&proto, (char *)dirp, (size_t)entrysize);
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
idesc->id_entryno++;
if (dirp->d_ino != 0)
lncntp[dirp->d_ino]--;
return (ret|KEEPON);
chk2:
if (dirp->d_ino == 0)
return (ret|KEEPON);
if (dirp->d_namlen <= 2 &&
dirp->d_name[0] == '.' &&
idesc->id_entryno >= 2) {
if (dirp->d_namlen == 1) {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "EXTRA '.' ENTRY");
dirp->d_ino = 0;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
return (KEEPON | ret);
}
if (dirp->d_name[1] == '.') {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "EXTRA '..' ENTRY");
dirp->d_ino = 0;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
return (KEEPON | ret);
}
}
idesc->id_entryno++;
n = 0;
if (dirp->d_ino > maxino) {
fileerror(idesc->id_number, dirp->d_ino, "I OUT OF RANGE");
n = reply("REMOVE");
} else {
again:
switch (statemap[dirp->d_ino]) {
case USTATE:
if (idesc->id_entryno <= 2)
break;
fileerror(idesc->id_number, dirp->d_ino, "UNALLOCATED");
n = reply("REMOVE");
break;
case DCLEAR:
case FCLEAR:
if (idesc->id_entryno <= 2)
break;
if (statemap[dirp->d_ino] == FCLEAR)
errmsg = "DUP/BAD";
else if (!preen)
errmsg = "ZERO LENGTH DIRECTORY";
else {
n = 1;
break;
}
fileerror(idesc->id_number, dirp->d_ino, errmsg);
if ((n = reply("REMOVE")) == 1)
break;
dp = ginode(dirp->d_ino);
statemap[dirp->d_ino] =
(dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR ? DSTATE : FSTATE;
lncntp[dirp->d_ino] = dp->di_nlink;
goto again;
case DSTATE:
if (statemap[idesc->id_number] == DFOUND)
statemap[dirp->d_ino] = DFOUND;
/* fall through */
case DFOUND:
inp = getinoinfo(dirp->d_ino);
if (inp->i_parent != 0 && idesc->id_entryno > 2) {
getpathname(pathbuf, idesc->id_number,
idesc->id_number);
getpathname(namebuf, dirp->d_ino, dirp->d_ino);
pwarn("%s %s %s\n", pathbuf,
"IS AN EXTRANEOUS HARD LINK TO DIRECTORY",
namebuf);
if (preen)
printf(" (IGNORED)\n");
else if ((n = reply("REMOVE")) == 1)
break;
}
if (idesc->id_entryno > 2)
inp->i_parent = idesc->id_number;
/* fall through */
case FSTATE:
if (newinofmt && dirp->d_type != typemap[dirp->d_ino]) {
fileerror(idesc->id_number, dirp->d_ino,
"BAD TYPE VALUE");
dirp->d_type = typemap[dirp->d_ino];
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
lncntp[dirp->d_ino]--;
break;
default:
errexit("BAD STATE %d FOR INODE I=%d",
statemap[dirp->d_ino], dirp->d_ino);
}
}
if (n == 0)
return (ret|KEEPON);
dirp->d_ino = 0;
return (ret|KEEPON|ALTERED);
}
/*
* Routine to sort disk blocks.
*/
blksort(inpp1, inpp2)
struct inoinfo **inpp1, **inpp2;
{
return ((*inpp1)->i_blks[0] - (*inpp2)->i_blks[0]);
}

71
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass3.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include "fsck.h"
pass3()
{
register struct inoinfo **inpp, *inp;
ino_t orphan;
int loopcnt;
for (inpp = &inpsort[inplast - 1]; inpp >= inpsort; inpp--) {
inp = *inpp;
if (inp->i_number == ROOTINO ||
!(inp->i_parent == 0 || statemap[inp->i_number] == DSTATE))
continue;
if (statemap[inp->i_number] == DCLEAR)
continue;
for (loopcnt = 0; ; loopcnt++) {
orphan = inp->i_number;
if (inp->i_parent == 0 ||
statemap[inp->i_parent] != DSTATE ||
loopcnt > numdirs)
break;
inp = getinoinfo(inp->i_parent);
}
(void)linkup(orphan, inp->i_dotdot);
inp->i_parent = inp->i_dotdot = lfdir;
lncntp[lfdir]--;
statemap[orphan] = DFOUND;
propagate();
}
}

133
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass4.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
int pass4check();
pass4()
{
register ino_t inumber;
register struct zlncnt *zlnp;
struct dinode *dp;
struct inodesc idesc;
int n;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass4check;
for (inumber = ROOTINO; inumber <= lastino; inumber++) {
idesc.id_number = inumber;
switch (statemap[inumber]) {
case FSTATE:
case DFOUND:
n = lncntp[inumber];
if (n)
adjust(&idesc, (short)n);
else {
for (zlnp = zlnhead; zlnp; zlnp = zlnp->next)
if (zlnp->zlncnt == inumber) {
zlnp->zlncnt = zlnhead->zlncnt;
zlnp = zlnhead;
zlnhead = zlnhead->next;
free((char *)zlnp);
clri(&idesc, "UNREF", 1);
break;
}
}
break;
case DSTATE:
clri(&idesc, "UNREF", 1);
break;
case DCLEAR:
dp = ginode(inumber);
if (dp->di_size == 0) {
clri(&idesc, "ZERO LENGTH", 1);
break;
}
/* fall through */
case FCLEAR:
clri(&idesc, "BAD/DUP", 1);
break;
case USTATE:
break;
default:
errexit("BAD STATE %d FOR INODE I=%d",
statemap[inumber], inumber);
}
}
}
pass4check(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct dups *dlp;
int nfrags, res = KEEPON;
daddr_t blkno = idesc->id_blkno;
for (nfrags = idesc->id_numfrags; nfrags > 0; blkno++, nfrags--) {
if (chkrange(blkno, 1)) {
res = SKIP;
} else if (testbmap(blkno)) {
for (dlp = duplist; dlp; dlp = dlp->next) {
if (dlp->dup != blkno)
continue;
dlp->dup = duplist->dup;
dlp = duplist;
duplist = duplist->next;
free((char *)dlp);
break;
}
if (dlp == 0) {
clrbmap(blkno);
n_blks--;
}
}
}
return (res);
}

319
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass5.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/2/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
pass5()
{
int c, blk, frags, basesize, sumsize, mapsize, savednrpos;
register struct fs *fs = &sblock;
register struct cg *cg = &cgrp;
daddr_t dbase, dmax;
register daddr_t d;
register long i, j;
struct csum *cs;
struct csum cstotal;
struct inodesc idesc[3];
char buf[MAXBSIZE];
register struct cg *newcg = (struct cg *)buf;
struct ocg *ocg = (struct ocg *)buf;
bzero((char *)newcg, (size_t)fs->fs_cgsize);
newcg->cg_niblk = fs->fs_ipg;
if (cvtlevel > 3) {
if (fs->fs_maxcontig < 2 && fs->fs_contigsumsize > 0) {
if (preen)
pwarn("DELETING CLUSTERING MAPS\n");
if (preen || reply("DELETE CLUSTERING MAPS")) {
fs->fs_contigsumsize = 0;
doinglevel1 = 1;
sbdirty();
}
}
if (fs->fs_maxcontig > 1) {
char *doit = 0;
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize < 1) {
doit = "CREAT";
} else if (fs->fs_contigsumsize < fs->fs_maxcontig &&
fs->fs_contigsumsize < FS_MAXCONTIG) {
doit = "EXPAND";
}
if (doit) {
i = fs->fs_contigsumsize;
fs->fs_contigsumsize =
MIN(fs->fs_maxcontig, FS_MAXCONTIG);
if (CGSIZE(fs) > fs->fs_bsize) {
pwarn("CANNOT %s CLUSTER MAPS\n", doit);
fs->fs_contigsumsize = i;
} else if (preen ||
reply("CREATE CLUSTER MAPS")) {
if (preen)
pwarn("%sING CLUSTER MAPS\n",
doit);
fs->fs_cgsize =
fragroundup(fs, CGSIZE(fs));
doinglevel1 = 1;
sbdirty();
}
}
}
}
switch ((int)fs->fs_postblformat) {
case FS_42POSTBLFMT:
basesize = (char *)(&ocg->cg_btot[0]) - (char *)(&ocg->cg_link);
sumsize = &ocg->cg_iused[0] - (char *)(&ocg->cg_btot[0]);
mapsize = &ocg->cg_free[howmany(fs->fs_fpg, NBBY)] -
(u_char *)&ocg->cg_iused[0];
ocg->cg_magic = CG_MAGIC;
savednrpos = fs->fs_nrpos;
fs->fs_nrpos = 8;
break;
case FS_DYNAMICPOSTBLFMT:
newcg->cg_btotoff =
&newcg->cg_space[0] - (u_char *)(&newcg->cg_link);
newcg->cg_boff =
newcg->cg_btotoff + fs->fs_cpg * sizeof(long);
newcg->cg_iusedoff = newcg->cg_boff +
fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_nrpos * sizeof(short);
newcg->cg_freeoff =
newcg->cg_iusedoff + howmany(fs->fs_ipg, NBBY);
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize <= 0) {
newcg->cg_nextfreeoff = newcg->cg_freeoff +
howmany(fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_spc / NSPF(fs), NBBY);
} else {
newcg->cg_clustersumoff = newcg->cg_freeoff +
howmany(fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_spc / NSPF(fs), NBBY) -
sizeof(long);
newcg->cg_clustersumoff =
roundup(newcg->cg_clustersumoff, sizeof(long));
newcg->cg_clusteroff = newcg->cg_clustersumoff +
(fs->fs_contigsumsize + 1) * sizeof(long);
newcg->cg_nextfreeoff = newcg->cg_clusteroff +
howmany(fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_spc / NSPB(fs), NBBY);
}
newcg->cg_magic = CG_MAGIC;
basesize = &newcg->cg_space[0] - (u_char *)(&newcg->cg_link);
sumsize = newcg->cg_iusedoff - newcg->cg_btotoff;
mapsize = newcg->cg_nextfreeoff - newcg->cg_iusedoff;
break;
default:
errexit("UNKNOWN ROTATIONAL TABLE FORMAT %d\n",
fs->fs_postblformat);
}
bzero((char *)&idesc[0], sizeof idesc);
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
idesc[i].id_type = ADDR;
if (doinglevel2)
idesc[i].id_fix = FIX;
}
bzero((char *)&cstotal, sizeof(struct csum));
j = blknum(fs, fs->fs_size + fs->fs_frag - 1);
for (i = fs->fs_size; i < j; i++)
setbmap(i);
for (c = 0; c < fs->fs_ncg; c++) {
getblk(&cgblk, cgtod(fs, c), fs->fs_cgsize);
if (!cg_chkmagic(cg))
pfatal("CG %d: BAD MAGIC NUMBER\n", c);
dbase = cgbase(fs, c);
dmax = dbase + fs->fs_fpg;
if (dmax > fs->fs_size)
dmax = fs->fs_size;
newcg->cg_time = cg->cg_time;
newcg->cg_cgx = c;
if (c == fs->fs_ncg - 1)
newcg->cg_ncyl = fs->fs_ncyl % fs->fs_cpg;
else
newcg->cg_ncyl = fs->fs_cpg;
newcg->cg_ndblk = dmax - dbase;
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize > 0)
newcg->cg_nclusterblks = newcg->cg_ndblk / fs->fs_frag;
newcg->cg_cs.cs_ndir = 0;
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nffree = 0;
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nbfree = 0;
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nifree = fs->fs_ipg;
if (cg->cg_rotor < newcg->cg_ndblk)
newcg->cg_rotor = cg->cg_rotor;
else
newcg->cg_rotor = 0;
if (cg->cg_frotor < newcg->cg_ndblk)
newcg->cg_frotor = cg->cg_frotor;
else
newcg->cg_frotor = 0;
if (cg->cg_irotor < newcg->cg_niblk)
newcg->cg_irotor = cg->cg_irotor;
else
newcg->cg_irotor = 0;
bzero((char *)&newcg->cg_frsum[0], sizeof newcg->cg_frsum);
bzero((char *)&cg_blktot(newcg)[0],
(size_t)(sumsize + mapsize));
if (fs->fs_postblformat == FS_42POSTBLFMT)
ocg->cg_magic = CG_MAGIC;
j = fs->fs_ipg * c;
for (i = 0; i < fs->fs_ipg; j++, i++) {
switch (statemap[j]) {
case USTATE:
break;
case DSTATE:
case DCLEAR:
case DFOUND:
newcg->cg_cs.cs_ndir++;
/* fall through */
case FSTATE:
case FCLEAR:
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nifree--;
setbit(cg_inosused(newcg), i);
break;
default:
if (j < ROOTINO)
break;
errexit("BAD STATE %d FOR INODE I=%d",
statemap[j], j);
}
}
if (c == 0)
for (i = 0; i < ROOTINO; i++) {
setbit(cg_inosused(newcg), i);
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nifree--;
}
for (i = 0, d = dbase;
d < dmax;
d += fs->fs_frag, i += fs->fs_frag) {
frags = 0;
for (j = 0; j < fs->fs_frag; j++) {
if (testbmap(d + j))
continue;
setbit(cg_blksfree(newcg), i + j);
frags++;
}
if (frags == fs->fs_frag) {
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nbfree++;
j = cbtocylno(fs, i);
cg_blktot(newcg)[j]++;
cg_blks(fs, newcg, j)[cbtorpos(fs, i)]++;
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize > 0)
setbit(cg_clustersfree(newcg),
i / fs->fs_frag);
} else if (frags > 0) {
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nffree += frags;
blk = blkmap(fs, cg_blksfree(newcg), i);
ffs_fragacct(fs, blk, newcg->cg_frsum, 1);
}
}
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize > 0) {
long *sump = cg_clustersum(newcg);
u_char *mapp = cg_clustersfree(newcg);
int map = *mapp++;
int bit = 1;
int run = 0;
for (i = 0; i < newcg->cg_nclusterblks; i++) {
if ((map & bit) != 0) {
run++;
} else if (run != 0) {
if (run > fs->fs_contigsumsize)
run = fs->fs_contigsumsize;
sump[run]++;
run = 0;
}
if ((i & (NBBY - 1)) != (NBBY - 1)) {
bit <<= 1;
} else {
map = *mapp++;
bit = 1;
}
}
if (run != 0) {
if (run > fs->fs_contigsumsize)
run = fs->fs_contigsumsize;
sump[run]++;
}
}
cstotal.cs_nffree += newcg->cg_cs.cs_nffree;
cstotal.cs_nbfree += newcg->cg_cs.cs_nbfree;
cstotal.cs_nifree += newcg->cg_cs.cs_nifree;
cstotal.cs_ndir += newcg->cg_cs.cs_ndir;
cs = &fs->fs_cs(fs, c);
if (bcmp((char *)&newcg->cg_cs, (char *)cs, sizeof *cs) != 0 &&
dofix(&idesc[0], "FREE BLK COUNT(S) WRONG IN SUPERBLK")) {
bcopy((char *)&newcg->cg_cs, (char *)cs, sizeof *cs);
sbdirty();
}
if (doinglevel1) {
bcopy((char *)newcg, (char *)cg, (size_t)fs->fs_cgsize);
cgdirty();
continue;
}
if (bcmp(cg_inosused(newcg),
cg_inosused(cg), mapsize) != 0 &&
dofix(&idesc[1], "BLK(S) MISSING IN BIT MAPS")) {
bcopy(cg_inosused(newcg), cg_inosused(cg),
(size_t)mapsize);
cgdirty();
}
if ((bcmp((char *)newcg, (char *)cg, basesize) != 0 ||
bcmp((char *)&cg_blktot(newcg)[0],
(char *)&cg_blktot(cg)[0], sumsize) != 0) &&
dofix(&idesc[2], "SUMMARY INFORMATION BAD")) {
bcopy((char *)newcg, (char *)cg, (size_t)basesize);
bcopy((char *)&cg_blktot(newcg)[0],
(char *)&cg_blktot(cg)[0], (size_t)sumsize);
cgdirty();
}
}
if (fs->fs_postblformat == FS_42POSTBLFMT)
fs->fs_nrpos = savednrpos;
if (bcmp((char *)&cstotal, (char *)&fs->fs_cstotal, sizeof *cs) != 0
&& dofix(&idesc[0], "FREE BLK COUNT(S) WRONG IN SUPERBLK")) {
bcopy((char *)&cstotal, (char *)&fs->fs_cstotal, sizeof *cs);
fs->fs_ronly = 0;
fs->fs_fmod = 0;
sbdirty();
}
}

354
sbin/fsck_ffs/preen.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)preen.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#include <fstab.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <ctype.h>
char *rawname(), *unrawname(), *blockcheck();
struct part {
struct part *next; /* forward link of partitions on disk */
char *name; /* device name */
char *fsname; /* mounted filesystem name */
long auxdata; /* auxillary data for application */
} *badlist, **badnext = &badlist;
struct disk {
char *name; /* disk base name */
struct disk *next; /* forward link for list of disks */
struct part *part; /* head of list of partitions on disk */
int pid; /* If != 0, pid of proc working on */
} *disks;
int nrun, ndisks;
char hotroot;
checkfstab(preen, maxrun, docheck, chkit)
int preen, maxrun;
int (*docheck)(), (*chkit)();
{
register struct fstab *fsp;
register struct disk *dk, *nextdisk;
register struct part *pt;
int ret, pid, retcode, passno, sumstatus, status;
long auxdata;
char *name;
sumstatus = 0;
for (passno = 1; passno <= 2; passno++) {
if (setfsent() == 0) {
fprintf(stderr, "Can't open checklist file: %s\n",
_PATH_FSTAB);
return (8);
}
while ((fsp = getfsent()) != 0) {
if ((auxdata = (*docheck)(fsp)) == 0)
continue;
if (preen == 0 || passno == 1 && fsp->fs_passno == 1) {
if (name = blockcheck(fsp->fs_spec)) {
if (sumstatus = (*chkit)(name,
fsp->fs_file, auxdata, 0))
return (sumstatus);
} else if (preen)
return (8);
} else if (passno == 2 && fsp->fs_passno > 1) {
if ((name = blockcheck(fsp->fs_spec)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "BAD DISK NAME %s\n",
fsp->fs_spec);
sumstatus |= 8;
continue;
}
addpart(name, fsp->fs_file, auxdata);
}
}
if (preen == 0)
return (0);
}
if (preen) {
if (maxrun == 0)
maxrun = ndisks;
if (maxrun > ndisks)
maxrun = ndisks;
nextdisk = disks;
for (passno = 0; passno < maxrun; ++passno) {
while (ret = startdisk(nextdisk, chkit) && nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
nextdisk = nextdisk->next;
}
while ((pid = wait(&status)) != -1) {
for (dk = disks; dk; dk = dk->next)
if (dk->pid == pid)
break;
if (dk == 0) {
printf("Unknown pid %d\n", pid);
continue;
}
if (WIFEXITED(status))
retcode = WEXITSTATUS(status);
else
retcode = 0;
if (WIFSIGNALED(status)) {
printf("%s (%s): EXITED WITH SIGNAL %d\n",
dk->part->name, dk->part->fsname,
WTERMSIG(status));
retcode = 8;
}
if (retcode != 0) {
sumstatus |= retcode;
*badnext = dk->part;
badnext = &dk->part->next;
dk->part = dk->part->next;
*badnext = NULL;
} else
dk->part = dk->part->next;
dk->pid = 0;
nrun--;
if (dk->part == NULL)
ndisks--;
if (nextdisk == NULL) {
if (dk->part) {
while (ret = startdisk(dk, chkit) &&
nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
}
} else if (nrun < maxrun && nrun < ndisks) {
for ( ;; ) {
if ((nextdisk = nextdisk->next) == NULL)
nextdisk = disks;
if (nextdisk->part != NULL &&
nextdisk->pid == 0)
break;
}
while (ret = startdisk(nextdisk, chkit) &&
nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
}
}
}
if (sumstatus) {
if (badlist == 0)
return (sumstatus);
fprintf(stderr, "THE FOLLOWING FILE SYSTEM%s HAD AN %s\n\t",
badlist->next ? "S" : "", "UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY:");
for (pt = badlist; pt; pt = pt->next)
fprintf(stderr, "%s (%s)%s", pt->name, pt->fsname,
pt->next ? ", " : "\n");
return (sumstatus);
}
(void)endfsent();
return (0);
}
struct disk *
finddisk(name)
char *name;
{
register struct disk *dk, **dkp;
register char *p;
size_t len;
for (p = name + strlen(name) - 1; p >= name; --p)
if (isdigit(*p)) {
len = p - name + 1;
break;
}
if (p < name)
len = strlen(name);
for (dk = disks, dkp = &disks; dk; dkp = &dk->next, dk = dk->next) {
if (strncmp(dk->name, name, len) == 0 &&
dk->name[len] == 0)
return (dk);
}
if ((*dkp = (struct disk *)malloc(sizeof(struct disk))) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
dk = *dkp;
if ((dk->name = malloc(len + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strncpy(dk->name, name, len);
dk->name[len] = '\0';
dk->part = NULL;
dk->next = NULL;
dk->pid = 0;
ndisks++;
return (dk);
}
addpart(name, fsname, auxdata)
char *name, *fsname;
long auxdata;
{
struct disk *dk = finddisk(name);
register struct part *pt, **ppt = &dk->part;
for (pt = dk->part; pt; ppt = &pt->next, pt = pt->next)
if (strcmp(pt->name, name) == 0) {
printf("%s in fstab more than once!\n", name);
return;
}
if ((*ppt = (struct part *)malloc(sizeof(struct part))) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
pt = *ppt;
if ((pt->name = malloc(strlen(name) + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strcpy(pt->name, name);
if ((pt->fsname = malloc(strlen(fsname) + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strcpy(pt->fsname, fsname);
pt->next = NULL;
pt->auxdata = auxdata;
}
startdisk(dk, checkit)
register struct disk *dk;
int (*checkit)();
{
register struct part *pt = dk->part;
dk->pid = fork();
if (dk->pid < 0) {
perror("fork");
return (8);
}
if (dk->pid == 0)
exit((*checkit)(pt->name, pt->fsname, pt->auxdata, 1));
nrun++;
return (0);
}
char *
blockcheck(name)
char *name;
{
struct stat stslash, stblock, stchar;
char *raw;
int retried = 0;
hotroot = 0;
if (stat("/", &stslash) < 0) {
perror("/");
printf("Can't stat root\n");
return (0);
}
retry:
if (stat(name, &stblock) < 0) {
perror(name);
printf("Can't stat %s\n", name);
return (0);
}
if ((stblock.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) {
if (stslash.st_dev == stblock.st_rdev)
hotroot++;
raw = rawname(name);
if (stat(raw, &stchar) < 0) {
perror(raw);
printf("Can't stat %s\n", raw);
return (name);
}
if ((stchar.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) {
return (raw);
} else {
printf("%s is not a character device\n", raw);
return (name);
}
} else if ((stblock.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR && !retried) {
name = unrawname(name);
retried++;
goto retry;
}
printf("Can't make sense out of name %s\n", name);
return (0);
}
char *
unrawname(name)
char *name;
{
char *dp;
struct stat stb;
if ((dp = rindex(name, '/')) == 0)
return (name);
if (stat(name, &stb) < 0)
return (name);
if ((stb.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFCHR)
return (name);
if (dp[1] != 'r')
return (name);
(void)strcpy(&dp[1], &dp[2]);
return (name);
}
char *
rawname(name)
char *name;
{
static char rawbuf[32];
char *dp;
if ((dp = rindex(name, '/')) == 0)
return (0);
*dp = 0;
(void)strcpy(rawbuf, name);
*dp = '/';
(void)strcat(rawbuf, "/r");
(void)strcat(rawbuf, &dp[1]);
return (rawbuf);
}

466
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)setup.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/21/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#define DKTYPENAMES
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <sys/disklabel.h>
#include <sys/file.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "fsck.h"
struct bufarea asblk;
#define altsblock (*asblk.b_un.b_fs)
#define POWEROF2(num) (((num) & ((num) - 1)) == 0)
struct disklabel *getdisklabel();
setup(dev)
char *dev;
{
long cg, size, asked, i, j;
long bmapsize;
struct disklabel *lp;
off_t sizepb;
struct stat statb;
struct fs proto;
havesb = 0;
fswritefd = -1;
if (stat(dev, &statb) < 0) {
printf("Can't stat %s: %s\n", dev, strerror(errno));
return (0);
}
if ((statb.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFCHR) {
pfatal("%s is not a character device", dev);
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
return (0);
}
if ((fsreadfd = open(dev, O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
printf("Can't open %s: %s\n", dev, strerror(errno));
return (0);
}
if (preen == 0)
printf("** %s", dev);
if (nflag || (fswritefd = open(dev, O_WRONLY)) < 0) {
fswritefd = -1;
if (preen)
pfatal("NO WRITE ACCESS");
printf(" (NO WRITE)");
}
if (preen == 0)
printf("\n");
fsmodified = 0;
lfdir = 0;
initbarea(&sblk);
initbarea(&asblk);
sblk.b_un.b_buf = malloc(SBSIZE);
asblk.b_un.b_buf = malloc(SBSIZE);
if (sblk.b_un.b_buf == NULL || asblk.b_un.b_buf == NULL)
errexit("cannot allocate space for superblock\n");
if (lp = getdisklabel((char *)NULL, fsreadfd))
dev_bsize = secsize = lp->d_secsize;
else
dev_bsize = secsize = DEV_BSIZE;
/*
* Read in the superblock, looking for alternates if necessary
*/
if (readsb(1) == 0) {
if (bflag || preen || calcsb(dev, fsreadfd, &proto) == 0)
return(0);
if (reply("LOOK FOR ALTERNATE SUPERBLOCKS") == 0)
return (0);
for (cg = 0; cg < proto.fs_ncg; cg++) {
bflag = fsbtodb(&proto, cgsblock(&proto, cg));
if (readsb(0) != 0)
break;
}
if (cg >= proto.fs_ncg) {
printf("%s %s\n%s %s\n%s %s\n",
"SEARCH FOR ALTERNATE SUPER-BLOCK",
"FAILED. YOU MUST USE THE",
"-b OPTION TO FSCK TO SPECIFY THE",
"LOCATION OF AN ALTERNATE",
"SUPER-BLOCK TO SUPPLY NEEDED",
"INFORMATION; SEE fsck(8).");
return(0);
}
pwarn("USING ALTERNATE SUPERBLOCK AT %d\n", bflag);
}
maxfsblock = sblock.fs_size;
maxino = sblock.fs_ncg * sblock.fs_ipg;
/*
* Check and potentially fix certain fields in the super block.
*/
if (sblock.fs_optim != FS_OPTTIME && sblock.fs_optim != FS_OPTSPACE) {
pfatal("UNDEFINED OPTIMIZATION IN SUPERBLOCK");
if (reply("SET TO DEFAULT") == 1) {
sblock.fs_optim = FS_OPTTIME;
sbdirty();
}
}
if ((sblock.fs_minfree < 0 || sblock.fs_minfree > 99)) {
pfatal("IMPOSSIBLE MINFREE=%d IN SUPERBLOCK",
sblock.fs_minfree);
if (reply("SET TO DEFAULT") == 1) {
sblock.fs_minfree = 10;
sbdirty();
}
}
if (sblock.fs_interleave < 1 ||
sblock.fs_interleave > sblock.fs_nsect) {
pwarn("IMPOSSIBLE INTERLEAVE=%d IN SUPERBLOCK",
sblock.fs_interleave);
sblock.fs_interleave = 1;
if (preen)
printf(" (FIXED)\n");
if (preen || reply("SET TO DEFAULT") == 1) {
sbdirty();
dirty(&asblk);
}
}
if (sblock.fs_npsect < sblock.fs_nsect ||
sblock.fs_npsect > sblock.fs_nsect*2) {
pwarn("IMPOSSIBLE NPSECT=%d IN SUPERBLOCK",
sblock.fs_npsect);
sblock.fs_npsect = sblock.fs_nsect;
if (preen)
printf(" (FIXED)\n");
if (preen || reply("SET TO DEFAULT") == 1) {
sbdirty();
dirty(&asblk);
}
}
if (sblock.fs_inodefmt >= FS_44INODEFMT) {
newinofmt = 1;
} else {
sblock.fs_qbmask = ~sblock.fs_bmask;
sblock.fs_qfmask = ~sblock.fs_fmask;
newinofmt = 0;
}
/*
* Convert to new inode format.
*/
if (cvtlevel >= 2 && sblock.fs_inodefmt < FS_44INODEFMT) {
if (preen)
pwarn("CONVERTING TO NEW INODE FORMAT\n");
else if (!reply("CONVERT TO NEW INODE FORMAT"))
return(0);
doinglevel2++;
sblock.fs_inodefmt = FS_44INODEFMT;
sizepb = sblock.fs_bsize;
sblock.fs_maxfilesize = sblock.fs_bsize * NDADDR - 1;
for (i = 0; i < NIADDR; i++) {
sizepb *= NINDIR(&sblock);
sblock.fs_maxfilesize += sizepb;
}
sblock.fs_maxsymlinklen = MAXSYMLINKLEN;
sblock.fs_qbmask = ~sblock.fs_bmask;
sblock.fs_qfmask = ~sblock.fs_fmask;
sbdirty();
dirty(&asblk);
}
/*
* Convert to new cylinder group format.
*/
if (cvtlevel >= 1 && sblock.fs_postblformat == FS_42POSTBLFMT) {
if (preen)
pwarn("CONVERTING TO NEW CYLINDER GROUP FORMAT\n");
else if (!reply("CONVERT TO NEW CYLINDER GROUP FORMAT"))
return(0);
doinglevel1++;
sblock.fs_postblformat = FS_DYNAMICPOSTBLFMT;
sblock.fs_nrpos = 8;
sblock.fs_postbloff =
(char *)(&sblock.fs_opostbl[0][0]) -
(char *)(&sblock.fs_link);
sblock.fs_rotbloff = &sblock.fs_space[0] -
(u_char *)(&sblock.fs_link);
sblock.fs_cgsize =
fragroundup(&sblock, CGSIZE(&sblock));
sbdirty();
dirty(&asblk);
}
if (asblk.b_dirty) {
bcopy((char *)&sblock, (char *)&altsblock,
(size_t)sblock.fs_sbsize);
flush(fswritefd, &asblk);
}
/*
* read in the summary info.
*/
asked = 0;
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < sblock.fs_cssize; i += sblock.fs_bsize, j++) {
size = sblock.fs_cssize - i < sblock.fs_bsize ?
sblock.fs_cssize - i : sblock.fs_bsize;
sblock.fs_csp[j] = (struct csum *)calloc(1, (unsigned)size);
if (bread(fsreadfd, (char *)sblock.fs_csp[j],
fsbtodb(&sblock, sblock.fs_csaddr + j * sblock.fs_frag),
size) != 0 && !asked) {
pfatal("BAD SUMMARY INFORMATION");
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
asked++;
}
}
/*
* allocate and initialize the necessary maps
*/
bmapsize = roundup(howmany(maxfsblock, NBBY), sizeof(short));
blockmap = calloc((unsigned)bmapsize, sizeof (char));
if (blockmap == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for blockmap\n",
(unsigned)bmapsize);
goto badsb;
}
statemap = calloc((unsigned)(maxino + 1), sizeof(char));
if (statemap == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for statemap\n",
(unsigned)(maxino + 1));
goto badsb;
}
typemap = calloc((unsigned)(maxino + 1), sizeof(char));
if (typemap == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for typemap\n",
(unsigned)(maxino + 1));
goto badsb;
}
lncntp = (short *)calloc((unsigned)(maxino + 1), sizeof(short));
if (lncntp == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for lncntp\n",
(unsigned)(maxino + 1) * sizeof(short));
goto badsb;
}
numdirs = sblock.fs_cstotal.cs_ndir;
inplast = 0;
listmax = numdirs + 10;
inpsort = (struct inoinfo **)calloc((unsigned)listmax,
sizeof(struct inoinfo *));
inphead = (struct inoinfo **)calloc((unsigned)numdirs,
sizeof(struct inoinfo *));
if (inpsort == NULL || inphead == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for inphead\n",
(unsigned)numdirs * sizeof(struct inoinfo *));
goto badsb;
}
bufinit();
return (1);
badsb:
ckfini();
return (0);
}
/*
* Read in the super block and its summary info.
*/
readsb(listerr)
int listerr;
{
daddr_t super = bflag ? bflag : SBOFF / dev_bsize;
if (bread(fsreadfd, (char *)&sblock, super, (long)SBSIZE) != 0)
return (0);
sblk.b_bno = super;
sblk.b_size = SBSIZE;
/*
* run a few consistency checks of the super block
*/
if (sblock.fs_magic != FS_MAGIC)
{ badsb(listerr, "MAGIC NUMBER WRONG"); return (0); }
if (sblock.fs_ncg < 1)
{ badsb(listerr, "NCG OUT OF RANGE"); return (0); }
if (sblock.fs_cpg < 1)
{ badsb(listerr, "CPG OUT OF RANGE"); return (0); }
if (sblock.fs_ncg * sblock.fs_cpg < sblock.fs_ncyl ||
(sblock.fs_ncg - 1) * sblock.fs_cpg >= sblock.fs_ncyl)
{ badsb(listerr, "NCYL LESS THAN NCG*CPG"); return (0); }
if (sblock.fs_sbsize > SBSIZE)
{ badsb(listerr, "SIZE PREPOSTEROUSLY LARGE"); return (0); }
/*
* Compute block size that the filesystem is based on,
* according to fsbtodb, and adjust superblock block number
* so we can tell if this is an alternate later.
*/
super *= dev_bsize;
dev_bsize = sblock.fs_fsize / fsbtodb(&sblock, 1);
sblk.b_bno = super / dev_bsize;
if (bflag) {
havesb = 1;
return (1);
}
/*
* Set all possible fields that could differ, then do check
* of whole super block against an alternate super block.
* When an alternate super-block is specified this check is skipped.
*/
getblk(&asblk, cgsblock(&sblock, sblock.fs_ncg - 1), sblock.fs_sbsize);
if (asblk.b_errs)
return (0);
altsblock.fs_link = sblock.fs_link;
altsblock.fs_rlink = sblock.fs_rlink;
altsblock.fs_time = sblock.fs_time;
altsblock.fs_cstotal = sblock.fs_cstotal;
altsblock.fs_cgrotor = sblock.fs_cgrotor;
altsblock.fs_fmod = sblock.fs_fmod;
altsblock.fs_clean = sblock.fs_clean;
altsblock.fs_ronly = sblock.fs_ronly;
altsblock.fs_flags = sblock.fs_flags;
altsblock.fs_maxcontig = sblock.fs_maxcontig;
altsblock.fs_minfree = sblock.fs_minfree;
altsblock.fs_optim = sblock.fs_optim;
altsblock.fs_rotdelay = sblock.fs_rotdelay;
altsblock.fs_maxbpg = sblock.fs_maxbpg;
bcopy((char *)sblock.fs_csp, (char *)altsblock.fs_csp,
sizeof sblock.fs_csp);
bcopy((char *)sblock.fs_fsmnt, (char *)altsblock.fs_fsmnt,
sizeof sblock.fs_fsmnt);
bcopy((char *)sblock.fs_sparecon, (char *)altsblock.fs_sparecon,
sizeof sblock.fs_sparecon);
/*
* The following should not have to be copied.
*/
altsblock.fs_fsbtodb = sblock.fs_fsbtodb;
altsblock.fs_interleave = sblock.fs_interleave;
altsblock.fs_npsect = sblock.fs_npsect;
altsblock.fs_nrpos = sblock.fs_nrpos;
altsblock.fs_qbmask = sblock.fs_qbmask;
altsblock.fs_qfmask = sblock.fs_qfmask;
altsblock.fs_state = sblock.fs_state;
altsblock.fs_maxfilesize = sblock.fs_maxfilesize;
if (bcmp((char *)&sblock, (char *)&altsblock, (int)sblock.fs_sbsize)) {
badsb(listerr,
"VALUES IN SUPER BLOCK DISAGREE WITH THOSE IN FIRST ALTERNATE");
return (0);
}
havesb = 1;
return (1);
}
badsb(listerr, s)
int listerr;
char *s;
{
if (!listerr)
return;
if (preen)
printf("%s: ", cdevname);
pfatal("BAD SUPER BLOCK: %s\n", s);
}
/*
* Calculate a prototype superblock based on information in the disk label.
* When done the cgsblock macro can be calculated and the fs_ncg field
* can be used. Do NOT attempt to use other macros without verifying that
* their needed information is available!
*/
calcsb(dev, devfd, fs)
char *dev;
int devfd;
register struct fs *fs;
{
register struct disklabel *lp;
register struct partition *pp;
register char *cp;
int i;
cp = index(dev, '\0') - 1;
if (cp == (char *)-1 || (*cp < 'a' || *cp > 'h') && !isdigit(*cp)) {
pfatal("%s: CANNOT FIGURE OUT FILE SYSTEM PARTITION\n", dev);
return (0);
}
lp = getdisklabel(dev, devfd);
if (isdigit(*cp))
pp = &lp->d_partitions[0];
else
pp = &lp->d_partitions[*cp - 'a'];
if (pp->p_fstype != FS_BSDFFS) {
pfatal("%s: NOT LABELED AS A BSD FILE SYSTEM (%s)\n",
dev, pp->p_fstype < FSMAXTYPES ?
fstypenames[pp->p_fstype] : "unknown");
return (0);
}
bzero((char *)fs, sizeof(struct fs));
fs->fs_fsize = pp->p_fsize;
fs->fs_frag = pp->p_frag;
fs->fs_cpg = pp->p_cpg;
fs->fs_size = pp->p_size;
fs->fs_ntrak = lp->d_ntracks;
fs->fs_nsect = lp->d_nsectors;
fs->fs_spc = lp->d_secpercyl;
fs->fs_nspf = fs->fs_fsize / lp->d_secsize;
fs->fs_sblkno = roundup(
howmany(lp->d_bbsize + lp->d_sbsize, fs->fs_fsize),
fs->fs_frag);
fs->fs_cgmask = 0xffffffff;
for (i = fs->fs_ntrak; i > 1; i >>= 1)
fs->fs_cgmask <<= 1;
if (!POWEROF2(fs->fs_ntrak))
fs->fs_cgmask <<= 1;
fs->fs_cgoffset = roundup(
howmany(fs->fs_nsect, NSPF(fs)), fs->fs_frag);
fs->fs_fpg = (fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_spc) / NSPF(fs);
fs->fs_ncg = howmany(fs->fs_size / fs->fs_spc, fs->fs_cpg);
for (fs->fs_fsbtodb = 0, i = NSPF(fs); i > 1; i >>= 1)
fs->fs_fsbtodb++;
dev_bsize = lp->d_secsize;
return (1);
}
struct disklabel *
getdisklabel(s, fd)
char *s;
int fd;
{
static struct disklabel lab;
if (ioctl(fd, DIOCGDINFO, (char *)&lab) < 0) {
if (s == NULL)
return ((struct disklabel *)NULL);
pwarn("ioctl (GCINFO): %s\n", strerror(errno));
errexit("%s: can't read disk label\n", s);
}
return (&lab);
}

566
sbin/fsck_ffs/utilities.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)utilities.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "fsck.h"
long diskreads, totalreads; /* Disk cache statistics */
ftypeok(dp)
struct dinode *dp;
{
switch (dp->di_mode & IFMT) {
case IFDIR:
case IFREG:
case IFBLK:
case IFCHR:
case IFLNK:
case IFSOCK:
case IFIFO:
return (1);
default:
if (debug)
printf("bad file type 0%o\n", dp->di_mode);
return (0);
}
}
reply(question)
char *question;
{
int persevere;
char c;
if (preen)
pfatal("INTERNAL ERROR: GOT TO reply()");
persevere = !strcmp(question, "CONTINUE");
printf("\n");
if (!persevere && (nflag || fswritefd < 0)) {
printf("%s? no\n\n", question);
return (0);
}
if (yflag || (persevere && nflag)) {
printf("%s? yes\n\n", question);
return (1);
}
do {
printf("%s? [yn] ", question);
(void) fflush(stdout);
c = getc(stdin);
while (c != '\n' && getc(stdin) != '\n')
if (feof(stdin))
return (0);
} while (c != 'y' && c != 'Y' && c != 'n' && c != 'N');
printf("\n");
if (c == 'y' || c == 'Y')
return (1);
return (0);
}
/*
* Malloc buffers and set up cache.
*/
bufinit()
{
register struct bufarea *bp;
long bufcnt, i;
char *bufp;
pbp = pdirbp = (struct bufarea *)0;
bufp = malloc((unsigned int)sblock.fs_bsize);
if (bufp == 0)
errexit("cannot allocate buffer pool\n");
cgblk.b_un.b_buf = bufp;
initbarea(&cgblk);
bufhead.b_next = bufhead.b_prev = &bufhead;
bufcnt = MAXBUFSPACE / sblock.fs_bsize;
if (bufcnt < MINBUFS)
bufcnt = MINBUFS;
for (i = 0; i < bufcnt; i++) {
bp = (struct bufarea *)malloc(sizeof(struct bufarea));
bufp = malloc((unsigned int)sblock.fs_bsize);
if (bp == NULL || bufp == NULL) {
if (i >= MINBUFS)
break;
errexit("cannot allocate buffer pool\n");
}
bp->b_un.b_buf = bufp;
bp->b_prev = &bufhead;
bp->b_next = bufhead.b_next;
bufhead.b_next->b_prev = bp;
bufhead.b_next = bp;
initbarea(bp);
}
bufhead.b_size = i; /* save number of buffers */
}
/*
* Manage a cache of directory blocks.
*/
struct bufarea *
getdatablk(blkno, size)
daddr_t blkno;
long size;
{
register struct bufarea *bp;
for (bp = bufhead.b_next; bp != &bufhead; bp = bp->b_next)
if (bp->b_bno == fsbtodb(&sblock, blkno))
goto foundit;
for (bp = bufhead.b_prev; bp != &bufhead; bp = bp->b_prev)
if ((bp->b_flags & B_INUSE) == 0)
break;
if (bp == &bufhead)
errexit("deadlocked buffer pool\n");
getblk(bp, blkno, size);
/* fall through */
foundit:
totalreads++;
bp->b_prev->b_next = bp->b_next;
bp->b_next->b_prev = bp->b_prev;
bp->b_prev = &bufhead;
bp->b_next = bufhead.b_next;
bufhead.b_next->b_prev = bp;
bufhead.b_next = bp;
bp->b_flags |= B_INUSE;
return (bp);
}
void
getblk(bp, blk, size)
register struct bufarea *bp;
daddr_t blk;
long size;
{
daddr_t dblk;
dblk = fsbtodb(&sblock, blk);
if (bp->b_bno != dblk) {
flush(fswritefd, bp);
diskreads++;
bp->b_errs = bread(fsreadfd, bp->b_un.b_buf, dblk, size);
bp->b_bno = dblk;
bp->b_size = size;
}
}
flush(fd, bp)
int fd;
register struct bufarea *bp;
{
register int i, j;
if (!bp->b_dirty)
return;
if (bp->b_errs != 0)
pfatal("WRITING %sZERO'ED BLOCK %d TO DISK\n",
(bp->b_errs == bp->b_size / dev_bsize) ? "" : "PARTIALLY ",
bp->b_bno);
bp->b_dirty = 0;
bp->b_errs = 0;
bwrite(fd, bp->b_un.b_buf, bp->b_bno, (long)bp->b_size);
if (bp != &sblk)
return;
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < sblock.fs_cssize; i += sblock.fs_bsize, j++) {
bwrite(fswritefd, (char *)sblock.fs_csp[j],
fsbtodb(&sblock, sblock.fs_csaddr + j * sblock.fs_frag),
sblock.fs_cssize - i < sblock.fs_bsize ?
sblock.fs_cssize - i : sblock.fs_bsize);
}
}
rwerror(mesg, blk)
char *mesg;
daddr_t blk;
{
if (preen == 0)
printf("\n");
pfatal("CANNOT %s: BLK %ld", mesg, blk);
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("Program terminated\n");
}
ckfini()
{
register struct bufarea *bp, *nbp;
int cnt = 0;
if (fswritefd < 0) {
(void)close(fsreadfd);
return;
}
flush(fswritefd, &sblk);
if (havesb && sblk.b_bno != SBOFF / dev_bsize &&
!preen && reply("UPDATE STANDARD SUPERBLOCK")) {
sblk.b_bno = SBOFF / dev_bsize;
sbdirty();
flush(fswritefd, &sblk);
}
flush(fswritefd, &cgblk);
free(cgblk.b_un.b_buf);
for (bp = bufhead.b_prev; bp && bp != &bufhead; bp = nbp) {
cnt++;
flush(fswritefd, bp);
nbp = bp->b_prev;
free(bp->b_un.b_buf);
free((char *)bp);
}
if (bufhead.b_size != cnt)
errexit("Panic: lost %d buffers\n", bufhead.b_size - cnt);
pbp = pdirbp = (struct bufarea *)0;
if (debug)
printf("cache missed %ld of %ld (%d%%)\n", diskreads,
totalreads, (int)(diskreads * 100 / totalreads));
(void)close(fsreadfd);
(void)close(fswritefd);
}
bread(fd, buf, blk, size)
int fd;
char *buf;
daddr_t blk;
long size;
{
char *cp;
int i, errs;
off_t offset;
offset = blk;
offset *= dev_bsize;
if (lseek(fd, offset, 0) < 0)
rwerror("SEEK", blk);
else if (read(fd, buf, (int)size) == size)
return (0);
rwerror("READ", blk);
if (lseek(fd, offset, 0) < 0)
rwerror("SEEK", blk);
errs = 0;
bzero(buf, (size_t)size);
printf("THE FOLLOWING DISK SECTORS COULD NOT BE READ:");
for (cp = buf, i = 0; i < size; i += secsize, cp += secsize) {
if (read(fd, cp, (int)secsize) != secsize) {
(void)lseek(fd, offset + i + secsize, 0);
if (secsize != dev_bsize && dev_bsize != 1)
printf(" %ld (%ld),",
(blk * dev_bsize + i) / secsize,
blk + i / dev_bsize);
else
printf(" %ld,", blk + i / dev_bsize);
errs++;
}
}
printf("\n");
return (errs);
}
bwrite(fd, buf, blk, size)
int fd;
char *buf;
daddr_t blk;
long size;
{
int i;
char *cp;
off_t offset;
if (fd < 0)
return;
offset = blk;
offset *= dev_bsize;
if (lseek(fd, offset, 0) < 0)
rwerror("SEEK", blk);
else if (write(fd, buf, (int)size) == size) {
fsmodified = 1;
return;
}
rwerror("WRITE", blk);
if (lseek(fd, offset, 0) < 0)
rwerror("SEEK", blk);
printf("THE FOLLOWING SECTORS COULD NOT BE WRITTEN:");
for (cp = buf, i = 0; i < size; i += dev_bsize, cp += dev_bsize)
if (write(fd, cp, (int)dev_bsize) != dev_bsize) {
(void)lseek(fd, offset + i + dev_bsize, 0);
printf(" %ld,", blk + i / dev_bsize);
}
printf("\n");
return;
}
/*
* allocate a data block with the specified number of fragments
*/
allocblk(frags)
long frags;
{
register int i, j, k;
if (frags <= 0 || frags > sblock.fs_frag)
return (0);
for (i = 0; i < maxfsblock - sblock.fs_frag; i += sblock.fs_frag) {
for (j = 0; j <= sblock.fs_frag - frags; j++) {
if (testbmap(i + j))
continue;
for (k = 1; k < frags; k++)
if (testbmap(i + j + k))
break;
if (k < frags) {
j += k;
continue;
}
for (k = 0; k < frags; k++)
setbmap(i + j + k);
n_blks += frags;
return (i + j);
}
}
return (0);
}
/*
* Free a previously allocated block
*/
freeblk(blkno, frags)
daddr_t blkno;
long frags;
{
struct inodesc idesc;
idesc.id_blkno = blkno;
idesc.id_numfrags = frags;
(void)pass4check(&idesc);
}
/*
* Find a pathname
*/
getpathname(namebuf, curdir, ino)
char *namebuf;
ino_t curdir, ino;
{
int len;
register char *cp;
struct inodesc idesc;
static int busy = 0;
extern int findname();
if (curdir == ino && ino == ROOTINO) {
(void)strcpy(namebuf, "/");
return;
}
if (busy ||
(statemap[curdir] != DSTATE && statemap[curdir] != DFOUND)) {
(void)strcpy(namebuf, "?");
return;
}
busy = 1;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = DATA;
idesc.id_fix = IGNORE;
cp = &namebuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
*cp = '\0';
if (curdir != ino) {
idesc.id_parent = curdir;
goto namelookup;
}
while (ino != ROOTINO) {
idesc.id_number = ino;
idesc.id_func = findino;
idesc.id_name = "..";
if ((ckinode(ginode(ino), &idesc) & FOUND) == 0)
break;
namelookup:
idesc.id_number = idesc.id_parent;
idesc.id_parent = ino;
idesc.id_func = findname;
idesc.id_name = namebuf;
if ((ckinode(ginode(idesc.id_number), &idesc)&FOUND) == 0)
break;
len = strlen(namebuf);
cp -= len;
bcopy(namebuf, cp, (size_t)len);
*--cp = '/';
if (cp < &namebuf[MAXNAMLEN])
break;
ino = idesc.id_number;
}
busy = 0;
if (ino != ROOTINO)
*--cp = '?';
bcopy(cp, namebuf, (size_t)(&namebuf[MAXPATHLEN] - cp));
}
void
catch()
{
if (!doinglevel2)
ckfini();
exit(12);
}
/*
* When preening, allow a single quit to signal
* a special exit after filesystem checks complete
* so that reboot sequence may be interrupted.
*/
void
catchquit()
{
extern returntosingle;
printf("returning to single-user after filesystem check\n");
returntosingle = 1;
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_DFL);
}
/*
* Ignore a single quit signal; wait and flush just in case.
* Used by child processes in preen.
*/
void
voidquit()
{
sleep(1);
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_DFL);
}
/*
* determine whether an inode should be fixed.
*/
dofix(idesc, msg)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
char *msg;
{
switch (idesc->id_fix) {
case DONTKNOW:
if (idesc->id_type == DATA)
direrror(idesc->id_number, msg);
else
pwarn(msg);
if (preen) {
printf(" (SALVAGED)\n");
idesc->id_fix = FIX;
return (ALTERED);
}
if (reply("SALVAGE") == 0) {
idesc->id_fix = NOFIX;
return (0);
}
idesc->id_fix = FIX;
return (ALTERED);
case FIX:
return (ALTERED);
case NOFIX:
case IGNORE:
return (0);
default:
errexit("UNKNOWN INODESC FIX MODE %d\n", idesc->id_fix);
}
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/* VARARGS1 */
errexit(s1, s2, s3, s4)
char *s1;
{
printf(s1, s2, s3, s4);
exit(8);
}
/*
* An unexpected inconsistency occured.
* Die if preening, otherwise just print message and continue.
*/
/* VARARGS1 */
pfatal(s, a1, a2, a3)
char *s;
{
if (preen) {
printf("%s: ", cdevname);
printf(s, a1, a2, a3);
printf("\n");
printf("%s: UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY; RUN fsck MANUALLY.\n",
cdevname);
exit(8);
}
printf(s, a1, a2, a3);
}
/*
* Pwarn just prints a message when not preening,
* or a warning (preceded by filename) when preening.
*/
/* VARARGS1 */
pwarn(s, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
char *s;
{
if (preen)
printf("%s: ", cdevname);
printf(s, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6);
}
#ifndef lint
/*
* Stub for routines from kernel.
*/
panic(s)
char *s;
{
pfatal("INTERNAL INCONSISTENCY:");
errexit(s);
}
#endif

9
sbin/fsck_ifs/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
PROG= fsck
MAN8= fsck.0
SRCS= dir.c inode.c main.c pass1.c pass1b.c pass2.c pass3.c pass4.c \
pass5.c preen.c setup.c utilities.c ffs_subr.c ffs_tables.c
.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/ufs/ffs
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

681
sbin/fsck_ifs/dir.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dir.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
char *lfname = "lost+found";
int lfmode = 01777;
struct dirtemplate emptydir = { 0, DIRBLKSIZ };
struct dirtemplate dirhead = {
0, 12, DT_DIR, 1, ".",
0, DIRBLKSIZ - 12, DT_DIR, 2, ".."
};
struct odirtemplate odirhead = {
0, 12, 1, ".",
0, DIRBLKSIZ - 12, 2, ".."
};
struct direct *fsck_readdir();
struct bufarea *getdirblk();
/*
* Propagate connected state through the tree.
*/
propagate()
{
register struct inoinfo **inpp, *inp;
struct inoinfo **inpend;
long change;
inpend = &inpsort[inplast];
do {
change = 0;
for (inpp = inpsort; inpp < inpend; inpp++) {
inp = *inpp;
if (inp->i_parent == 0)
continue;
if (statemap[inp->i_parent] == DFOUND &&
statemap[inp->i_number] == DSTATE) {
statemap[inp->i_number] = DFOUND;
change++;
}
}
} while (change > 0);
}
/*
* Scan each entry in a directory block.
*/
dirscan(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dp;
register struct bufarea *bp;
int dsize, n;
long blksiz;
char dbuf[DIRBLKSIZ];
if (idesc->id_type != DATA)
errexit("wrong type to dirscan %d\n", idesc->id_type);
if (idesc->id_entryno == 0 &&
(idesc->id_filesize & (DIRBLKSIZ - 1)) != 0)
idesc->id_filesize = roundup(idesc->id_filesize, DIRBLKSIZ);
blksiz = idesc->id_numfrags * sblock.fs_fsize;
if (chkrange(idesc->id_blkno, idesc->id_numfrags)) {
idesc->id_filesize -= blksiz;
return (SKIP);
}
idesc->id_loc = 0;
for (dp = fsck_readdir(idesc); dp != NULL; dp = fsck_readdir(idesc)) {
dsize = dp->d_reclen;
bcopy((char *)dp, dbuf, (size_t)dsize);
# if (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
if (!newinofmt) {
struct direct *tdp = (struct direct *)dbuf;
u_char tmp;
tmp = tdp->d_namlen;
tdp->d_namlen = tdp->d_type;
tdp->d_type = tmp;
}
# endif
idesc->id_dirp = (struct direct *)dbuf;
if ((n = (*idesc->id_func)(idesc)) & ALTERED) {
# if (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
if (!newinofmt && !doinglevel2) {
struct direct *tdp;
u_char tmp;
tdp = (struct direct *)dbuf;
tmp = tdp->d_namlen;
tdp->d_namlen = tdp->d_type;
tdp->d_type = tmp;
}
# endif
bp = getdirblk(idesc->id_blkno, blksiz);
bcopy(dbuf, bp->b_un.b_buf + idesc->id_loc - dsize,
(size_t)dsize);
dirty(bp);
sbdirty();
}
if (n & STOP)
return (n);
}
return (idesc->id_filesize > 0 ? KEEPON : STOP);
}
/*
* get next entry in a directory.
*/
struct direct *
fsck_readdir(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dp, *ndp;
register struct bufarea *bp;
long size, blksiz, fix, dploc;
blksiz = idesc->id_numfrags * sblock.fs_fsize;
bp = getdirblk(idesc->id_blkno, blksiz);
if (idesc->id_loc % DIRBLKSIZ == 0 && idesc->id_filesize > 0 &&
idesc->id_loc < blksiz) {
dp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + idesc->id_loc);
if (dircheck(idesc, dp))
goto dpok;
fix = dofix(idesc, "DIRECTORY CORRUPTED");
bp = getdirblk(idesc->id_blkno, blksiz);
dp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + idesc->id_loc);
dp->d_reclen = DIRBLKSIZ;
dp->d_ino = 0;
dp->d_type = 0;
dp->d_namlen = 0;
dp->d_name[0] = '\0';
if (fix)
dirty(bp);
idesc->id_loc += DIRBLKSIZ;
idesc->id_filesize -= DIRBLKSIZ;
return (dp);
}
dpok:
if (idesc->id_filesize <= 0 || idesc->id_loc >= blksiz)
return NULL;
dploc = idesc->id_loc;
dp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + dploc);
idesc->id_loc += dp->d_reclen;
idesc->id_filesize -= dp->d_reclen;
if ((idesc->id_loc % DIRBLKSIZ) == 0)
return (dp);
ndp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + idesc->id_loc);
if (idesc->id_loc < blksiz && idesc->id_filesize > 0 &&
dircheck(idesc, ndp) == 0) {
size = DIRBLKSIZ - (idesc->id_loc % DIRBLKSIZ);
idesc->id_loc += size;
idesc->id_filesize -= size;
fix = dofix(idesc, "DIRECTORY CORRUPTED");
bp = getdirblk(idesc->id_blkno, blksiz);
dp = (struct direct *)(bp->b_un.b_buf + dploc);
dp->d_reclen += size;
if (fix)
dirty(bp);
}
return (dp);
}
/*
* Verify that a directory entry is valid.
* This is a superset of the checks made in the kernel.
*/
dircheck(idesc, dp)
struct inodesc *idesc;
register struct direct *dp;
{
register int size;
register char *cp;
u_char namlen, type;
int spaceleft;
size = DIRSIZ(!newinofmt, dp);
spaceleft = DIRBLKSIZ - (idesc->id_loc % DIRBLKSIZ);
# if (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
if (!newinofmt) {
type = dp->d_namlen;
namlen = dp->d_type;
} else {
namlen = dp->d_namlen;
type = dp->d_type;
}
# else
namlen = dp->d_namlen;
type = dp->d_type;
# endif
if (dp->d_ino < maxino &&
dp->d_reclen != 0 &&
dp->d_reclen <= spaceleft &&
(dp->d_reclen & 0x3) == 0 &&
dp->d_reclen >= size &&
idesc->id_filesize >= size &&
namlen <= MAXNAMLEN &&
type <= 15) {
if (dp->d_ino == 0)
return (1);
for (cp = dp->d_name, size = 0; size < namlen; size++)
if (*cp == 0 || (*cp++ == '/'))
return (0);
if (*cp == 0)
return (1);
}
return (0);
}
direrror(ino, errmesg)
ino_t ino;
char *errmesg;
{
fileerror(ino, ino, errmesg);
}
fileerror(cwd, ino, errmesg)
ino_t cwd, ino;
char *errmesg;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
pwarn("%s ", errmesg);
pinode(ino);
printf("\n");
getpathname(pathbuf, cwd, ino);
if (ino < ROOTINO || ino > maxino) {
pfatal("NAME=%s\n", pathbuf);
return;
}
dp = ginode(ino);
if (ftypeok(dp))
pfatal("%s=%s\n",
(dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR ? "DIR" : "FILE", pathbuf);
else
pfatal("NAME=%s\n", pathbuf);
}
adjust(idesc, lcnt)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
short lcnt;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
dp = ginode(idesc->id_number);
if (dp->di_nlink == lcnt) {
if (linkup(idesc->id_number, (ino_t)0) == 0)
clri(idesc, "UNREF", 0);
} else {
pwarn("LINK COUNT %s", (lfdir == idesc->id_number) ? lfname :
((dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR ? "DIR" : "FILE"));
pinode(idesc->id_number);
printf(" COUNT %d SHOULD BE %d",
dp->di_nlink, dp->di_nlink - lcnt);
if (preen) {
if (lcnt < 0) {
printf("\n");
pfatal("LINK COUNT INCREASING");
}
printf(" (ADJUSTED)\n");
}
if (preen || reply("ADJUST") == 1) {
dp->di_nlink -= lcnt;
inodirty();
}
}
}
mkentry(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
struct direct newent;
int newlen, oldlen;
newent.d_namlen = strlen(idesc->id_name);
newlen = DIRSIZ(0, &newent);
if (dirp->d_ino != 0)
oldlen = DIRSIZ(0, dirp);
else
oldlen = 0;
if (dirp->d_reclen - oldlen < newlen)
return (KEEPON);
newent.d_reclen = dirp->d_reclen - oldlen;
dirp->d_reclen = oldlen;
dirp = (struct direct *)(((char *)dirp) + oldlen);
dirp->d_ino = idesc->id_parent; /* ino to be entered is in id_parent */
if (newinofmt)
dirp->d_type = typemap[idesc->id_parent];
else
dirp->d_type = 0;
dirp->d_reclen = newent.d_reclen;
dirp->d_namlen = newent.d_namlen;
bcopy(idesc->id_name, dirp->d_name, (size_t)dirp->d_namlen + 1);
return (ALTERED|STOP);
}
chgino(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
if (bcmp(dirp->d_name, idesc->id_name, (int)dirp->d_namlen + 1))
return (KEEPON);
dirp->d_ino = idesc->id_parent;
if (newinofmt)
dirp->d_type = typemap[idesc->id_parent];
else
dirp->d_type = 0;
return (ALTERED|STOP);
}
linkup(orphan, parentdir)
ino_t orphan;
ino_t parentdir;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
int lostdir;
ino_t oldlfdir;
struct inodesc idesc;
char tempname[BUFSIZ];
extern int pass4check();
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
dp = ginode(orphan);
lostdir = (dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR;
pwarn("UNREF %s ", lostdir ? "DIR" : "FILE");
pinode(orphan);
if (preen && dp->di_size == 0)
return (0);
if (preen)
printf(" (RECONNECTED)\n");
else
if (reply("RECONNECT") == 0)
return (0);
if (lfdir == 0) {
dp = ginode(ROOTINO);
idesc.id_name = lfname;
idesc.id_type = DATA;
idesc.id_func = findino;
idesc.id_number = ROOTINO;
if ((ckinode(dp, &idesc) & FOUND) != 0) {
lfdir = idesc.id_parent;
} else {
pwarn("NO lost+found DIRECTORY");
if (preen || reply("CREATE")) {
lfdir = allocdir(ROOTINO, (ino_t)0, lfmode);
if (lfdir != 0) {
if (makeentry(ROOTINO, lfdir, lfname) != 0) {
if (preen)
printf(" (CREATED)\n");
} else {
freedir(lfdir, ROOTINO);
lfdir = 0;
if (preen)
printf("\n");
}
}
}
}
if (lfdir == 0) {
pfatal("SORRY. CANNOT CREATE lost+found DIRECTORY");
printf("\n\n");
return (0);
}
}
dp = ginode(lfdir);
if ((dp->di_mode & IFMT) != IFDIR) {
pfatal("lost+found IS NOT A DIRECTORY");
if (reply("REALLOCATE") == 0)
return (0);
oldlfdir = lfdir;
if ((lfdir = allocdir(ROOTINO, (ino_t)0, lfmode)) == 0) {
pfatal("SORRY. CANNOT CREATE lost+found DIRECTORY\n\n");
return (0);
}
if ((changeino(ROOTINO, lfname, lfdir) & ALTERED) == 0) {
pfatal("SORRY. CANNOT CREATE lost+found DIRECTORY\n\n");
return (0);
}
inodirty();
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass4check;
idesc.id_number = oldlfdir;
adjust(&idesc, lncntp[oldlfdir] + 1);
lncntp[oldlfdir] = 0;
dp = ginode(lfdir);
}
if (statemap[lfdir] != DFOUND) {
pfatal("SORRY. NO lost+found DIRECTORY\n\n");
return (0);
}
(void)lftempname(tempname, orphan);
if (makeentry(lfdir, orphan, tempname) == 0) {
pfatal("SORRY. NO SPACE IN lost+found DIRECTORY");
printf("\n\n");
return (0);
}
lncntp[orphan]--;
if (lostdir) {
if ((changeino(orphan, "..", lfdir) & ALTERED) == 0 &&
parentdir != (ino_t)-1)
(void)makeentry(orphan, lfdir, "..");
dp = ginode(lfdir);
dp->di_nlink++;
inodirty();
lncntp[lfdir]++;
pwarn("DIR I=%lu CONNECTED. ", orphan);
if (parentdir != (ino_t)-1)
printf("PARENT WAS I=%lu\n", parentdir);
if (preen == 0)
printf("\n");
}
return (1);
}
/*
* fix an entry in a directory.
*/
changeino(dir, name, newnum)
ino_t dir;
char *name;
ino_t newnum;
{
struct inodesc idesc;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = DATA;
idesc.id_func = chgino;
idesc.id_number = dir;
idesc.id_fix = DONTKNOW;
idesc.id_name = name;
idesc.id_parent = newnum; /* new value for name */
return (ckinode(ginode(dir), &idesc));
}
/*
* make an entry in a directory
*/
makeentry(parent, ino, name)
ino_t parent, ino;
char *name;
{
struct dinode *dp;
struct inodesc idesc;
char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
if (parent < ROOTINO || parent >= maxino ||
ino < ROOTINO || ino >= maxino)
return (0);
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = DATA;
idesc.id_func = mkentry;
idesc.id_number = parent;
idesc.id_parent = ino; /* this is the inode to enter */
idesc.id_fix = DONTKNOW;
idesc.id_name = name;
dp = ginode(parent);
if (dp->di_size % DIRBLKSIZ) {
dp->di_size = roundup(dp->di_size, DIRBLKSIZ);
inodirty();
}
if ((ckinode(dp, &idesc) & ALTERED) != 0)
return (1);
getpathname(pathbuf, parent, parent);
dp = ginode(parent);
if (expanddir(dp, pathbuf) == 0)
return (0);
return (ckinode(dp, &idesc) & ALTERED);
}
/*
* Attempt to expand the size of a directory
*/
expanddir(dp, name)
register struct dinode *dp;
char *name;
{
daddr_t lastbn, newblk;
register struct bufarea *bp;
char *cp, firstblk[DIRBLKSIZ];
lastbn = lblkno(&sblock, dp->di_size);
if (lastbn >= NDADDR - 1 || dp->di_db[lastbn] == 0 || dp->di_size == 0)
return (0);
if ((newblk = allocblk(sblock.fs_frag)) == 0)
return (0);
dp->di_db[lastbn + 1] = dp->di_db[lastbn];
dp->di_db[lastbn] = newblk;
dp->di_size += sblock.fs_bsize;
dp->di_blocks += btodb(sblock.fs_bsize);
bp = getdirblk(dp->di_db[lastbn + 1],
(long)dblksize(&sblock, dp, lastbn + 1));
if (bp->b_errs)
goto bad;
bcopy(bp->b_un.b_buf, firstblk, DIRBLKSIZ);
bp = getdirblk(newblk, sblock.fs_bsize);
if (bp->b_errs)
goto bad;
bcopy(firstblk, bp->b_un.b_buf, DIRBLKSIZ);
for (cp = &bp->b_un.b_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];
cp < &bp->b_un.b_buf[sblock.fs_bsize];
cp += DIRBLKSIZ)
bcopy((char *)&emptydir, cp, sizeof emptydir);
dirty(bp);
bp = getdirblk(dp->di_db[lastbn + 1],
(long)dblksize(&sblock, dp, lastbn + 1));
if (bp->b_errs)
goto bad;
bcopy((char *)&emptydir, bp->b_un.b_buf, sizeof emptydir);
pwarn("NO SPACE LEFT IN %s", name);
if (preen)
printf(" (EXPANDED)\n");
else if (reply("EXPAND") == 0)
goto bad;
dirty(bp);
inodirty();
return (1);
bad:
dp->di_db[lastbn] = dp->di_db[lastbn + 1];
dp->di_db[lastbn + 1] = 0;
dp->di_size -= sblock.fs_bsize;
dp->di_blocks -= btodb(sblock.fs_bsize);
freeblk(newblk, sblock.fs_frag);
return (0);
}
/*
* allocate a new directory
*/
allocdir(parent, request, mode)
ino_t parent, request;
int mode;
{
ino_t ino;
char *cp;
struct dinode *dp;
register struct bufarea *bp;
struct dirtemplate *dirp;
ino = allocino(request, IFDIR|mode);
if (newinofmt)
dirp = &dirhead;
else
dirp = (struct dirtemplate *)&odirhead;
dirp->dot_ino = ino;
dirp->dotdot_ino = parent;
dp = ginode(ino);
bp = getdirblk(dp->di_db[0], sblock.fs_fsize);
if (bp->b_errs) {
freeino(ino);
return (0);
}
bcopy((char *)dirp, bp->b_un.b_buf, sizeof(struct dirtemplate));
for (cp = &bp->b_un.b_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];
cp < &bp->b_un.b_buf[sblock.fs_fsize];
cp += DIRBLKSIZ)
bcopy((char *)&emptydir, cp, sizeof emptydir);
dirty(bp);
dp->di_nlink = 2;
inodirty();
if (ino == ROOTINO) {
lncntp[ino] = dp->di_nlink;
cacheino(dp, ino);
return(ino);
}
if (statemap[parent] != DSTATE && statemap[parent] != DFOUND) {
freeino(ino);
return (0);
}
cacheino(dp, ino);
statemap[ino] = statemap[parent];
if (statemap[ino] == DSTATE) {
lncntp[ino] = dp->di_nlink;
lncntp[parent]++;
}
dp = ginode(parent);
dp->di_nlink++;
inodirty();
return (ino);
}
/*
* free a directory inode
*/
freedir(ino, parent)
ino_t ino, parent;
{
struct dinode *dp;
if (ino != parent) {
dp = ginode(parent);
dp->di_nlink--;
inodirty();
}
freeino(ino);
}
/*
* generate a temporary name for the lost+found directory.
*/
lftempname(bufp, ino)
char *bufp;
ino_t ino;
{
register ino_t in;
register char *cp;
int namlen;
cp = bufp + 2;
for (in = maxino; in > 0; in /= 10)
cp++;
*--cp = 0;
namlen = cp - bufp;
in = ino;
while (cp > bufp) {
*--cp = (in % 10) + '0';
in /= 10;
}
*cp = '#';
return (namlen);
}
/*
* Get a directory block.
* Insure that it is held until another is requested.
*/
struct bufarea *
getdirblk(blkno, size)
daddr_t blkno;
long size;
{
if (pdirbp != 0)
pdirbp->b_flags &= ~B_INUSE;
pdirbp = getdatablk(blkno, size);
return (pdirbp);
}

215
sbin/fsck_ifs/fsck.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)fsck.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*/
#define MAXDUP 10 /* limit on dup blks (per inode) */
#define MAXBAD 10 /* limit on bad blks (per inode) */
#define MAXBUFSPACE 40*1024 /* maximum space to allocate to buffers */
#define INOBUFSIZE 56*1024 /* size of buffer to read inodes in pass1 */
#ifndef BUFSIZ
#define BUFSIZ 1024
#endif
#define USTATE 01 /* inode not allocated */
#define FSTATE 02 /* inode is file */
#define DSTATE 03 /* inode is directory */
#define DFOUND 04 /* directory found during descent */
#define DCLEAR 05 /* directory is to be cleared */
#define FCLEAR 06 /* file is to be cleared */
/*
* buffer cache structure.
*/
struct bufarea {
struct bufarea *b_next; /* free list queue */
struct bufarea *b_prev; /* free list queue */
daddr_t b_bno;
int b_size;
int b_errs;
int b_flags;
union {
char *b_buf; /* buffer space */
daddr_t *b_indir; /* indirect block */
struct fs *b_fs; /* super block */
struct cg *b_cg; /* cylinder group */
struct dinode *b_dinode; /* inode block */
} b_un;
char b_dirty;
};
#define B_INUSE 1
#define MINBUFS 5 /* minimum number of buffers required */
struct bufarea bufhead; /* head of list of other blks in filesys */
struct bufarea sblk; /* file system superblock */
struct bufarea cgblk; /* cylinder group blocks */
struct bufarea *pdirbp; /* current directory contents */
struct bufarea *pbp; /* current inode block */
struct bufarea *getdatablk();
#define dirty(bp) (bp)->b_dirty = 1
#define initbarea(bp) \
(bp)->b_dirty = 0; \
(bp)->b_bno = (daddr_t)-1; \
(bp)->b_flags = 0;
#define sbdirty() sblk.b_dirty = 1
#define cgdirty() cgblk.b_dirty = 1
#define sblock (*sblk.b_un.b_fs)
#define cgrp (*cgblk.b_un.b_cg)
enum fixstate {DONTKNOW, NOFIX, FIX, IGNORE};
struct inodesc {
enum fixstate id_fix; /* policy on fixing errors */
int (*id_func)(); /* function to be applied to blocks of inode */
ino_t id_number; /* inode number described */
ino_t id_parent; /* for DATA nodes, their parent */
daddr_t id_blkno; /* current block number being examined */
int id_numfrags; /* number of frags contained in block */
quad_t id_filesize; /* for DATA nodes, the size of the directory */
int id_loc; /* for DATA nodes, current location in dir */
int id_entryno; /* for DATA nodes, current entry number */
struct direct *id_dirp; /* for DATA nodes, ptr to current entry */
char *id_name; /* for DATA nodes, name to find or enter */
char id_type; /* type of descriptor, DATA or ADDR */
};
/* file types */
#define DATA 1
#define ADDR 2
/*
* Linked list of duplicate blocks.
*
* The list is composed of two parts. The first part of the
* list (from duplist through the node pointed to by muldup)
* contains a single copy of each duplicate block that has been
* found. The second part of the list (from muldup to the end)
* contains duplicate blocks that have been found more than once.
* To check if a block has been found as a duplicate it is only
* necessary to search from duplist through muldup. To find the
* total number of times that a block has been found as a duplicate
* the entire list must be searched for occurences of the block
* in question. The following diagram shows a sample list where
* w (found twice), x (found once), y (found three times), and z
* (found once) are duplicate block numbers:
*
* w -> y -> x -> z -> y -> w -> y
* ^ ^
* | |
* duplist muldup
*/
struct dups {
struct dups *next;
daddr_t dup;
};
struct dups *duplist; /* head of dup list */
struct dups *muldup; /* end of unique duplicate dup block numbers */
/*
* Linked list of inodes with zero link counts.
*/
struct zlncnt {
struct zlncnt *next;
ino_t zlncnt;
};
struct zlncnt *zlnhead; /* head of zero link count list */
/*
* Inode cache data structures.
*/
struct inoinfo {
struct inoinfo *i_nexthash; /* next entry in hash chain */
ino_t i_number; /* inode number of this entry */
ino_t i_parent; /* inode number of parent */
ino_t i_dotdot; /* inode number of `..' */
size_t i_isize; /* size of inode */
u_int i_numblks; /* size of block array in bytes */
daddr_t i_blks[1]; /* actually longer */
} **inphead, **inpsort;
long numdirs, listmax, inplast;
char *cdevname; /* name of device being checked */
long dev_bsize; /* computed value of DEV_BSIZE */
long secsize; /* actual disk sector size */
char nflag; /* assume a no response */
char yflag; /* assume a yes response */
int bflag; /* location of alternate super block */
int debug; /* output debugging info */
int cvtlevel; /* convert to newer file system format */
int doinglevel1; /* converting to new cylinder group format */
int doinglevel2; /* converting to new inode format */
int newinofmt; /* filesystem has new inode format */
char preen; /* just fix normal inconsistencies */
char hotroot; /* checking root device */
char havesb; /* superblock has been read */
int fsmodified; /* 1 => write done to file system */
int fsreadfd; /* file descriptor for reading file system */
int fswritefd; /* file descriptor for writing file system */
daddr_t maxfsblock; /* number of blocks in the file system */
char *blockmap; /* ptr to primary blk allocation map */
ino_t maxino; /* number of inodes in file system */
ino_t lastino; /* last inode in use */
char *statemap; /* ptr to inode state table */
char *typemap; /* ptr to inode type table */
short *lncntp; /* ptr to link count table */
ino_t lfdir; /* lost & found directory inode number */
char *lfname; /* lost & found directory name */
int lfmode; /* lost & found directory creation mode */
daddr_t n_blks; /* number of blocks in use */
daddr_t n_files; /* number of files in use */
#define clearinode(dp) (*(dp) = zino)
struct dinode zino;
#define setbmap(blkno) setbit(blockmap, blkno)
#define testbmap(blkno) isset(blockmap, blkno)
#define clrbmap(blkno) clrbit(blockmap, blkno)
#define STOP 0x01
#define SKIP 0x02
#define KEEPON 0x04
#define ALTERED 0x08
#define FOUND 0x10
time_t time();
struct dinode *ginode();
struct inoinfo *getinoinfo();
void getblk();
ino_t allocino();
int findino();

291
sbin/fsck_ifs/fsck_ifs.8 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)fsck.8 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
.\"
.Dd December 11, 1993
.Dt FSCK 8
.Os BSD 4
.Sh NAME
.Nm fsck
.Nd filesystem consistency check and interactive repair
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm fsck
.Fl p
.Op Fl m Ar mode
.Nm fsck
.Op Fl b Ar block#
.Op Fl c Ar level
.Op Fl l Ar maxparallel
.Op Fl y
.Op Fl n
.Op Fl m Ar mode
.Op Ar filesystem
.Ar ...
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The first form of
.Nm fsck
preens a standard set of filesystems or the specified filesystems.
It is normally used in the script
.Pa /etc/rc
during automatic reboot.
Here
.Nm fsck
reads the table
.Pa /etc/fstab
to determine which filesystems to check.
Only partitions in fstab that are mounted ``rw,'' ``rq'' or ``ro''
and that have non-zero pass number are checked.
Filesystems with pass number 1 (normally just the root filesystem)
are checked one at a time.
When pass 1 completes, all remaining filesystems are checked,
running one process per disk drive.
The disk drive containing each filesystem is inferred from the longest prefix
of the device name that ends in a digit; the remaining characters are assumed
to be the partition designator.
.Pp
The kernel takes care that only a restricted class of innocuous filesystem
inconsistencies can happen unless hardware or software failures intervene.
These are limited to the following:
.Bl -item -compact
.It
Unreferenced inodes
.It
Link counts in inodes too large
.It
Missing blocks in the free map
.It
Blocks in the free map also in files
.It
Counts in the super-block wrong
.El
.Pp
These are the only inconsistencies that
.Nm fsck
with the
.Fl p
option will correct; if it encounters other inconsistencies, it exits
with an abnormal return status and an automatic reboot will then fail.
For each corrected inconsistency one or more lines will be printed
identifying the filesystem on which the correction will take place,
and the nature of the correction. After successfully correcting a filesystem,
.Nm fsck
will print the number of files on that filesystem,
the number of used and free blocks,
and the percentage of fragmentation.
.Pp
If sent a
.Dv QUIT
signal,
.Nm fsck
will finish the filesystem checks, then exit with an abnormal
return status that causes an automatic reboot to fail.
This is useful when you want to finish the filesystem checks during an
automatic reboot,
but do not want the machine to come up multiuser after the checks complete.
.Pp
Without the
.Fl p
option,
.Nm fsck
audits and interactively repairs inconsistent conditions for filesystems.
If the filesystem is inconsistent the operator is prompted for concurrence
before each correction is attempted.
It should be noted that some of the corrective actions which are not
correctable under the
.Fl p
option will result in some loss of data.
The amount and severity of data lost may be determined from the diagnostic
output.
The default action for each consistency correction
is to wait for the operator to respond
.Li yes
or
.Li no .
If the operator does not have write permission on the filesystem
.Nm fsck
will default to a
.Fl n
action.
.Pp
.Nm Fsck
has more consistency checks than
its predecessors
.Em check , dcheck , fcheck ,
and
.Em icheck
combined.
.Pp
The following flags are interpreted by
.Nm fsck .
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl b
Use the block specified immediately after the flag as
the super block for the filesystem. Block 32 is usually
an alternate super block.
.It Fl l
Limit the number of parallel checks to the number specified in the following
argument.
By default, the limit is the number of disks, running one process per disk.
If a smaller limit is given, the disks are checked round-robin, one filesystem
at a time.
.It Fl m
Use the mode specified in octal immediately after the flag as the
permission bits to use when creating the
.Pa lost+found
directory rather than the default 1777.
In particular, systems that do not wish to have lost files accessible
by all users on the system should use a more restrictive
set of permissions such as 700.
.It Fl y
Assume a yes response to all questions asked by
.Nm fsck ;
this should be used with great caution as this is a free license
to continue after essentially unlimited trouble has been encountered.
.It Fl n
Assume a no response to all questions asked by
.Nm fsck
except for
.Ql CONTINUE? ,
which is assumed to be affirmative;
do not open the filesystem for writing.
.It Fl c
Convert the filesystem to the specified level.
Note that the level of a filesystem can only be raised.
.Bl -tag -width indent
There are currently three levels defined:
.It 0
The filesystem is in the old (static table) format.
.It 1
The filesystem is in the new (dynamic table) format.
.It 2
The filesystem supports 32-bit uid's and gid's,
short symbolic links are stored in the inode,
and directories have an added field showing the file type.
.El
.Pp
In interactive mode,
.Nm fsck
will list the conversion to be made
and ask whether the conversion should be done.
If a negative answer is given,
no further operations are done on the filesystem.
In preen mode,
the conversion is listed and done if
possible without user interaction.
Conversion in preen mode is best used when all the filesystems
are being converted at once.
The format of a filesystem can be determined from the
first line of output from
.Xr dumpfs 8 .
.El
.Pp
If no filesystems are given to
.Nm fsck
then a default list of filesystems is read from
the file
.Pa /etc/fstab .
.Pp
.Bl -enum -indent indent -compact
Inconsistencies checked are as follows:
.It
Blocks claimed by more than one inode or the free map.
.It
Blocks claimed by an inode outside the range of the filesystem.
.It
Incorrect link counts.
.It
Size checks:
.Bl -item -indent indent -compact
.It
Directory size not a multiple of DIRBLKSIZ.
.It
Partially truncated file.
.El
.It
Bad inode format.
.It
Blocks not accounted for anywhere.
.It
Directory checks:
.Bl -item -indent indent -compact
.It
File pointing to unallocated inode.
.It
Inode number out of range.
.It
Dot or dot-dot not the first two entries of a directory
or having the wrong inode number.
.El
.It
Super Block checks:
.Bl -item -indent indent -compact
.It
More blocks for inodes than there are in the filesystem.
.It
Bad free block map format.
.It
Total free block and/or free inode count incorrect.
.El
.El
.Pp
Orphaned files and directories (allocated but unreferenced) are,
with the operator's concurrence, reconnected by
placing them in the
.Pa lost+found
directory.
The name assigned is the inode number.
If the
.Pa lost+found
directory does not exist, it is created.
If there is insufficient space its size is increased.
.Pp
Because of inconsistencies between the block device and the buffer cache,
the raw device should always be used.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /etc/fstab -compact
.It Pa /etc/fstab
contains default list of filesystems to check.
.El
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
The diagnostics produced by
.Nm fsck
are fully enumerated and explained in Appendix A of
.Rs
.%T "Fsck \- The UNIX File System Check Program"
.Re
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr fstab 5 ,
.Xr fs 5 ,
.Xr fsdb 8 ,
.Xr newfs 8 ,
.Xr mkfs 8 ,
.Xr reboot 8

543
sbin/fsck_ifs/inode.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)inode.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 4/18/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <pwd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
static ino_t startinum;
ckinode(dp, idesc)
struct dinode *dp;
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register daddr_t *ap;
long ret, n, ndb, offset;
struct dinode dino;
quad_t remsize, sizepb;
mode_t mode;
if (idesc->id_fix != IGNORE)
idesc->id_fix = DONTKNOW;
idesc->id_entryno = 0;
idesc->id_filesize = dp->di_size;
mode = dp->di_mode & IFMT;
if (mode == IFBLK || mode == IFCHR || (mode == IFLNK &&
dp->di_size < sblock.fs_maxsymlinklen))
return (KEEPON);
dino = *dp;
ndb = howmany(dino.di_size, sblock.fs_bsize);
for (ap = &dino.di_db[0]; ap < &dino.di_db[NDADDR]; ap++) {
if (--ndb == 0 && (offset = blkoff(&sblock, dino.di_size)) != 0)
idesc->id_numfrags =
numfrags(&sblock, fragroundup(&sblock, offset));
else
idesc->id_numfrags = sblock.fs_frag;
if (*ap == 0)
continue;
idesc->id_blkno = *ap;
if (idesc->id_type == ADDR)
ret = (*idesc->id_func)(idesc);
else
ret = dirscan(idesc);
if (ret & STOP)
return (ret);
}
idesc->id_numfrags = sblock.fs_frag;
remsize = dino.di_size - sblock.fs_bsize * NDADDR;
sizepb = sblock.fs_bsize;
for (ap = &dino.di_ib[0], n = 1; n <= NIADDR; ap++, n++) {
if (*ap) {
idesc->id_blkno = *ap;
ret = iblock(idesc, n, remsize);
if (ret & STOP)
return (ret);
}
sizepb *= NINDIR(&sblock);
remsize -= sizepb;
}
return (KEEPON);
}
iblock(idesc, ilevel, isize)
struct inodesc *idesc;
long ilevel;
quad_t isize;
{
register daddr_t *ap;
register daddr_t *aplim;
register struct bufarea *bp;
int i, n, (*func)(), nif;
quad_t sizepb;
char buf[BUFSIZ];
extern int dirscan(), pass1check();
if (idesc->id_type == ADDR) {
func = idesc->id_func;
if (((n = (*func)(idesc)) & KEEPON) == 0)
return (n);
} else
func = dirscan;
if (chkrange(idesc->id_blkno, idesc->id_numfrags))
return (SKIP);
bp = getdatablk(idesc->id_blkno, sblock.fs_bsize);
ilevel--;
for (sizepb = sblock.fs_bsize, i = 0; i < ilevel; i++)
sizepb *= NINDIR(&sblock);
nif = howmany(isize , sizepb);
if (nif > NINDIR(&sblock))
nif = NINDIR(&sblock);
if (idesc->id_func == pass1check && nif < NINDIR(&sblock)) {
aplim = &bp->b_un.b_indir[NINDIR(&sblock)];
for (ap = &bp->b_un.b_indir[nif]; ap < aplim; ap++) {
if (*ap == 0)
continue;
(void)sprintf(buf, "PARTIALLY TRUNCATED INODE I=%lu",
idesc->id_number);
if (dofix(idesc, buf)) {
*ap = 0;
dirty(bp);
}
}
flush(fswritefd, bp);
}
aplim = &bp->b_un.b_indir[nif];
for (ap = bp->b_un.b_indir; ap < aplim; ap++) {
if (*ap) {
idesc->id_blkno = *ap;
if (ilevel == 0)
n = (*func)(idesc);
else
n = iblock(idesc, ilevel, isize);
if (n & STOP) {
bp->b_flags &= ~B_INUSE;
return (n);
}
}
isize -= sizepb;
}
bp->b_flags &= ~B_INUSE;
return (KEEPON);
}
/*
* Check that a block in a legal block number.
* Return 0 if in range, 1 if out of range.
*/
chkrange(blk, cnt)
daddr_t blk;
int cnt;
{
register int c;
if ((unsigned)(blk + cnt) > maxfsblock)
return (1);
c = dtog(&sblock, blk);
if (blk < cgdmin(&sblock, c)) {
if ((blk + cnt) > cgsblock(&sblock, c)) {
if (debug) {
printf("blk %ld < cgdmin %ld;",
blk, cgdmin(&sblock, c));
printf(" blk + cnt %ld > cgsbase %ld\n",
blk + cnt, cgsblock(&sblock, c));
}
return (1);
}
} else {
if ((blk + cnt) > cgbase(&sblock, c+1)) {
if (debug) {
printf("blk %ld >= cgdmin %ld;",
blk, cgdmin(&sblock, c));
printf(" blk + cnt %ld > sblock.fs_fpg %ld\n",
blk+cnt, sblock.fs_fpg);
}
return (1);
}
}
return (0);
}
/*
* General purpose interface for reading inodes.
*/
struct dinode *
ginode(inumber)
ino_t inumber;
{
daddr_t iblk;
if (inumber < ROOTINO || inumber > maxino)
errexit("bad inode number %d to ginode\n", inumber);
if (startinum == 0 ||
inumber < startinum || inumber >= startinum + INOPB(&sblock)) {
iblk = ino_to_fsba(&sblock, inumber);
if (pbp != 0)
pbp->b_flags &= ~B_INUSE;
pbp = getdatablk(iblk, sblock.fs_bsize);
startinum = (inumber / INOPB(&sblock)) * INOPB(&sblock);
}
return (&pbp->b_un.b_dinode[inumber % INOPB(&sblock)]);
}
/*
* Special purpose version of ginode used to optimize first pass
* over all the inodes in numerical order.
*/
ino_t nextino, lastinum;
long readcnt, readpercg, fullcnt, inobufsize, partialcnt, partialsize;
struct dinode *inodebuf;
struct dinode *
getnextinode(inumber)
ino_t inumber;
{
long size;
daddr_t dblk;
static struct dinode *dp;
if (inumber != nextino++ || inumber > maxino)
errexit("bad inode number %d to nextinode\n", inumber);
if (inumber >= lastinum) {
readcnt++;
dblk = fsbtodb(&sblock, ino_to_fsba(&sblock, lastinum));
if (readcnt % readpercg == 0) {
size = partialsize;
lastinum += partialcnt;
} else {
size = inobufsize;
lastinum += fullcnt;
}
(void)bread(fsreadfd, (char *)inodebuf, dblk, size); /* ??? */
dp = inodebuf;
}
return (dp++);
}
resetinodebuf()
{
startinum = 0;
nextino = 0;
lastinum = 0;
readcnt = 0;
inobufsize = blkroundup(&sblock, INOBUFSIZE);
fullcnt = inobufsize / sizeof(struct dinode);
readpercg = sblock.fs_ipg / fullcnt;
partialcnt = sblock.fs_ipg % fullcnt;
partialsize = partialcnt * sizeof(struct dinode);
if (partialcnt != 0) {
readpercg++;
} else {
partialcnt = fullcnt;
partialsize = inobufsize;
}
if (inodebuf == NULL &&
(inodebuf = (struct dinode *)malloc((unsigned)inobufsize)) == NULL)
errexit("Cannot allocate space for inode buffer\n");
while (nextino < ROOTINO)
(void)getnextinode(nextino);
}
freeinodebuf()
{
if (inodebuf != NULL)
free((char *)inodebuf);
inodebuf = NULL;
}
/*
* Routines to maintain information about directory inodes.
* This is built during the first pass and used during the
* second and third passes.
*
* Enter inodes into the cache.
*/
cacheino(dp, inumber)
register struct dinode *dp;
ino_t inumber;
{
register struct inoinfo *inp;
struct inoinfo **inpp;
unsigned int blks;
blks = howmany(dp->di_size, sblock.fs_bsize);
if (blks > NDADDR)
blks = NDADDR + NIADDR;
inp = (struct inoinfo *)
malloc(sizeof(*inp) + (blks - 1) * sizeof(daddr_t));
if (inp == NULL)
return;
inpp = &inphead[inumber % numdirs];
inp->i_nexthash = *inpp;
*inpp = inp;
inp->i_parent = (ino_t)0;
inp->i_dotdot = (ino_t)0;
inp->i_number = inumber;
inp->i_isize = dp->di_size;
inp->i_numblks = blks * sizeof(daddr_t);
bcopy((char *)&dp->di_db[0], (char *)&inp->i_blks[0],
(size_t)inp->i_numblks);
if (inplast == listmax) {
listmax += 100;
inpsort = (struct inoinfo **)realloc((char *)inpsort,
(unsigned)listmax * sizeof(struct inoinfo *));
if (inpsort == NULL)
errexit("cannot increase directory list");
}
inpsort[inplast++] = inp;
}
/*
* Look up an inode cache structure.
*/
struct inoinfo *
getinoinfo(inumber)
ino_t inumber;
{
register struct inoinfo *inp;
for (inp = inphead[inumber % numdirs]; inp; inp = inp->i_nexthash) {
if (inp->i_number != inumber)
continue;
return (inp);
}
errexit("cannot find inode %d\n", inumber);
return ((struct inoinfo *)0);
}
/*
* Clean up all the inode cache structure.
*/
inocleanup()
{
register struct inoinfo **inpp;
if (inphead == NULL)
return;
for (inpp = &inpsort[inplast - 1]; inpp >= inpsort; inpp--)
free((char *)(*inpp));
free((char *)inphead);
free((char *)inpsort);
inphead = inpsort = NULL;
}
inodirty()
{
dirty(pbp);
}
clri(idesc, type, flag)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
char *type;
int flag;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
dp = ginode(idesc->id_number);
if (flag == 1) {
pwarn("%s %s", type,
(dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR ? "DIR" : "FILE");
pinode(idesc->id_number);
}
if (preen || reply("CLEAR") == 1) {
if (preen)
printf(" (CLEARED)\n");
n_files--;
(void)ckinode(dp, idesc);
clearinode(dp);
statemap[idesc->id_number] = USTATE;
inodirty();
}
}
findname(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
if (dirp->d_ino != idesc->id_parent)
return (KEEPON);
bcopy(dirp->d_name, idesc->id_name, (size_t)dirp->d_namlen + 1);
return (STOP|FOUND);
}
findino(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
if (dirp->d_ino == 0)
return (KEEPON);
if (strcmp(dirp->d_name, idesc->id_name) == 0 &&
dirp->d_ino >= ROOTINO && dirp->d_ino <= maxino) {
idesc->id_parent = dirp->d_ino;
return (STOP|FOUND);
}
return (KEEPON);
}
pinode(ino)
ino_t ino;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
register char *p;
struct passwd *pw;
char *ctime();
printf(" I=%lu ", ino);
if (ino < ROOTINO || ino > maxino)
return;
dp = ginode(ino);
printf(" OWNER=");
if ((pw = getpwuid((int)dp->di_uid)) != 0)
printf("%s ", pw->pw_name);
else
printf("%u ", (unsigned)dp->di_uid);
printf("MODE=%o\n", dp->di_mode);
if (preen)
printf("%s: ", cdevname);
printf("SIZE=%qu ", dp->di_size);
p = ctime(&dp->di_mtime.ts_sec);
printf("MTIME=%12.12s %4.4s ", &p[4], &p[20]);
}
blkerror(ino, type, blk)
ino_t ino;
char *type;
daddr_t blk;
{
pfatal("%ld %s I=%lu", blk, type, ino);
printf("\n");
switch (statemap[ino]) {
case FSTATE:
statemap[ino] = FCLEAR;
return;
case DSTATE:
statemap[ino] = DCLEAR;
return;
case FCLEAR:
case DCLEAR:
return;
default:
errexit("BAD STATE %d TO BLKERR", statemap[ino]);
/* NOTREACHED */
}
}
/*
* allocate an unused inode
*/
ino_t
allocino(request, type)
ino_t request;
int type;
{
register ino_t ino;
register struct dinode *dp;
if (request == 0)
request = ROOTINO;
else if (statemap[request] != USTATE)
return (0);
for (ino = request; ino < maxino; ino++)
if (statemap[ino] == USTATE)
break;
if (ino == maxino)
return (0);
switch (type & IFMT) {
case IFDIR:
statemap[ino] = DSTATE;
break;
case IFREG:
case IFLNK:
statemap[ino] = FSTATE;
break;
default:
return (0);
}
dp = ginode(ino);
dp->di_db[0] = allocblk((long)1);
if (dp->di_db[0] == 0) {
statemap[ino] = USTATE;
return (0);
}
dp->di_mode = type;
(void)time(&dp->di_atime.ts_sec);
dp->di_mtime = dp->di_ctime = dp->di_atime;
dp->di_size = sblock.fs_fsize;
dp->di_blocks = btodb(sblock.fs_fsize);
n_files++;
inodirty();
if (newinofmt)
typemap[ino] = IFTODT(type);
return (ino);
}
/*
* deallocate an inode
*/
freeino(ino)
ino_t ino;
{
struct inodesc idesc;
extern int pass4check();
struct dinode *dp;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass4check;
idesc.id_number = ino;
dp = ginode(ino);
(void)ckinode(dp, &idesc);
clearinode(dp);
inodirty();
statemap[ino] = USTATE;
n_files--;
}

318
sbin/fsck_ifs/main.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/23/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <fstab.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "fsck.h"
void catch(), catchquit(), voidquit();
int returntosingle;
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
int ch;
int ret, maxrun = 0;
extern int docheck(), checkfilesys();
extern char *optarg, *blockcheck();
extern int optind;
sync();
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "dpnNyYb:c:l:m:")) != EOF) {
switch (ch) {
case 'p':
preen++;
break;
case 'b':
bflag = argtoi('b', "number", optarg, 10);
printf("Alternate super block location: %d\n", bflag);
break;
case 'c':
cvtlevel = argtoi('c', "conversion level", optarg, 10);
break;
case 'd':
debug++;
break;
case 'l':
maxrun = argtoi('l', "number", optarg, 10);
break;
case 'm':
lfmode = argtoi('m', "mode", optarg, 8);
if (lfmode &~ 07777)
errexit("bad mode to -m: %o\n", lfmode);
printf("** lost+found creation mode %o\n", lfmode);
break;
case 'n':
case 'N':
nflag++;
yflag = 0;
break;
case 'y':
case 'Y':
yflag++;
nflag = 0;
break;
default:
errexit("%c option?\n", ch);
}
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
if (signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN)
(void)signal(SIGINT, catch);
if (preen)
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, catchquit);
if (argc) {
while (argc-- > 0)
(void)checkfilesys(blockcheck(*argv++), 0, 0L, 0);
exit(0);
}
ret = checkfstab(preen, maxrun, docheck, checkfilesys);
if (returntosingle)
exit(2);
exit(ret);
}
argtoi(flag, req, str, base)
int flag;
char *req, *str;
int base;
{
char *cp;
int ret;
ret = (int)strtol(str, &cp, base);
if (cp == str || *cp)
errexit("-%c flag requires a %s\n", flag, req);
return (ret);
}
/*
* Determine whether a filesystem should be checked.
*/
docheck(fsp)
register struct fstab *fsp;
{
if (strcmp(fsp->fs_vfstype, "ufs") ||
(strcmp(fsp->fs_type, FSTAB_RW) &&
strcmp(fsp->fs_type, FSTAB_RO)) ||
fsp->fs_passno == 0)
return (0);
return (1);
}
/*
* Check the specified filesystem.
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
checkfilesys(filesys, mntpt, auxdata, child)
char *filesys, *mntpt;
long auxdata;
{
daddr_t n_ffree, n_bfree;
struct dups *dp;
struct zlncnt *zlnp;
int cylno;
if (preen && child)
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, voidquit);
cdevname = filesys;
if (debug && preen)
pwarn("starting\n");
if (setup(filesys) == 0) {
if (preen)
pfatal("CAN'T CHECK FILE SYSTEM.");
return (0);
}
/*
* 1: scan inodes tallying blocks used
*/
if (preen == 0) {
printf("** Last Mounted on %s\n", sblock.fs_fsmnt);
if (hotroot)
printf("** Root file system\n");
printf("** Phase 1 - Check Blocks and Sizes\n");
}
pass1();
/*
* 1b: locate first references to duplicates, if any
*/
if (duplist) {
if (preen)
pfatal("INTERNAL ERROR: dups with -p");
printf("** Phase 1b - Rescan For More DUPS\n");
pass1b();
}
/*
* 2: traverse directories from root to mark all connected directories
*/
if (preen == 0)
printf("** Phase 2 - Check Pathnames\n");
pass2();
/*
* 3: scan inodes looking for disconnected directories
*/
if (preen == 0)
printf("** Phase 3 - Check Connectivity\n");
pass3();
/*
* 4: scan inodes looking for disconnected files; check reference counts
*/
if (preen == 0)
printf("** Phase 4 - Check Reference Counts\n");
pass4();
/*
* 5: check and repair resource counts in cylinder groups
*/
if (preen == 0)
printf("** Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups\n");
pass5();
/*
* print out summary statistics
*/
n_ffree = sblock.fs_cstotal.cs_nffree;
n_bfree = sblock.fs_cstotal.cs_nbfree;
pwarn("%ld files, %ld used, %ld free ",
n_files, n_blks, n_ffree + sblock.fs_frag * n_bfree);
printf("(%ld frags, %ld blocks, %d.%d%% fragmentation)\n",
n_ffree, n_bfree, (n_ffree * 100) / sblock.fs_dsize,
((n_ffree * 1000 + sblock.fs_dsize / 2) / sblock.fs_dsize) % 10);
if (debug &&
(n_files -= maxino - ROOTINO - sblock.fs_cstotal.cs_nifree))
printf("%ld files missing\n", n_files);
if (debug) {
n_blks += sblock.fs_ncg *
(cgdmin(&sblock, 0) - cgsblock(&sblock, 0));
n_blks += cgsblock(&sblock, 0) - cgbase(&sblock, 0);
n_blks += howmany(sblock.fs_cssize, sblock.fs_fsize);
if (n_blks -= maxfsblock - (n_ffree + sblock.fs_frag * n_bfree))
printf("%ld blocks missing\n", n_blks);
if (duplist != NULL) {
printf("The following duplicate blocks remain:");
for (dp = duplist; dp; dp = dp->next)
printf(" %ld,", dp->dup);
printf("\n");
}
if (zlnhead != NULL) {
printf("The following zero link count inodes remain:");
for (zlnp = zlnhead; zlnp; zlnp = zlnp->next)
printf(" %lu,", zlnp->zlncnt);
printf("\n");
}
}
zlnhead = (struct zlncnt *)0;
duplist = (struct dups *)0;
muldup = (struct dups *)0;
inocleanup();
if (fsmodified) {
(void)time(&sblock.fs_time);
sbdirty();
}
if (cvtlevel && sblk.b_dirty) {
/*
* Write out the duplicate super blocks
*/
for (cylno = 0; cylno < sblock.fs_ncg; cylno++)
bwrite(fswritefd, (char *)&sblock,
fsbtodb(&sblock, cgsblock(&sblock, cylno)), SBSIZE);
}
ckfini();
free(blockmap);
free(statemap);
free((char *)lncntp);
if (!fsmodified)
return (0);
if (!preen)
printf("\n***** FILE SYSTEM WAS MODIFIED *****\n");
if (hotroot) {
struct statfs stfs_buf;
/*
* We modified the root. Do a mount update on
* it, unless it is read-write, so we can continue.
*/
if (statfs("/", &stfs_buf) == 0) {
long flags = stfs_buf.f_flags;
struct ufs_args args;
int ret;
if (flags & MNT_RDONLY) {
args.fspec = 0;
args.export.ex_flags = 0;
args.export.ex_root = 0;
flags |= MNT_UPDATE | MNT_RELOAD;
ret = mount(MOUNT_UFS, "/", flags, &args);
if (ret == 0)
return(0);
}
}
if (!preen)
printf("\n***** REBOOT NOW *****\n");
sync();
return (4);
}
return (0);
}

314
sbin/fsck_ifs/pass1.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass1.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
static daddr_t badblk;
static daddr_t dupblk;
int pass1check();
struct dinode *getnextinode();
pass1()
{
ino_t inumber;
int c, i, cgd;
struct inodesc idesc;
/*
* Set file system reserved blocks in used block map.
*/
for (c = 0; c < sblock.fs_ncg; c++) {
cgd = cgdmin(&sblock, c);
if (c == 0) {
i = cgbase(&sblock, c);
cgd += howmany(sblock.fs_cssize, sblock.fs_fsize);
} else
i = cgsblock(&sblock, c);
for (; i < cgd; i++)
setbmap(i);
}
/*
* Find all allocated blocks.
*/
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass1check;
inumber = 0;
n_files = n_blks = 0;
resetinodebuf();
for (c = 0; c < sblock.fs_ncg; c++) {
for (i = 0; i < sblock.fs_ipg; i++, inumber++) {
if (inumber < ROOTINO)
continue;
checkinode(inumber, &idesc);
}
}
freeinodebuf();
}
checkinode(inumber, idesc)
ino_t inumber;
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct dinode *dp;
struct zlncnt *zlnp;
int ndb, j;
mode_t mode;
char symbuf[MAXSYMLINKLEN];
dp = getnextinode(inumber);
mode = dp->di_mode & IFMT;
if (mode == 0) {
if (bcmp((char *)dp->di_db, (char *)zino.di_db,
NDADDR * sizeof(daddr_t)) ||
bcmp((char *)dp->di_ib, (char *)zino.di_ib,
NIADDR * sizeof(daddr_t)) ||
dp->di_mode || dp->di_size) {
pfatal("PARTIALLY ALLOCATED INODE I=%lu", inumber);
if (reply("CLEAR") == 1) {
dp = ginode(inumber);
clearinode(dp);
inodirty();
}
}
statemap[inumber] = USTATE;
return;
}
lastino = inumber;
if (/* dp->di_size < 0 || */
dp->di_size + sblock.fs_bsize - 1 < dp->di_size) {
if (debug)
printf("bad size %qu:", dp->di_size);
goto unknown;
}
if (!preen && mode == IFMT && reply("HOLD BAD BLOCK") == 1) {
dp = ginode(inumber);
dp->di_size = sblock.fs_fsize;
dp->di_mode = IFREG|0600;
inodirty();
}
ndb = howmany(dp->di_size, sblock.fs_bsize);
if (ndb < 0) {
if (debug)
printf("bad size %qu ndb %d:",
dp->di_size, ndb);
goto unknown;
}
if (mode == IFBLK || mode == IFCHR)
ndb++;
if (mode == IFLNK) {
if (doinglevel2 &&
dp->di_size > 0 && dp->di_size < MAXSYMLINKLEN &&
dp->di_blocks != 0) {
if (bread(fsreadfd, symbuf,
fsbtodb(&sblock, dp->di_db[0]),
(long)dp->di_size) != 0)
errexit("cannot read symlink");
if (debug) {
symbuf[dp->di_size] = 0;
printf("convert symlink %d(%s) of size %d\n",
inumber, symbuf, (long)dp->di_size);
}
dp = ginode(inumber);
bcopy(symbuf, (caddr_t)dp->di_shortlink,
(long)dp->di_size);
dp->di_blocks = 0;
inodirty();
}
/*
* Fake ndb value so direct/indirect block checks below
* will detect any garbage after symlink string.
*/
if (dp->di_size < sblock.fs_maxsymlinklen) {
ndb = howmany(dp->di_size, sizeof(daddr_t));
if (ndb > NDADDR) {
j = ndb - NDADDR;
for (ndb = 1; j > 1; j--)
ndb *= NINDIR(&sblock);
ndb += NDADDR;
}
}
}
for (j = ndb; j < NDADDR; j++)
if (dp->di_db[j] != 0) {
if (debug)
printf("bad direct addr: %ld\n", dp->di_db[j]);
goto unknown;
}
for (j = 0, ndb -= NDADDR; ndb > 0; j++)
ndb /= NINDIR(&sblock);
for (; j < NIADDR; j++)
if (dp->di_ib[j] != 0) {
if (debug)
printf("bad indirect addr: %ld\n",
dp->di_ib[j]);
goto unknown;
}
if (ftypeok(dp) == 0)
goto unknown;
n_files++;
lncntp[inumber] = dp->di_nlink;
if (dp->di_nlink <= 0) {
zlnp = (struct zlncnt *)malloc(sizeof *zlnp);
if (zlnp == NULL) {
pfatal("LINK COUNT TABLE OVERFLOW");
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
} else {
zlnp->zlncnt = inumber;
zlnp->next = zlnhead;
zlnhead = zlnp;
}
}
if (mode == IFDIR) {
if (dp->di_size == 0)
statemap[inumber] = DCLEAR;
else
statemap[inumber] = DSTATE;
cacheino(dp, inumber);
} else
statemap[inumber] = FSTATE;
typemap[inumber] = IFTODT(mode);
if (doinglevel2 &&
(dp->di_ouid != (u_short)-1 || dp->di_ogid != (u_short)-1)) {
dp = ginode(inumber);
dp->di_uid = dp->di_ouid;
dp->di_ouid = -1;
dp->di_gid = dp->di_ogid;
dp->di_ogid = -1;
inodirty();
}
badblk = dupblk = 0;
idesc->id_number = inumber;
(void)ckinode(dp, idesc);
idesc->id_entryno *= btodb(sblock.fs_fsize);
if (dp->di_blocks != idesc->id_entryno) {
pwarn("INCORRECT BLOCK COUNT I=%lu (%ld should be %ld)",
inumber, dp->di_blocks, idesc->id_entryno);
if (preen)
printf(" (CORRECTED)\n");
else if (reply("CORRECT") == 0)
return;
dp = ginode(inumber);
dp->di_blocks = idesc->id_entryno;
inodirty();
}
return;
unknown:
pfatal("UNKNOWN FILE TYPE I=%lu", inumber);
statemap[inumber] = FCLEAR;
if (reply("CLEAR") == 1) {
statemap[inumber] = USTATE;
dp = ginode(inumber);
clearinode(dp);
inodirty();
}
}
pass1check(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
int res = KEEPON;
int anyout, nfrags;
daddr_t blkno = idesc->id_blkno;
register struct dups *dlp;
struct dups *new;
if ((anyout = chkrange(blkno, idesc->id_numfrags)) != 0) {
blkerror(idesc->id_number, "BAD", blkno);
if (badblk++ >= MAXBAD) {
pwarn("EXCESSIVE BAD BLKS I=%lu",
idesc->id_number);
if (preen)
printf(" (SKIPPING)\n");
else if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
return (STOP);
}
}
for (nfrags = idesc->id_numfrags; nfrags > 0; blkno++, nfrags--) {
if (anyout && chkrange(blkno, 1)) {
res = SKIP;
} else if (!testbmap(blkno)) {
n_blks++;
setbmap(blkno);
} else {
blkerror(idesc->id_number, "DUP", blkno);
if (dupblk++ >= MAXDUP) {
pwarn("EXCESSIVE DUP BLKS I=%lu",
idesc->id_number);
if (preen)
printf(" (SKIPPING)\n");
else if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
return (STOP);
}
new = (struct dups *)malloc(sizeof(struct dups));
if (new == NULL) {
pfatal("DUP TABLE OVERFLOW.");
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
return (STOP);
}
new->dup = blkno;
if (muldup == 0) {
duplist = muldup = new;
new->next = 0;
} else {
new->next = muldup->next;
muldup->next = new;
}
for (dlp = duplist; dlp != muldup; dlp = dlp->next)
if (dlp->dup == blkno)
break;
if (dlp == muldup && dlp->dup != blkno)
muldup = new;
}
/*
* count the number of blocks found in id_entryno
*/
idesc->id_entryno++;
}
return (res);
}

99
sbin/fsck_ifs/pass1b.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass1b.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
int pass1bcheck();
static struct dups *duphead;
pass1b()
{
register int c, i;
register struct dinode *dp;
struct inodesc idesc;
ino_t inumber;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass1bcheck;
duphead = duplist;
inumber = 0;
for (c = 0; c < sblock.fs_ncg; c++) {
for (i = 0; i < sblock.fs_ipg; i++, inumber++) {
if (inumber < ROOTINO)
continue;
dp = ginode(inumber);
if (dp == NULL)
continue;
idesc.id_number = inumber;
if (statemap[inumber] != USTATE &&
(ckinode(dp, &idesc) & STOP))
return;
}
}
}
pass1bcheck(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct dups *dlp;
int nfrags, res = KEEPON;
daddr_t blkno = idesc->id_blkno;
for (nfrags = idesc->id_numfrags; nfrags > 0; blkno++, nfrags--) {
if (chkrange(blkno, 1))
res = SKIP;
for (dlp = duphead; dlp; dlp = dlp->next) {
if (dlp->dup == blkno) {
blkerror(idesc->id_number, "DUP", blkno);
dlp->dup = duphead->dup;
duphead->dup = blkno;
duphead = duphead->next;
}
if (dlp == muldup)
break;
}
if (muldup == 0 || duphead == muldup->next)
return (STOP);
}
return (res);
}

430
sbin/fsck_ifs/pass2.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass2.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
#define MINDIRSIZE (sizeof (struct dirtemplate))
int pass2check(), blksort();
pass2()
{
register struct dinode *dp;
register struct inoinfo **inpp, *inp;
struct inoinfo **inpend;
struct inodesc curino;
struct dinode dino;
char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
switch (statemap[ROOTINO]) {
case USTATE:
pfatal("ROOT INODE UNALLOCATED");
if (reply("ALLOCATE") == 0)
errexit("");
if (allocdir(ROOTINO, ROOTINO, 0755) != ROOTINO)
errexit("CANNOT ALLOCATE ROOT INODE\n");
break;
case DCLEAR:
pfatal("DUPS/BAD IN ROOT INODE");
if (reply("REALLOCATE")) {
freeino(ROOTINO);
if (allocdir(ROOTINO, ROOTINO, 0755) != ROOTINO)
errexit("CANNOT ALLOCATE ROOT INODE\n");
break;
}
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
break;
case FSTATE:
case FCLEAR:
pfatal("ROOT INODE NOT DIRECTORY");
if (reply("REALLOCATE")) {
freeino(ROOTINO);
if (allocdir(ROOTINO, ROOTINO, 0755) != ROOTINO)
errexit("CANNOT ALLOCATE ROOT INODE\n");
break;
}
if (reply("FIX") == 0)
errexit("");
dp = ginode(ROOTINO);
dp->di_mode &= ~IFMT;
dp->di_mode |= IFDIR;
inodirty();
break;
case DSTATE:
break;
default:
errexit("BAD STATE %d FOR ROOT INODE", statemap[ROOTINO]);
}
statemap[ROOTINO] = DFOUND;
/*
* Sort the directory list into disk block order.
*/
qsort((char *)inpsort, (size_t)inplast, sizeof *inpsort, blksort);
/*
* Check the integrity of each directory.
*/
bzero((char *)&curino, sizeof(struct inodesc));
curino.id_type = DATA;
curino.id_func = pass2check;
dp = &dino;
inpend = &inpsort[inplast];
for (inpp = inpsort; inpp < inpend; inpp++) {
inp = *inpp;
if (inp->i_isize == 0)
continue;
if (inp->i_isize < MINDIRSIZE) {
direrror(inp->i_number, "DIRECTORY TOO SHORT");
inp->i_isize = roundup(MINDIRSIZE, DIRBLKSIZ);
if (reply("FIX") == 1) {
dp = ginode(inp->i_number);
dp->di_size = inp->i_isize;
inodirty();
dp = &dino;
}
} else if ((inp->i_isize & (DIRBLKSIZ - 1)) != 0) {
getpathname(pathbuf, inp->i_number, inp->i_number);
pwarn("DIRECTORY %s: LENGTH %d NOT MULTIPLE OF %d",
pathbuf, inp->i_isize, DIRBLKSIZ);
if (preen)
printf(" (ADJUSTED)\n");
inp->i_isize = roundup(inp->i_isize, DIRBLKSIZ);
if (preen || reply("ADJUST") == 1) {
dp = ginode(inp->i_number);
dp->di_size = roundup(inp->i_isize, DIRBLKSIZ);
inodirty();
dp = &dino;
}
}
bzero((char *)&dino, sizeof(struct dinode));
dino.di_mode = IFDIR;
dp->di_size = inp->i_isize;
bcopy((char *)&inp->i_blks[0], (char *)&dp->di_db[0],
(size_t)inp->i_numblks);
curino.id_number = inp->i_number;
curino.id_parent = inp->i_parent;
(void)ckinode(dp, &curino);
}
/*
* Now that the parents of all directories have been found,
* make another pass to verify the value of `..'
*/
for (inpp = inpsort; inpp < inpend; inpp++) {
inp = *inpp;
if (inp->i_parent == 0 || inp->i_isize == 0)
continue;
if (statemap[inp->i_parent] == DFOUND &&
statemap[inp->i_number] == DSTATE)
statemap[inp->i_number] = DFOUND;
if (inp->i_dotdot == inp->i_parent ||
inp->i_dotdot == (ino_t)-1)
continue;
if (inp->i_dotdot == 0) {
inp->i_dotdot = inp->i_parent;
fileerror(inp->i_parent, inp->i_number, "MISSING '..'");
if (reply("FIX") == 0)
continue;
(void)makeentry(inp->i_number, inp->i_parent, "..");
lncntp[inp->i_parent]--;
continue;
}
fileerror(inp->i_parent, inp->i_number,
"BAD INODE NUMBER FOR '..'");
if (reply("FIX") == 0)
continue;
lncntp[inp->i_dotdot]++;
lncntp[inp->i_parent]--;
inp->i_dotdot = inp->i_parent;
(void)changeino(inp->i_number, "..", inp->i_parent);
}
/*
* Mark all the directories that can be found from the root.
*/
propagate();
}
pass2check(idesc)
struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct direct *dirp = idesc->id_dirp;
register struct inoinfo *inp;
int n, entrysize, ret = 0;
struct dinode *dp;
char *errmsg;
struct direct proto;
char namebuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
/*
* If converting, set directory entry type.
*/
if (doinglevel2 && dirp->d_ino > 0 && dirp->d_ino < maxino) {
dirp->d_type = typemap[dirp->d_ino];
ret |= ALTERED;
}
/*
* check for "."
*/
if (idesc->id_entryno != 0)
goto chk1;
if (dirp->d_ino != 0 && strcmp(dirp->d_name, ".") == 0) {
if (dirp->d_ino != idesc->id_number) {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "BAD INODE NUMBER FOR '.'");
dirp->d_ino = idesc->id_number;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
if (newinofmt && dirp->d_type != DT_DIR) {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "BAD TYPE VALUE FOR '.'");
dirp->d_type = DT_DIR;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
goto chk1;
}
direrror(idesc->id_number, "MISSING '.'");
proto.d_ino = idesc->id_number;
if (newinofmt)
proto.d_type = DT_DIR;
else
proto.d_type = 0;
proto.d_namlen = 1;
(void)strcpy(proto.d_name, ".");
entrysize = DIRSIZ(0, &proto);
if (dirp->d_ino != 0 && strcmp(dirp->d_name, "..") != 0) {
pfatal("CANNOT FIX, FIRST ENTRY IN DIRECTORY CONTAINS %s\n",
dirp->d_name);
} else if (dirp->d_reclen < entrysize) {
pfatal("CANNOT FIX, INSUFFICIENT SPACE TO ADD '.'\n");
} else if (dirp->d_reclen < 2 * entrysize) {
proto.d_reclen = dirp->d_reclen;
bcopy((char *)&proto, (char *)dirp, (size_t)entrysize);
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
} else {
n = dirp->d_reclen - entrysize;
proto.d_reclen = entrysize;
bcopy((char *)&proto, (char *)dirp, (size_t)entrysize);
idesc->id_entryno++;
lncntp[dirp->d_ino]--;
dirp = (struct direct *)((char *)(dirp) + entrysize);
bzero((char *)dirp, (size_t)n);
dirp->d_reclen = n;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
chk1:
if (idesc->id_entryno > 1)
goto chk2;
inp = getinoinfo(idesc->id_number);
proto.d_ino = inp->i_parent;
if (newinofmt)
proto.d_type = DT_DIR;
else
proto.d_type = 0;
proto.d_namlen = 2;
(void)strcpy(proto.d_name, "..");
entrysize = DIRSIZ(0, &proto);
if (idesc->id_entryno == 0) {
n = DIRSIZ(0, dirp);
if (dirp->d_reclen < n + entrysize)
goto chk2;
proto.d_reclen = dirp->d_reclen - n;
dirp->d_reclen = n;
idesc->id_entryno++;
lncntp[dirp->d_ino]--;
dirp = (struct direct *)((char *)(dirp) + n);
bzero((char *)dirp, (size_t)proto.d_reclen);
dirp->d_reclen = proto.d_reclen;
}
if (dirp->d_ino != 0 && strcmp(dirp->d_name, "..") == 0) {
inp->i_dotdot = dirp->d_ino;
if (newinofmt && dirp->d_type != DT_DIR) {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "BAD TYPE VALUE FOR '..'");
dirp->d_type = DT_DIR;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
goto chk2;
}
if (dirp->d_ino != 0 && strcmp(dirp->d_name, ".") != 0) {
fileerror(inp->i_parent, idesc->id_number, "MISSING '..'");
pfatal("CANNOT FIX, SECOND ENTRY IN DIRECTORY CONTAINS %s\n",
dirp->d_name);
inp->i_dotdot = (ino_t)-1;
} else if (dirp->d_reclen < entrysize) {
fileerror(inp->i_parent, idesc->id_number, "MISSING '..'");
pfatal("CANNOT FIX, INSUFFICIENT SPACE TO ADD '..'\n");
inp->i_dotdot = (ino_t)-1;
} else if (inp->i_parent != 0) {
/*
* We know the parent, so fix now.
*/
inp->i_dotdot = inp->i_parent;
fileerror(inp->i_parent, idesc->id_number, "MISSING '..'");
proto.d_reclen = dirp->d_reclen;
bcopy((char *)&proto, (char *)dirp, (size_t)entrysize);
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
idesc->id_entryno++;
if (dirp->d_ino != 0)
lncntp[dirp->d_ino]--;
return (ret|KEEPON);
chk2:
if (dirp->d_ino == 0)
return (ret|KEEPON);
if (dirp->d_namlen <= 2 &&
dirp->d_name[0] == '.' &&
idesc->id_entryno >= 2) {
if (dirp->d_namlen == 1) {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "EXTRA '.' ENTRY");
dirp->d_ino = 0;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
return (KEEPON | ret);
}
if (dirp->d_name[1] == '.') {
direrror(idesc->id_number, "EXTRA '..' ENTRY");
dirp->d_ino = 0;
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
return (KEEPON | ret);
}
}
idesc->id_entryno++;
n = 0;
if (dirp->d_ino > maxino) {
fileerror(idesc->id_number, dirp->d_ino, "I OUT OF RANGE");
n = reply("REMOVE");
} else {
again:
switch (statemap[dirp->d_ino]) {
case USTATE:
if (idesc->id_entryno <= 2)
break;
fileerror(idesc->id_number, dirp->d_ino, "UNALLOCATED");
n = reply("REMOVE");
break;
case DCLEAR:
case FCLEAR:
if (idesc->id_entryno <= 2)
break;
if (statemap[dirp->d_ino] == FCLEAR)
errmsg = "DUP/BAD";
else if (!preen)
errmsg = "ZERO LENGTH DIRECTORY";
else {
n = 1;
break;
}
fileerror(idesc->id_number, dirp->d_ino, errmsg);
if ((n = reply("REMOVE")) == 1)
break;
dp = ginode(dirp->d_ino);
statemap[dirp->d_ino] =
(dp->di_mode & IFMT) == IFDIR ? DSTATE : FSTATE;
lncntp[dirp->d_ino] = dp->di_nlink;
goto again;
case DSTATE:
if (statemap[idesc->id_number] == DFOUND)
statemap[dirp->d_ino] = DFOUND;
/* fall through */
case DFOUND:
inp = getinoinfo(dirp->d_ino);
if (inp->i_parent != 0 && idesc->id_entryno > 2) {
getpathname(pathbuf, idesc->id_number,
idesc->id_number);
getpathname(namebuf, dirp->d_ino, dirp->d_ino);
pwarn("%s %s %s\n", pathbuf,
"IS AN EXTRANEOUS HARD LINK TO DIRECTORY",
namebuf);
if (preen)
printf(" (IGNORED)\n");
else if ((n = reply("REMOVE")) == 1)
break;
}
if (idesc->id_entryno > 2)
inp->i_parent = idesc->id_number;
/* fall through */
case FSTATE:
if (newinofmt && dirp->d_type != typemap[dirp->d_ino]) {
fileerror(idesc->id_number, dirp->d_ino,
"BAD TYPE VALUE");
dirp->d_type = typemap[dirp->d_ino];
if (reply("FIX") == 1)
ret |= ALTERED;
}
lncntp[dirp->d_ino]--;
break;
default:
errexit("BAD STATE %d FOR INODE I=%d",
statemap[dirp->d_ino], dirp->d_ino);
}
}
if (n == 0)
return (ret|KEEPON);
dirp->d_ino = 0;
return (ret|KEEPON|ALTERED);
}
/*
* Routine to sort disk blocks.
*/
blksort(inpp1, inpp2)
struct inoinfo **inpp1, **inpp2;
{
return ((*inpp1)->i_blks[0] - (*inpp2)->i_blks[0]);
}

71
sbin/fsck_ifs/pass3.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass3.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include "fsck.h"
pass3()
{
register struct inoinfo **inpp, *inp;
ino_t orphan;
int loopcnt;
for (inpp = &inpsort[inplast - 1]; inpp >= inpsort; inpp--) {
inp = *inpp;
if (inp->i_number == ROOTINO ||
!(inp->i_parent == 0 || statemap[inp->i_number] == DSTATE))
continue;
if (statemap[inp->i_number] == DCLEAR)
continue;
for (loopcnt = 0; ; loopcnt++) {
orphan = inp->i_number;
if (inp->i_parent == 0 ||
statemap[inp->i_parent] != DSTATE ||
loopcnt > numdirs)
break;
inp = getinoinfo(inp->i_parent);
}
(void)linkup(orphan, inp->i_dotdot);
inp->i_parent = inp->i_dotdot = lfdir;
lncntp[lfdir]--;
statemap[orphan] = DFOUND;
propagate();
}
}

133
sbin/fsck_ifs/pass4.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass4.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
int pass4check();
pass4()
{
register ino_t inumber;
register struct zlncnt *zlnp;
struct dinode *dp;
struct inodesc idesc;
int n;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = ADDR;
idesc.id_func = pass4check;
for (inumber = ROOTINO; inumber <= lastino; inumber++) {
idesc.id_number = inumber;
switch (statemap[inumber]) {
case FSTATE:
case DFOUND:
n = lncntp[inumber];
if (n)
adjust(&idesc, (short)n);
else {
for (zlnp = zlnhead; zlnp; zlnp = zlnp->next)
if (zlnp->zlncnt == inumber) {
zlnp->zlncnt = zlnhead->zlncnt;
zlnp = zlnhead;
zlnhead = zlnhead->next;
free((char *)zlnp);
clri(&idesc, "UNREF", 1);
break;
}
}
break;
case DSTATE:
clri(&idesc, "UNREF", 1);
break;
case DCLEAR:
dp = ginode(inumber);
if (dp->di_size == 0) {
clri(&idesc, "ZERO LENGTH", 1);
break;
}
/* fall through */
case FCLEAR:
clri(&idesc, "BAD/DUP", 1);
break;
case USTATE:
break;
default:
errexit("BAD STATE %d FOR INODE I=%d",
statemap[inumber], inumber);
}
}
}
pass4check(idesc)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
{
register struct dups *dlp;
int nfrags, res = KEEPON;
daddr_t blkno = idesc->id_blkno;
for (nfrags = idesc->id_numfrags; nfrags > 0; blkno++, nfrags--) {
if (chkrange(blkno, 1)) {
res = SKIP;
} else if (testbmap(blkno)) {
for (dlp = duplist; dlp; dlp = dlp->next) {
if (dlp->dup != blkno)
continue;
dlp->dup = duplist->dup;
dlp = duplist;
duplist = duplist->next;
free((char *)dlp);
break;
}
if (dlp == 0) {
clrbmap(blkno);
n_blks--;
}
}
}
return (res);
}

319
sbin/fsck_ifs/pass5.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pass5.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/2/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fsck.h"
pass5()
{
int c, blk, frags, basesize, sumsize, mapsize, savednrpos;
register struct fs *fs = &sblock;
register struct cg *cg = &cgrp;
daddr_t dbase, dmax;
register daddr_t d;
register long i, j;
struct csum *cs;
struct csum cstotal;
struct inodesc idesc[3];
char buf[MAXBSIZE];
register struct cg *newcg = (struct cg *)buf;
struct ocg *ocg = (struct ocg *)buf;
bzero((char *)newcg, (size_t)fs->fs_cgsize);
newcg->cg_niblk = fs->fs_ipg;
if (cvtlevel > 3) {
if (fs->fs_maxcontig < 2 && fs->fs_contigsumsize > 0) {
if (preen)
pwarn("DELETING CLUSTERING MAPS\n");
if (preen || reply("DELETE CLUSTERING MAPS")) {
fs->fs_contigsumsize = 0;
doinglevel1 = 1;
sbdirty();
}
}
if (fs->fs_maxcontig > 1) {
char *doit = 0;
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize < 1) {
doit = "CREAT";
} else if (fs->fs_contigsumsize < fs->fs_maxcontig &&
fs->fs_contigsumsize < FS_MAXCONTIG) {
doit = "EXPAND";
}
if (doit) {
i = fs->fs_contigsumsize;
fs->fs_contigsumsize =
MIN(fs->fs_maxcontig, FS_MAXCONTIG);
if (CGSIZE(fs) > fs->fs_bsize) {
pwarn("CANNOT %s CLUSTER MAPS\n", doit);
fs->fs_contigsumsize = i;
} else if (preen ||
reply("CREATE CLUSTER MAPS")) {
if (preen)
pwarn("%sING CLUSTER MAPS\n",
doit);
fs->fs_cgsize =
fragroundup(fs, CGSIZE(fs));
doinglevel1 = 1;
sbdirty();
}
}
}
}
switch ((int)fs->fs_postblformat) {
case FS_42POSTBLFMT:
basesize = (char *)(&ocg->cg_btot[0]) - (char *)(&ocg->cg_link);
sumsize = &ocg->cg_iused[0] - (char *)(&ocg->cg_btot[0]);
mapsize = &ocg->cg_free[howmany(fs->fs_fpg, NBBY)] -
(u_char *)&ocg->cg_iused[0];
ocg->cg_magic = CG_MAGIC;
savednrpos = fs->fs_nrpos;
fs->fs_nrpos = 8;
break;
case FS_DYNAMICPOSTBLFMT:
newcg->cg_btotoff =
&newcg->cg_space[0] - (u_char *)(&newcg->cg_link);
newcg->cg_boff =
newcg->cg_btotoff + fs->fs_cpg * sizeof(long);
newcg->cg_iusedoff = newcg->cg_boff +
fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_nrpos * sizeof(short);
newcg->cg_freeoff =
newcg->cg_iusedoff + howmany(fs->fs_ipg, NBBY);
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize <= 0) {
newcg->cg_nextfreeoff = newcg->cg_freeoff +
howmany(fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_spc / NSPF(fs), NBBY);
} else {
newcg->cg_clustersumoff = newcg->cg_freeoff +
howmany(fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_spc / NSPF(fs), NBBY) -
sizeof(long);
newcg->cg_clustersumoff =
roundup(newcg->cg_clustersumoff, sizeof(long));
newcg->cg_clusteroff = newcg->cg_clustersumoff +
(fs->fs_contigsumsize + 1) * sizeof(long);
newcg->cg_nextfreeoff = newcg->cg_clusteroff +
howmany(fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_spc / NSPB(fs), NBBY);
}
newcg->cg_magic = CG_MAGIC;
basesize = &newcg->cg_space[0] - (u_char *)(&newcg->cg_link);
sumsize = newcg->cg_iusedoff - newcg->cg_btotoff;
mapsize = newcg->cg_nextfreeoff - newcg->cg_iusedoff;
break;
default:
errexit("UNKNOWN ROTATIONAL TABLE FORMAT %d\n",
fs->fs_postblformat);
}
bzero((char *)&idesc[0], sizeof idesc);
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
idesc[i].id_type = ADDR;
if (doinglevel2)
idesc[i].id_fix = FIX;
}
bzero((char *)&cstotal, sizeof(struct csum));
j = blknum(fs, fs->fs_size + fs->fs_frag - 1);
for (i = fs->fs_size; i < j; i++)
setbmap(i);
for (c = 0; c < fs->fs_ncg; c++) {
getblk(&cgblk, cgtod(fs, c), fs->fs_cgsize);
if (!cg_chkmagic(cg))
pfatal("CG %d: BAD MAGIC NUMBER\n", c);
dbase = cgbase(fs, c);
dmax = dbase + fs->fs_fpg;
if (dmax > fs->fs_size)
dmax = fs->fs_size;
newcg->cg_time = cg->cg_time;
newcg->cg_cgx = c;
if (c == fs->fs_ncg - 1)
newcg->cg_ncyl = fs->fs_ncyl % fs->fs_cpg;
else
newcg->cg_ncyl = fs->fs_cpg;
newcg->cg_ndblk = dmax - dbase;
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize > 0)
newcg->cg_nclusterblks = newcg->cg_ndblk / fs->fs_frag;
newcg->cg_cs.cs_ndir = 0;
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nffree = 0;
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nbfree = 0;
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nifree = fs->fs_ipg;
if (cg->cg_rotor < newcg->cg_ndblk)
newcg->cg_rotor = cg->cg_rotor;
else
newcg->cg_rotor = 0;
if (cg->cg_frotor < newcg->cg_ndblk)
newcg->cg_frotor = cg->cg_frotor;
else
newcg->cg_frotor = 0;
if (cg->cg_irotor < newcg->cg_niblk)
newcg->cg_irotor = cg->cg_irotor;
else
newcg->cg_irotor = 0;
bzero((char *)&newcg->cg_frsum[0], sizeof newcg->cg_frsum);
bzero((char *)&cg_blktot(newcg)[0],
(size_t)(sumsize + mapsize));
if (fs->fs_postblformat == FS_42POSTBLFMT)
ocg->cg_magic = CG_MAGIC;
j = fs->fs_ipg * c;
for (i = 0; i < fs->fs_ipg; j++, i++) {
switch (statemap[j]) {
case USTATE:
break;
case DSTATE:
case DCLEAR:
case DFOUND:
newcg->cg_cs.cs_ndir++;
/* fall through */
case FSTATE:
case FCLEAR:
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nifree--;
setbit(cg_inosused(newcg), i);
break;
default:
if (j < ROOTINO)
break;
errexit("BAD STATE %d FOR INODE I=%d",
statemap[j], j);
}
}
if (c == 0)
for (i = 0; i < ROOTINO; i++) {
setbit(cg_inosused(newcg), i);
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nifree--;
}
for (i = 0, d = dbase;
d < dmax;
d += fs->fs_frag, i += fs->fs_frag) {
frags = 0;
for (j = 0; j < fs->fs_frag; j++) {
if (testbmap(d + j))
continue;
setbit(cg_blksfree(newcg), i + j);
frags++;
}
if (frags == fs->fs_frag) {
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nbfree++;
j = cbtocylno(fs, i);
cg_blktot(newcg)[j]++;
cg_blks(fs, newcg, j)[cbtorpos(fs, i)]++;
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize > 0)
setbit(cg_clustersfree(newcg),
i / fs->fs_frag);
} else if (frags > 0) {
newcg->cg_cs.cs_nffree += frags;
blk = blkmap(fs, cg_blksfree(newcg), i);
ffs_fragacct(fs, blk, newcg->cg_frsum, 1);
}
}
if (fs->fs_contigsumsize > 0) {
long *sump = cg_clustersum(newcg);
u_char *mapp = cg_clustersfree(newcg);
int map = *mapp++;
int bit = 1;
int run = 0;
for (i = 0; i < newcg->cg_nclusterblks; i++) {
if ((map & bit) != 0) {
run++;
} else if (run != 0) {
if (run > fs->fs_contigsumsize)
run = fs->fs_contigsumsize;
sump[run]++;
run = 0;
}
if ((i & (NBBY - 1)) != (NBBY - 1)) {
bit <<= 1;
} else {
map = *mapp++;
bit = 1;
}
}
if (run != 0) {
if (run > fs->fs_contigsumsize)
run = fs->fs_contigsumsize;
sump[run]++;
}
}
cstotal.cs_nffree += newcg->cg_cs.cs_nffree;
cstotal.cs_nbfree += newcg->cg_cs.cs_nbfree;
cstotal.cs_nifree += newcg->cg_cs.cs_nifree;
cstotal.cs_ndir += newcg->cg_cs.cs_ndir;
cs = &fs->fs_cs(fs, c);
if (bcmp((char *)&newcg->cg_cs, (char *)cs, sizeof *cs) != 0 &&
dofix(&idesc[0], "FREE BLK COUNT(S) WRONG IN SUPERBLK")) {
bcopy((char *)&newcg->cg_cs, (char *)cs, sizeof *cs);
sbdirty();
}
if (doinglevel1) {
bcopy((char *)newcg, (char *)cg, (size_t)fs->fs_cgsize);
cgdirty();
continue;
}
if (bcmp(cg_inosused(newcg),
cg_inosused(cg), mapsize) != 0 &&
dofix(&idesc[1], "BLK(S) MISSING IN BIT MAPS")) {
bcopy(cg_inosused(newcg), cg_inosused(cg),
(size_t)mapsize);
cgdirty();
}
if ((bcmp((char *)newcg, (char *)cg, basesize) != 0 ||
bcmp((char *)&cg_blktot(newcg)[0],
(char *)&cg_blktot(cg)[0], sumsize) != 0) &&
dofix(&idesc[2], "SUMMARY INFORMATION BAD")) {
bcopy((char *)newcg, (char *)cg, (size_t)basesize);
bcopy((char *)&cg_blktot(newcg)[0],
(char *)&cg_blktot(cg)[0], (size_t)sumsize);
cgdirty();
}
}
if (fs->fs_postblformat == FS_42POSTBLFMT)
fs->fs_nrpos = savednrpos;
if (bcmp((char *)&cstotal, (char *)&fs->fs_cstotal, sizeof *cs) != 0
&& dofix(&idesc[0], "FREE BLK COUNT(S) WRONG IN SUPERBLK")) {
bcopy((char *)&cstotal, (char *)&fs->fs_cstotal, sizeof *cs);
fs->fs_ronly = 0;
fs->fs_fmod = 0;
sbdirty();
}
}

354
sbin/fsck_ifs/preen.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)preen.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#include <fstab.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <ctype.h>
char *rawname(), *unrawname(), *blockcheck();
struct part {
struct part *next; /* forward link of partitions on disk */
char *name; /* device name */
char *fsname; /* mounted filesystem name */
long auxdata; /* auxillary data for application */
} *badlist, **badnext = &badlist;
struct disk {
char *name; /* disk base name */
struct disk *next; /* forward link for list of disks */
struct part *part; /* head of list of partitions on disk */
int pid; /* If != 0, pid of proc working on */
} *disks;
int nrun, ndisks;
char hotroot;
checkfstab(preen, maxrun, docheck, chkit)
int preen, maxrun;
int (*docheck)(), (*chkit)();
{
register struct fstab *fsp;
register struct disk *dk, *nextdisk;
register struct part *pt;
int ret, pid, retcode, passno, sumstatus, status;
long auxdata;
char *name;
sumstatus = 0;
for (passno = 1; passno <= 2; passno++) {
if (setfsent() == 0) {
fprintf(stderr, "Can't open checklist file: %s\n",
_PATH_FSTAB);
return (8);
}
while ((fsp = getfsent()) != 0) {
if ((auxdata = (*docheck)(fsp)) == 0)
continue;
if (preen == 0 || passno == 1 && fsp->fs_passno == 1) {
if (name = blockcheck(fsp->fs_spec)) {
if (sumstatus = (*chkit)(name,
fsp->fs_file, auxdata, 0))
return (sumstatus);
} else if (preen)
return (8);
} else if (passno == 2 && fsp->fs_passno > 1) {
if ((name = blockcheck(fsp->fs_spec)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "BAD DISK NAME %s\n",
fsp->fs_spec);
sumstatus |= 8;
continue;
}
addpart(name, fsp->fs_file, auxdata);
}
}
if (preen == 0)
return (0);
}
if (preen) {
if (maxrun == 0)
maxrun = ndisks;
if (maxrun > ndisks)
maxrun = ndisks;
nextdisk = disks;
for (passno = 0; passno < maxrun; ++passno) {
while (ret = startdisk(nextdisk, chkit) && nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
nextdisk = nextdisk->next;
}
while ((pid = wait(&status)) != -1) {
for (dk = disks; dk; dk = dk->next)
if (dk->pid == pid)
break;
if (dk == 0) {
printf("Unknown pid %d\n", pid);
continue;
}
if (WIFEXITED(status))
retcode = WEXITSTATUS(status);
else
retcode = 0;
if (WIFSIGNALED(status)) {
printf("%s (%s): EXITED WITH SIGNAL %d\n",
dk->part->name, dk->part->fsname,
WTERMSIG(status));
retcode = 8;
}
if (retcode != 0) {
sumstatus |= retcode;
*badnext = dk->part;
badnext = &dk->part->next;
dk->part = dk->part->next;
*badnext = NULL;
} else
dk->part = dk->part->next;
dk->pid = 0;
nrun--;
if (dk->part == NULL)
ndisks--;
if (nextdisk == NULL) {
if (dk->part) {
while (ret = startdisk(dk, chkit) &&
nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
}
} else if (nrun < maxrun && nrun < ndisks) {
for ( ;; ) {
if ((nextdisk = nextdisk->next) == NULL)
nextdisk = disks;
if (nextdisk->part != NULL &&
nextdisk->pid == 0)
break;
}
while (ret = startdisk(nextdisk, chkit) &&
nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
}
}
}
if (sumstatus) {
if (badlist == 0)
return (sumstatus);
fprintf(stderr, "THE FOLLOWING FILE SYSTEM%s HAD AN %s\n\t",
badlist->next ? "S" : "", "UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY:");
for (pt = badlist; pt; pt = pt->next)
fprintf(stderr, "%s (%s)%s", pt->name, pt->fsname,
pt->next ? ", " : "\n");
return (sumstatus);
}
(void)endfsent();
return (0);
}
struct disk *
finddisk(name)
char *name;
{
register struct disk *dk, **dkp;
register char *p;
size_t len;
for (p = name + strlen(name) - 1; p >= name; --p)
if (isdigit(*p)) {
len = p - name + 1;
break;
}
if (p < name)
len = strlen(name);
for (dk = disks, dkp = &disks; dk; dkp = &dk->next, dk = dk->next) {
if (strncmp(dk->name, name, len) == 0 &&
dk->name[len] == 0)
return (dk);
}
if ((*dkp = (struct disk *)malloc(sizeof(struct disk))) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
dk = *dkp;
if ((dk->name = malloc(len + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strncpy(dk->name, name, len);
dk->name[len] = '\0';
dk->part = NULL;
dk->next = NULL;
dk->pid = 0;
ndisks++;
return (dk);
}
addpart(name, fsname, auxdata)
char *name, *fsname;
long auxdata;
{
struct disk *dk = finddisk(name);
register struct part *pt, **ppt = &dk->part;
for (pt = dk->part; pt; ppt = &pt->next, pt = pt->next)
if (strcmp(pt->name, name) == 0) {
printf("%s in fstab more than once!\n", name);
return;
}
if ((*ppt = (struct part *)malloc(sizeof(struct part))) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
pt = *ppt;
if ((pt->name = malloc(strlen(name) + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strcpy(pt->name, name);
if ((pt->fsname = malloc(strlen(fsname) + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strcpy(pt->fsname, fsname);
pt->next = NULL;
pt->auxdata = auxdata;
}
startdisk(dk, checkit)
register struct disk *dk;
int (*checkit)();
{
register struct part *pt = dk->part;
dk->pid = fork();
if (dk->pid < 0) {
perror("fork");
return (8);
}
if (dk->pid == 0)
exit((*checkit)(pt->name, pt->fsname, pt->auxdata, 1));
nrun++;
return (0);
}
char *
blockcheck(name)
char *name;
{
struct stat stslash, stblock, stchar;
char *raw;
int retried = 0;
hotroot = 0;
if (stat("/", &stslash) < 0) {
perror("/");
printf("Can't stat root\n");
return (0);
}
retry:
if (stat(name, &stblock) < 0) {
perror(name);
printf("Can't stat %s\n", name);
return (0);
}
if ((stblock.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) {
if (stslash.st_dev == stblock.st_rdev)
hotroot++;
raw = rawname(name);
if (stat(raw, &stchar) < 0) {
perror(raw);
printf("Can't stat %s\n", raw);
return (name);
}
if ((stchar.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) {
return (raw);
} else {
printf("%s is not a character device\n", raw);
return (name);
}
} else if ((stblock.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR && !retried) {
name = unrawname(name);
retried++;
goto retry;
}
printf("Can't make sense out of name %s\n", name);
return (0);
}
char *
unrawname(name)
char *name;
{
char *dp;
struct stat stb;
if ((dp = rindex(name, '/')) == 0)
return (name);
if (stat(name, &stb) < 0)
return (name);
if ((stb.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFCHR)
return (name);
if (dp[1] != 'r')
return (name);
(void)strcpy(&dp[1], &dp[2]);
return (name);
}
char *
rawname(name)
char *name;
{
static char rawbuf[32];
char *dp;
if ((dp = rindex(name, '/')) == 0)
return (0);
*dp = 0;
(void)strcpy(rawbuf, name);
*dp = '/';
(void)strcat(rawbuf, "/r");
(void)strcat(rawbuf, &dp[1]);
return (rawbuf);
}

466
sbin/fsck_ifs/setup.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)setup.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/21/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#define DKTYPENAMES
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <sys/disklabel.h>
#include <sys/file.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "fsck.h"
struct bufarea asblk;
#define altsblock (*asblk.b_un.b_fs)
#define POWEROF2(num) (((num) & ((num) - 1)) == 0)
struct disklabel *getdisklabel();
setup(dev)
char *dev;
{
long cg, size, asked, i, j;
long bmapsize;
struct disklabel *lp;
off_t sizepb;
struct stat statb;
struct fs proto;
havesb = 0;
fswritefd = -1;
if (stat(dev, &statb) < 0) {
printf("Can't stat %s: %s\n", dev, strerror(errno));
return (0);
}
if ((statb.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFCHR) {
pfatal("%s is not a character device", dev);
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
return (0);
}
if ((fsreadfd = open(dev, O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
printf("Can't open %s: %s\n", dev, strerror(errno));
return (0);
}
if (preen == 0)
printf("** %s", dev);
if (nflag || (fswritefd = open(dev, O_WRONLY)) < 0) {
fswritefd = -1;
if (preen)
pfatal("NO WRITE ACCESS");
printf(" (NO WRITE)");
}
if (preen == 0)
printf("\n");
fsmodified = 0;
lfdir = 0;
initbarea(&sblk);
initbarea(&asblk);
sblk.b_un.b_buf = malloc(SBSIZE);
asblk.b_un.b_buf = malloc(SBSIZE);
if (sblk.b_un.b_buf == NULL || asblk.b_un.b_buf == NULL)
errexit("cannot allocate space for superblock\n");
if (lp = getdisklabel((char *)NULL, fsreadfd))
dev_bsize = secsize = lp->d_secsize;
else
dev_bsize = secsize = DEV_BSIZE;
/*
* Read in the superblock, looking for alternates if necessary
*/
if (readsb(1) == 0) {
if (bflag || preen || calcsb(dev, fsreadfd, &proto) == 0)
return(0);
if (reply("LOOK FOR ALTERNATE SUPERBLOCKS") == 0)
return (0);
for (cg = 0; cg < proto.fs_ncg; cg++) {
bflag = fsbtodb(&proto, cgsblock(&proto, cg));
if (readsb(0) != 0)
break;
}
if (cg >= proto.fs_ncg) {
printf("%s %s\n%s %s\n%s %s\n",
"SEARCH FOR ALTERNATE SUPER-BLOCK",
"FAILED. YOU MUST USE THE",
"-b OPTION TO FSCK TO SPECIFY THE",
"LOCATION OF AN ALTERNATE",
"SUPER-BLOCK TO SUPPLY NEEDED",
"INFORMATION; SEE fsck(8).");
return(0);
}
pwarn("USING ALTERNATE SUPERBLOCK AT %d\n", bflag);
}
maxfsblock = sblock.fs_size;
maxino = sblock.fs_ncg * sblock.fs_ipg;
/*
* Check and potentially fix certain fields in the super block.
*/
if (sblock.fs_optim != FS_OPTTIME && sblock.fs_optim != FS_OPTSPACE) {
pfatal("UNDEFINED OPTIMIZATION IN SUPERBLOCK");
if (reply("SET TO DEFAULT") == 1) {
sblock.fs_optim = FS_OPTTIME;
sbdirty();
}
}
if ((sblock.fs_minfree < 0 || sblock.fs_minfree > 99)) {
pfatal("IMPOSSIBLE MINFREE=%d IN SUPERBLOCK",
sblock.fs_minfree);
if (reply("SET TO DEFAULT") == 1) {
sblock.fs_minfree = 10;
sbdirty();
}
}
if (sblock.fs_interleave < 1 ||
sblock.fs_interleave > sblock.fs_nsect) {
pwarn("IMPOSSIBLE INTERLEAVE=%d IN SUPERBLOCK",
sblock.fs_interleave);
sblock.fs_interleave = 1;
if (preen)
printf(" (FIXED)\n");
if (preen || reply("SET TO DEFAULT") == 1) {
sbdirty();
dirty(&asblk);
}
}
if (sblock.fs_npsect < sblock.fs_nsect ||
sblock.fs_npsect > sblock.fs_nsect*2) {
pwarn("IMPOSSIBLE NPSECT=%d IN SUPERBLOCK",
sblock.fs_npsect);
sblock.fs_npsect = sblock.fs_nsect;
if (preen)
printf(" (FIXED)\n");
if (preen || reply("SET TO DEFAULT") == 1) {
sbdirty();
dirty(&asblk);
}
}
if (sblock.fs_inodefmt >= FS_44INODEFMT) {
newinofmt = 1;
} else {
sblock.fs_qbmask = ~sblock.fs_bmask;
sblock.fs_qfmask = ~sblock.fs_fmask;
newinofmt = 0;
}
/*
* Convert to new inode format.
*/
if (cvtlevel >= 2 && sblock.fs_inodefmt < FS_44INODEFMT) {
if (preen)
pwarn("CONVERTING TO NEW INODE FORMAT\n");
else if (!reply("CONVERT TO NEW INODE FORMAT"))
return(0);
doinglevel2++;
sblock.fs_inodefmt = FS_44INODEFMT;
sizepb = sblock.fs_bsize;
sblock.fs_maxfilesize = sblock.fs_bsize * NDADDR - 1;
for (i = 0; i < NIADDR; i++) {
sizepb *= NINDIR(&sblock);
sblock.fs_maxfilesize += sizepb;
}
sblock.fs_maxsymlinklen = MAXSYMLINKLEN;
sblock.fs_qbmask = ~sblock.fs_bmask;
sblock.fs_qfmask = ~sblock.fs_fmask;
sbdirty();
dirty(&asblk);
}
/*
* Convert to new cylinder group format.
*/
if (cvtlevel >= 1 && sblock.fs_postblformat == FS_42POSTBLFMT) {
if (preen)
pwarn("CONVERTING TO NEW CYLINDER GROUP FORMAT\n");
else if (!reply("CONVERT TO NEW CYLINDER GROUP FORMAT"))
return(0);
doinglevel1++;
sblock.fs_postblformat = FS_DYNAMICPOSTBLFMT;
sblock.fs_nrpos = 8;
sblock.fs_postbloff =
(char *)(&sblock.fs_opostbl[0][0]) -
(char *)(&sblock.fs_link);
sblock.fs_rotbloff = &sblock.fs_space[0] -
(u_char *)(&sblock.fs_link);
sblock.fs_cgsize =
fragroundup(&sblock, CGSIZE(&sblock));
sbdirty();
dirty(&asblk);
}
if (asblk.b_dirty) {
bcopy((char *)&sblock, (char *)&altsblock,
(size_t)sblock.fs_sbsize);
flush(fswritefd, &asblk);
}
/*
* read in the summary info.
*/
asked = 0;
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < sblock.fs_cssize; i += sblock.fs_bsize, j++) {
size = sblock.fs_cssize - i < sblock.fs_bsize ?
sblock.fs_cssize - i : sblock.fs_bsize;
sblock.fs_csp[j] = (struct csum *)calloc(1, (unsigned)size);
if (bread(fsreadfd, (char *)sblock.fs_csp[j],
fsbtodb(&sblock, sblock.fs_csaddr + j * sblock.fs_frag),
size) != 0 && !asked) {
pfatal("BAD SUMMARY INFORMATION");
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("");
asked++;
}
}
/*
* allocate and initialize the necessary maps
*/
bmapsize = roundup(howmany(maxfsblock, NBBY), sizeof(short));
blockmap = calloc((unsigned)bmapsize, sizeof (char));
if (blockmap == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for blockmap\n",
(unsigned)bmapsize);
goto badsb;
}
statemap = calloc((unsigned)(maxino + 1), sizeof(char));
if (statemap == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for statemap\n",
(unsigned)(maxino + 1));
goto badsb;
}
typemap = calloc((unsigned)(maxino + 1), sizeof(char));
if (typemap == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for typemap\n",
(unsigned)(maxino + 1));
goto badsb;
}
lncntp = (short *)calloc((unsigned)(maxino + 1), sizeof(short));
if (lncntp == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for lncntp\n",
(unsigned)(maxino + 1) * sizeof(short));
goto badsb;
}
numdirs = sblock.fs_cstotal.cs_ndir;
inplast = 0;
listmax = numdirs + 10;
inpsort = (struct inoinfo **)calloc((unsigned)listmax,
sizeof(struct inoinfo *));
inphead = (struct inoinfo **)calloc((unsigned)numdirs,
sizeof(struct inoinfo *));
if (inpsort == NULL || inphead == NULL) {
printf("cannot alloc %u bytes for inphead\n",
(unsigned)numdirs * sizeof(struct inoinfo *));
goto badsb;
}
bufinit();
return (1);
badsb:
ckfini();
return (0);
}
/*
* Read in the super block and its summary info.
*/
readsb(listerr)
int listerr;
{
daddr_t super = bflag ? bflag : SBOFF / dev_bsize;
if (bread(fsreadfd, (char *)&sblock, super, (long)SBSIZE) != 0)
return (0);
sblk.b_bno = super;
sblk.b_size = SBSIZE;
/*
* run a few consistency checks of the super block
*/
if (sblock.fs_magic != FS_MAGIC)
{ badsb(listerr, "MAGIC NUMBER WRONG"); return (0); }
if (sblock.fs_ncg < 1)
{ badsb(listerr, "NCG OUT OF RANGE"); return (0); }
if (sblock.fs_cpg < 1)
{ badsb(listerr, "CPG OUT OF RANGE"); return (0); }
if (sblock.fs_ncg * sblock.fs_cpg < sblock.fs_ncyl ||
(sblock.fs_ncg - 1) * sblock.fs_cpg >= sblock.fs_ncyl)
{ badsb(listerr, "NCYL LESS THAN NCG*CPG"); return (0); }
if (sblock.fs_sbsize > SBSIZE)
{ badsb(listerr, "SIZE PREPOSTEROUSLY LARGE"); return (0); }
/*
* Compute block size that the filesystem is based on,
* according to fsbtodb, and adjust superblock block number
* so we can tell if this is an alternate later.
*/
super *= dev_bsize;
dev_bsize = sblock.fs_fsize / fsbtodb(&sblock, 1);
sblk.b_bno = super / dev_bsize;
if (bflag) {
havesb = 1;
return (1);
}
/*
* Set all possible fields that could differ, then do check
* of whole super block against an alternate super block.
* When an alternate super-block is specified this check is skipped.
*/
getblk(&asblk, cgsblock(&sblock, sblock.fs_ncg - 1), sblock.fs_sbsize);
if (asblk.b_errs)
return (0);
altsblock.fs_link = sblock.fs_link;
altsblock.fs_rlink = sblock.fs_rlink;
altsblock.fs_time = sblock.fs_time;
altsblock.fs_cstotal = sblock.fs_cstotal;
altsblock.fs_cgrotor = sblock.fs_cgrotor;
altsblock.fs_fmod = sblock.fs_fmod;
altsblock.fs_clean = sblock.fs_clean;
altsblock.fs_ronly = sblock.fs_ronly;
altsblock.fs_flags = sblock.fs_flags;
altsblock.fs_maxcontig = sblock.fs_maxcontig;
altsblock.fs_minfree = sblock.fs_minfree;
altsblock.fs_optim = sblock.fs_optim;
altsblock.fs_rotdelay = sblock.fs_rotdelay;
altsblock.fs_maxbpg = sblock.fs_maxbpg;
bcopy((char *)sblock.fs_csp, (char *)altsblock.fs_csp,
sizeof sblock.fs_csp);
bcopy((char *)sblock.fs_fsmnt, (char *)altsblock.fs_fsmnt,
sizeof sblock.fs_fsmnt);
bcopy((char *)sblock.fs_sparecon, (char *)altsblock.fs_sparecon,
sizeof sblock.fs_sparecon);
/*
* The following should not have to be copied.
*/
altsblock.fs_fsbtodb = sblock.fs_fsbtodb;
altsblock.fs_interleave = sblock.fs_interleave;
altsblock.fs_npsect = sblock.fs_npsect;
altsblock.fs_nrpos = sblock.fs_nrpos;
altsblock.fs_qbmask = sblock.fs_qbmask;
altsblock.fs_qfmask = sblock.fs_qfmask;
altsblock.fs_state = sblock.fs_state;
altsblock.fs_maxfilesize = sblock.fs_maxfilesize;
if (bcmp((char *)&sblock, (char *)&altsblock, (int)sblock.fs_sbsize)) {
badsb(listerr,
"VALUES IN SUPER BLOCK DISAGREE WITH THOSE IN FIRST ALTERNATE");
return (0);
}
havesb = 1;
return (1);
}
badsb(listerr, s)
int listerr;
char *s;
{
if (!listerr)
return;
if (preen)
printf("%s: ", cdevname);
pfatal("BAD SUPER BLOCK: %s\n", s);
}
/*
* Calculate a prototype superblock based on information in the disk label.
* When done the cgsblock macro can be calculated and the fs_ncg field
* can be used. Do NOT attempt to use other macros without verifying that
* their needed information is available!
*/
calcsb(dev, devfd, fs)
char *dev;
int devfd;
register struct fs *fs;
{
register struct disklabel *lp;
register struct partition *pp;
register char *cp;
int i;
cp = index(dev, '\0') - 1;
if (cp == (char *)-1 || (*cp < 'a' || *cp > 'h') && !isdigit(*cp)) {
pfatal("%s: CANNOT FIGURE OUT FILE SYSTEM PARTITION\n", dev);
return (0);
}
lp = getdisklabel(dev, devfd);
if (isdigit(*cp))
pp = &lp->d_partitions[0];
else
pp = &lp->d_partitions[*cp - 'a'];
if (pp->p_fstype != FS_BSDFFS) {
pfatal("%s: NOT LABELED AS A BSD FILE SYSTEM (%s)\n",
dev, pp->p_fstype < FSMAXTYPES ?
fstypenames[pp->p_fstype] : "unknown");
return (0);
}
bzero((char *)fs, sizeof(struct fs));
fs->fs_fsize = pp->p_fsize;
fs->fs_frag = pp->p_frag;
fs->fs_cpg = pp->p_cpg;
fs->fs_size = pp->p_size;
fs->fs_ntrak = lp->d_ntracks;
fs->fs_nsect = lp->d_nsectors;
fs->fs_spc = lp->d_secpercyl;
fs->fs_nspf = fs->fs_fsize / lp->d_secsize;
fs->fs_sblkno = roundup(
howmany(lp->d_bbsize + lp->d_sbsize, fs->fs_fsize),
fs->fs_frag);
fs->fs_cgmask = 0xffffffff;
for (i = fs->fs_ntrak; i > 1; i >>= 1)
fs->fs_cgmask <<= 1;
if (!POWEROF2(fs->fs_ntrak))
fs->fs_cgmask <<= 1;
fs->fs_cgoffset = roundup(
howmany(fs->fs_nsect, NSPF(fs)), fs->fs_frag);
fs->fs_fpg = (fs->fs_cpg * fs->fs_spc) / NSPF(fs);
fs->fs_ncg = howmany(fs->fs_size / fs->fs_spc, fs->fs_cpg);
for (fs->fs_fsbtodb = 0, i = NSPF(fs); i > 1; i >>= 1)
fs->fs_fsbtodb++;
dev_bsize = lp->d_secsize;
return (1);
}
struct disklabel *
getdisklabel(s, fd)
char *s;
int fd;
{
static struct disklabel lab;
if (ioctl(fd, DIOCGDINFO, (char *)&lab) < 0) {
if (s == NULL)
return ((struct disklabel *)NULL);
pwarn("ioctl (GCINFO): %s\n", strerror(errno));
errexit("%s: can't read disk label\n", s);
}
return (&lab);
}

566
sbin/fsck_ifs/utilities.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)utilities.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
#include <ufs/ufs/dir.h>
#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "fsck.h"
long diskreads, totalreads; /* Disk cache statistics */
ftypeok(dp)
struct dinode *dp;
{
switch (dp->di_mode & IFMT) {
case IFDIR:
case IFREG:
case IFBLK:
case IFCHR:
case IFLNK:
case IFSOCK:
case IFIFO:
return (1);
default:
if (debug)
printf("bad file type 0%o\n", dp->di_mode);
return (0);
}
}
reply(question)
char *question;
{
int persevere;
char c;
if (preen)
pfatal("INTERNAL ERROR: GOT TO reply()");
persevere = !strcmp(question, "CONTINUE");
printf("\n");
if (!persevere && (nflag || fswritefd < 0)) {
printf("%s? no\n\n", question);
return (0);
}
if (yflag || (persevere && nflag)) {
printf("%s? yes\n\n", question);
return (1);
}
do {
printf("%s? [yn] ", question);
(void) fflush(stdout);
c = getc(stdin);
while (c != '\n' && getc(stdin) != '\n')
if (feof(stdin))
return (0);
} while (c != 'y' && c != 'Y' && c != 'n' && c != 'N');
printf("\n");
if (c == 'y' || c == 'Y')
return (1);
return (0);
}
/*
* Malloc buffers and set up cache.
*/
bufinit()
{
register struct bufarea *bp;
long bufcnt, i;
char *bufp;
pbp = pdirbp = (struct bufarea *)0;
bufp = malloc((unsigned int)sblock.fs_bsize);
if (bufp == 0)
errexit("cannot allocate buffer pool\n");
cgblk.b_un.b_buf = bufp;
initbarea(&cgblk);
bufhead.b_next = bufhead.b_prev = &bufhead;
bufcnt = MAXBUFSPACE / sblock.fs_bsize;
if (bufcnt < MINBUFS)
bufcnt = MINBUFS;
for (i = 0; i < bufcnt; i++) {
bp = (struct bufarea *)malloc(sizeof(struct bufarea));
bufp = malloc((unsigned int)sblock.fs_bsize);
if (bp == NULL || bufp == NULL) {
if (i >= MINBUFS)
break;
errexit("cannot allocate buffer pool\n");
}
bp->b_un.b_buf = bufp;
bp->b_prev = &bufhead;
bp->b_next = bufhead.b_next;
bufhead.b_next->b_prev = bp;
bufhead.b_next = bp;
initbarea(bp);
}
bufhead.b_size = i; /* save number of buffers */
}
/*
* Manage a cache of directory blocks.
*/
struct bufarea *
getdatablk(blkno, size)
daddr_t blkno;
long size;
{
register struct bufarea *bp;
for (bp = bufhead.b_next; bp != &bufhead; bp = bp->b_next)
if (bp->b_bno == fsbtodb(&sblock, blkno))
goto foundit;
for (bp = bufhead.b_prev; bp != &bufhead; bp = bp->b_prev)
if ((bp->b_flags & B_INUSE) == 0)
break;
if (bp == &bufhead)
errexit("deadlocked buffer pool\n");
getblk(bp, blkno, size);
/* fall through */
foundit:
totalreads++;
bp->b_prev->b_next = bp->b_next;
bp->b_next->b_prev = bp->b_prev;
bp->b_prev = &bufhead;
bp->b_next = bufhead.b_next;
bufhead.b_next->b_prev = bp;
bufhead.b_next = bp;
bp->b_flags |= B_INUSE;
return (bp);
}
void
getblk(bp, blk, size)
register struct bufarea *bp;
daddr_t blk;
long size;
{
daddr_t dblk;
dblk = fsbtodb(&sblock, blk);
if (bp->b_bno != dblk) {
flush(fswritefd, bp);
diskreads++;
bp->b_errs = bread(fsreadfd, bp->b_un.b_buf, dblk, size);
bp->b_bno = dblk;
bp->b_size = size;
}
}
flush(fd, bp)
int fd;
register struct bufarea *bp;
{
register int i, j;
if (!bp->b_dirty)
return;
if (bp->b_errs != 0)
pfatal("WRITING %sZERO'ED BLOCK %d TO DISK\n",
(bp->b_errs == bp->b_size / dev_bsize) ? "" : "PARTIALLY ",
bp->b_bno);
bp->b_dirty = 0;
bp->b_errs = 0;
bwrite(fd, bp->b_un.b_buf, bp->b_bno, (long)bp->b_size);
if (bp != &sblk)
return;
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < sblock.fs_cssize; i += sblock.fs_bsize, j++) {
bwrite(fswritefd, (char *)sblock.fs_csp[j],
fsbtodb(&sblock, sblock.fs_csaddr + j * sblock.fs_frag),
sblock.fs_cssize - i < sblock.fs_bsize ?
sblock.fs_cssize - i : sblock.fs_bsize);
}
}
rwerror(mesg, blk)
char *mesg;
daddr_t blk;
{
if (preen == 0)
printf("\n");
pfatal("CANNOT %s: BLK %ld", mesg, blk);
if (reply("CONTINUE") == 0)
errexit("Program terminated\n");
}
ckfini()
{
register struct bufarea *bp, *nbp;
int cnt = 0;
if (fswritefd < 0) {
(void)close(fsreadfd);
return;
}
flush(fswritefd, &sblk);
if (havesb && sblk.b_bno != SBOFF / dev_bsize &&
!preen && reply("UPDATE STANDARD SUPERBLOCK")) {
sblk.b_bno = SBOFF / dev_bsize;
sbdirty();
flush(fswritefd, &sblk);
}
flush(fswritefd, &cgblk);
free(cgblk.b_un.b_buf);
for (bp = bufhead.b_prev; bp && bp != &bufhead; bp = nbp) {
cnt++;
flush(fswritefd, bp);
nbp = bp->b_prev;
free(bp->b_un.b_buf);
free((char *)bp);
}
if (bufhead.b_size != cnt)
errexit("Panic: lost %d buffers\n", bufhead.b_size - cnt);
pbp = pdirbp = (struct bufarea *)0;
if (debug)
printf("cache missed %ld of %ld (%d%%)\n", diskreads,
totalreads, (int)(diskreads * 100 / totalreads));
(void)close(fsreadfd);
(void)close(fswritefd);
}
bread(fd, buf, blk, size)
int fd;
char *buf;
daddr_t blk;
long size;
{
char *cp;
int i, errs;
off_t offset;
offset = blk;
offset *= dev_bsize;
if (lseek(fd, offset, 0) < 0)
rwerror("SEEK", blk);
else if (read(fd, buf, (int)size) == size)
return (0);
rwerror("READ", blk);
if (lseek(fd, offset, 0) < 0)
rwerror("SEEK", blk);
errs = 0;
bzero(buf, (size_t)size);
printf("THE FOLLOWING DISK SECTORS COULD NOT BE READ:");
for (cp = buf, i = 0; i < size; i += secsize, cp += secsize) {
if (read(fd, cp, (int)secsize) != secsize) {
(void)lseek(fd, offset + i + secsize, 0);
if (secsize != dev_bsize && dev_bsize != 1)
printf(" %ld (%ld),",
(blk * dev_bsize + i) / secsize,
blk + i / dev_bsize);
else
printf(" %ld,", blk + i / dev_bsize);
errs++;
}
}
printf("\n");
return (errs);
}
bwrite(fd, buf, blk, size)
int fd;
char *buf;
daddr_t blk;
long size;
{
int i;
char *cp;
off_t offset;
if (fd < 0)
return;
offset = blk;
offset *= dev_bsize;
if (lseek(fd, offset, 0) < 0)
rwerror("SEEK", blk);
else if (write(fd, buf, (int)size) == size) {
fsmodified = 1;
return;
}
rwerror("WRITE", blk);
if (lseek(fd, offset, 0) < 0)
rwerror("SEEK", blk);
printf("THE FOLLOWING SECTORS COULD NOT BE WRITTEN:");
for (cp = buf, i = 0; i < size; i += dev_bsize, cp += dev_bsize)
if (write(fd, cp, (int)dev_bsize) != dev_bsize) {
(void)lseek(fd, offset + i + dev_bsize, 0);
printf(" %ld,", blk + i / dev_bsize);
}
printf("\n");
return;
}
/*
* allocate a data block with the specified number of fragments
*/
allocblk(frags)
long frags;
{
register int i, j, k;
if (frags <= 0 || frags > sblock.fs_frag)
return (0);
for (i = 0; i < maxfsblock - sblock.fs_frag; i += sblock.fs_frag) {
for (j = 0; j <= sblock.fs_frag - frags; j++) {
if (testbmap(i + j))
continue;
for (k = 1; k < frags; k++)
if (testbmap(i + j + k))
break;
if (k < frags) {
j += k;
continue;
}
for (k = 0; k < frags; k++)
setbmap(i + j + k);
n_blks += frags;
return (i + j);
}
}
return (0);
}
/*
* Free a previously allocated block
*/
freeblk(blkno, frags)
daddr_t blkno;
long frags;
{
struct inodesc idesc;
idesc.id_blkno = blkno;
idesc.id_numfrags = frags;
(void)pass4check(&idesc);
}
/*
* Find a pathname
*/
getpathname(namebuf, curdir, ino)
char *namebuf;
ino_t curdir, ino;
{
int len;
register char *cp;
struct inodesc idesc;
static int busy = 0;
extern int findname();
if (curdir == ino && ino == ROOTINO) {
(void)strcpy(namebuf, "/");
return;
}
if (busy ||
(statemap[curdir] != DSTATE && statemap[curdir] != DFOUND)) {
(void)strcpy(namebuf, "?");
return;
}
busy = 1;
bzero((char *)&idesc, sizeof(struct inodesc));
idesc.id_type = DATA;
idesc.id_fix = IGNORE;
cp = &namebuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
*cp = '\0';
if (curdir != ino) {
idesc.id_parent = curdir;
goto namelookup;
}
while (ino != ROOTINO) {
idesc.id_number = ino;
idesc.id_func = findino;
idesc.id_name = "..";
if ((ckinode(ginode(ino), &idesc) & FOUND) == 0)
break;
namelookup:
idesc.id_number = idesc.id_parent;
idesc.id_parent = ino;
idesc.id_func = findname;
idesc.id_name = namebuf;
if ((ckinode(ginode(idesc.id_number), &idesc)&FOUND) == 0)
break;
len = strlen(namebuf);
cp -= len;
bcopy(namebuf, cp, (size_t)len);
*--cp = '/';
if (cp < &namebuf[MAXNAMLEN])
break;
ino = idesc.id_number;
}
busy = 0;
if (ino != ROOTINO)
*--cp = '?';
bcopy(cp, namebuf, (size_t)(&namebuf[MAXPATHLEN] - cp));
}
void
catch()
{
if (!doinglevel2)
ckfini();
exit(12);
}
/*
* When preening, allow a single quit to signal
* a special exit after filesystem checks complete
* so that reboot sequence may be interrupted.
*/
void
catchquit()
{
extern returntosingle;
printf("returning to single-user after filesystem check\n");
returntosingle = 1;
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_DFL);
}
/*
* Ignore a single quit signal; wait and flush just in case.
* Used by child processes in preen.
*/
void
voidquit()
{
sleep(1);
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_DFL);
}
/*
* determine whether an inode should be fixed.
*/
dofix(idesc, msg)
register struct inodesc *idesc;
char *msg;
{
switch (idesc->id_fix) {
case DONTKNOW:
if (idesc->id_type == DATA)
direrror(idesc->id_number, msg);
else
pwarn(msg);
if (preen) {
printf(" (SALVAGED)\n");
idesc->id_fix = FIX;
return (ALTERED);
}
if (reply("SALVAGE") == 0) {
idesc->id_fix = NOFIX;
return (0);
}
idesc->id_fix = FIX;
return (ALTERED);
case FIX:
return (ALTERED);
case NOFIX:
case IGNORE:
return (0);
default:
errexit("UNKNOWN INODESC FIX MODE %d\n", idesc->id_fix);
}
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/* VARARGS1 */
errexit(s1, s2, s3, s4)
char *s1;
{
printf(s1, s2, s3, s4);
exit(8);
}
/*
* An unexpected inconsistency occured.
* Die if preening, otherwise just print message and continue.
*/
/* VARARGS1 */
pfatal(s, a1, a2, a3)
char *s;
{
if (preen) {
printf("%s: ", cdevname);
printf(s, a1, a2, a3);
printf("\n");
printf("%s: UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY; RUN fsck MANUALLY.\n",
cdevname);
exit(8);
}
printf(s, a1, a2, a3);
}
/*
* Pwarn just prints a message when not preening,
* or a warning (preceded by filename) when preening.
*/
/* VARARGS1 */
pwarn(s, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6)
char *s;
{
if (preen)
printf("%s: ", cdevname);
printf(s, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6);
}
#ifndef lint
/*
* Stub for routines from kernel.
*/
panic(s)
char *s;
{
pfatal("INTERNAL INCONSISTENCY:");
errexit(s);
}
#endif

8
sbin/mount_ifs/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.5 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
PROG= mount
SRCS= mount.c mount_ufs.c getmntopts.c
MAN8= mount.0
# We do NOT install the getmntopts.3 man page.
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

163
sbin/mount_ifs/getmntopts.3 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1994
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)getmntopts.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
.\"
.Dd March 27, 1994
.Dt GETMNTOPTS 3
.Os BSD 4.4
.Sh NAME
.Nm getmntopts
.Nd scan mount options
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <mntopts.h>
.Ft void
.Fn getmntopts "char *options" "struct mntopt *mopts" "int *flagp"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm getmntopts
function takes a comma separated option list and a list
of valid option names, and computes the bitmask
corresponding to the requested set of options.
.Pp
The string
.Dv options
is broken down into a sequence of comma separated tokens.
Each token is looked up in the table described by
.Dv mopts
and the bits in
the word referenced by
.Dv flagp
are updated.
The flag word is not initialized by
.Nm getmntopt .
The table,
.Dv mopts ,
has the following format:
.Bd -literal
struct mntopt {
char *m_option; /* option name */
int m_inverse; /* is this a negative option, eg "dev" */
int m_flag; /* bit to set, eg MNT_RDONLY */
};
.Ed
.Pp
The members of this structure are:
.Bl -tag -width m_inverse
.It Fa m_option
the option name,
for example
.Dq suid .
.It Fa m_inverse
tells
.Nm getmntopts
that the name has the inverse meaning of the
bit.
For example,
.Dq suid
is the string, whereas the
mount flag is
.Dv MNT_NOSUID .
In this case, the sense of the string and the flag
are inverted, so the
.Dv m_inverse
flag should be set.
.It Fa m_flag
the value of the bit to be set or cleared in
the flag word when the option is recognized.
The bit is set when the option is discovered,
but cleared if the option name was preceded
by the letters
.Dq no .
The
.Dv m_inverse
flag causes these two operations to be reversed.
.El
.Pp
Each of the user visible
.Dv MNT_
flags has a corresponding
.Dv MOPT_
macro which defines an appropriate
.Li "struct mntopt"
entry.
To simplify the program interface and ensure consistency across all
programs, a general purpose macro,
.Dv MOPT_STDOPTS ,
is defined which
contains an entry for all the generic VFS options.
In addition, the macros
.Dv MOPT_FORCE
and
.Dv MOPT_UPDATE
exist to enable the
.Dv MNT_FORCE
and
.Dv MNT_UPDATE
flags to be set.
Finally, the table must be terminated by an entry with a NULL
first element.
.Sh EXAMPLES
Most commands will use the standard option set.
Local filesystems which support the
.Dv MNT_UPDATE
flag, would also have an
.Dv MOPT_UPDATE
entry.
This can be declared and used as follows:
.Bd -literal
#include "mntopts.h"
struct mntopt mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
MOPT_UPDATE,
{ NULL }
};
...
mntflags = 0;
...
getmntopts(options, mopts, &mntflags)
...
.Ed
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
The
.Nm getmntopts
function displays an error message and exits if an
unrecognized option is encountered.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr err 3 ,
.Xr mount 8
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn getmntopts
function appeared in
.Bx 4.4 .

View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getmntopts.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 3/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <err.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fstab.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "mntopts.h"
void
getmntopts(options, m0, flagp)
const char *options;
const struct mntopt *m0;
int *flagp;
{
const struct mntopt *m;
int negative;
char *opt, *optbuf;
/* Copy option string, since it is about to be torn asunder... */
if ((optbuf = strdup(options)) == NULL)
err(1, NULL);
for (opt = optbuf; (opt = strtok(opt, ",")) != NULL; opt = NULL) {
/* Check for "no" prefix. */
if (opt[0] == 'n' && opt[1] == 'o') {
negative = 1;
opt += 2;
} else
negative = 0;
/* Scan option table. */
for (m = m0; m->m_option != NULL; ++m)
if (strcasecmp(opt, m->m_option) == 0)
break;
/* Save flag, or fail if option is not recognised. */
if (m->m_option) {
if (negative == m->m_inverse)
*flagp |= m->m_flag;
else
*flagp &= ~m->m_flag;
} else
errx(1, "-o %s: option not supported", opt);
}
free(optbuf);
}

72
sbin/mount_ifs/mntopts.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)mntopts.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*/
struct mntopt {
const char *m_option; /* option name */
int m_inverse; /* if a negative option, eg "dev" */
int m_flag; /* bit to set, eg. MNT_RDONLY */
};
/* User-visible MNT_ flags. */
#define MOPT_ASYNC { "async", 0, MNT_ASYNC }
#define MOPT_NODEV { "dev", 1, MNT_NODEV }
#define MOPT_NOEXEC { "exec", 1, MNT_NOEXEC }
#define MOPT_NOSUID { "suid", 1, MNT_NOSUID }
#define MOPT_RDONLY { "rdonly", 0, MNT_RDONLY }
#define MOPT_SYNC { "sync", 0, MNT_SYNCHRONOUS }
#define MOPT_UNION { "union", 0, MNT_UNION }
/* Control flags. */
#define MOPT_FORCE { "force", 1, MNT_FORCE }
#define MOPT_UPDATE { "update", 0, MNT_UPDATE }
/* Support for old-style "ro", "rw" flags. */
#define MOPT_RO { "ro", 0, MNT_RDONLY }
#define MOPT_RW { "rw", 1, MNT_RDONLY }
#define MOPT_FSTAB_COMPAT \
MOPT_RO, \
MOPT_RW
/* Standard options which all mounts can understand. */
#define MOPT_STDOPTS \
MOPT_FSTAB_COMPAT, \
MOPT_NODEV, \
MOPT_NOEXEC, \
MOPT_NOSUID, \
MOPT_RDONLY, \
MOPT_UNION
void getmntopts __P((const char *, const struct mntopt *, int *));

264
sbin/mount_ifs/mount.8 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)mount.8 8.7 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
.\"
.Dd March 27, 1994
.Dt MOUNT 8
.Os BSD 4
.Sh NAME
.Nm mount
.Nd mount file systems
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm mount
.Op Fl adfruvw
.Op Fl t Ar ufs | lfs | external_type
.Nm mount
.Op Fl dfruvw
.Ar special | node
.Nm mount
.Op Fl dfruvw
.Op Fl o Ar options
.Op Fl t Ar ufs | lfs | external_type
.Ar special node
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm mount
command
calls the
.Xr mount 2
system call to prepare and graft a
.Ar "special device"
or the remote node (rhost:path) on to the file system tree at the point
.Ar node .
If either
.Ar special
or
.Ar node
are not provided, the appropriate information is taken from the
.Xr fstab 5
file.
.Pp
The system maintains a list of currently mounted file systems.
If no arguments are given to
.Nm mount,
this list is printed.
.Pp
The options are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl d
Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call.
This option is useful in conjunction with the
.Fl v
flag to
determine what the
.Nm mount
command is trying to do.
.It Fl f
Forces the revocation of write access when trying to downgrade
a filesystem mount status from read-write to read-only.
.It Fl o
Options are specified with a
.Fl o
flag followed by a comma separated string of options.
The following options are available:
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It async
All
.Tn I/O
to the file system should be done asynchronously.
This is a
.Em dangerous
flag to set,
and should not be used unless you are prepared to recreate the file
system should your system crash.
.It force
The same as
.Fl f ;
forces the revocation of write access when trying to downgrade
a filesystem mount status from read-write to read-only.
.It nodev
Do not interpret character or block special devices on the file system.
This option is useful for a server that has file systems containing
special devices for architectures other than its own.
.It noexec
Do not allow execution of any binaries on the mounted file system.
This option is useful for a server that has file systems containing
binaries for architectures other than its own.
.It nosuid
Do not allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
.It rdonly
The same as
.Fl r ;
mount the file system read-only (even the super-user may not write it).
.It sync
All
.Tn I/O
to the file system should be done synchronously.
.It update
The same as
.Fl u ;
indicate that the status of an already mounted file system should be changed.
.It union
Causes the namespace at the mount point to appear as the union
of the mounted filesystem root and the existing directory.
Lookups will be done in the mounted filesystem first.
If those operations fail due to a non-existent file the underlying
directory is then accessed.
All creates are done in the mounted filesystem.
.El
.Pp
Any additional options specific to a filesystem type that is not
one of the internally known types (see the
.Fl t
option) may be passed as a comma separated list; these options are
distinguished by a leading
.Dq \&-
(dash).
Options that take a value are specified using the syntax -option=value.
For example, the mount command:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
mount -t mfs -o nosuid,-N,-s=4000 /dev/dk0b /tmp
.Ed
.Pp
causes
.Nm mount
to execute the equivalent of:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
/sbin/mount_mfs -o nosuid -N -s 4000 /dev/dk0b /tmp
.Ed
.It Fl r
The file system is to be mounted read-only.
Mount the file system read-only (even the super-user may not write it).
The same as the
.Dq rdonly
argument to the
.Fl o
option.
.It Fl t Ar "ufs \\*(Ba lfs \\*(Ba external type"
The argument following the
.Fl t
is used to indicate the file system type.
The type
.Ar ufs
is the default.
The \fI-t\fP option can be used
to indicate that the actions should only be taken on
filesystems of the specified type.
More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list.
The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with
.Dq no
to specify the filesystem types for which action should
.Em not
be taken.
For example, the
.Nm mount
command:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
mount -a -t nonfs,mfs
.Ed
.Pp
mounts all filesystems except those of type
.Tn NFS
and
.Tn MFS .
.Pp
If the type is not one of the internally known types,
mount will attempt to execute a program in
.Pa /sbin/mount_ Ns Em XXX
where
.Em XXX
is replaced by the type name.
For example, nfs filesystems are mounted by the program
.Pa /sbin/mount_nfs .
.It Fl u
The
.Fl u
flag indicates that the status of an already mounted file
system should be changed.
Any of the options discussed above (the
.Fl o
option)
may be changed;
also a file system can be changed from read-only to read-write
or vice versa.
An attempt to change from read-write to read-only will fail if any
files on the filesystem are currently open for writing unless the
.Fl f
flag is also specified.
The set of options is determined by first extracting the options
for the file system from the
.Xr fstab
table,
then applying any options specified by the
.Fl o
argument,
and finally applying the
.Fl r
or
.Fl w
option.
.It Fl v
Verbose mode.
.It Fl w
The file system object is to be read and write.
.Pp
The options specific to NFS filesystems are described in the
.Xr mount_nfs 8
manual page.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /etc/fstab -compact
.It Pa /etc/fstab
file system table
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr mount 2 ,
.Xr fstab 5 ,
.Xr mount_cd9660 8 ,
.Xr mount_fdesc 8 ,
.Xr mount_kernfs 8 ,
.Xr mount_lfs 8 ,
.Xr mount_lofs 8 ,
.Xr mount_mfs 8 ,
.Xr mount_nfs 8 ,
.Xr mount_null 8 ,
.Xr mount_portal 8 ,
.Xr mount_procfs 8 ,
.Xr mount_umap 8 ,
.Xr mount_union 8 ,
.Xr umount 8
.Sh BUGS
It is possible for a corrupted file system to cause a crash.
.Sh HISTORY
A
.Nm mount
command appeared in
.At v6 .

512
sbin/mount_ifs/mount.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mount.c 8.19 (Berkeley) 4/19/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#include <err.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fstab.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "pathnames.h"
int debug, verbose, skipvfs;
int badvfsname __P((const char *, const char **));
int badvfstype __P((int, const char **));
char *catopt __P((char *, const char *));
struct statfs
*getmntpt __P((const char *));
const char
**makevfslist __P((char *));
void mangle __P((char *, int *, const char **));
int mountfs __P((const char *, const char *, const char *,
int, const char *, const char *));
void prmount __P((const char *, const char *, int));
void usage __P((void));
/* From mount_ufs.c. */
int mount_ufs __P((int, char * const *));
/* Map from mount otions to printable formats. */
static struct opt {
int o_opt;
const char *o_name;
} optnames[] = {
{ MNT_ASYNC, "asynchronous" },
{ MNT_EXPORTED, "NFS exported" },
{ MNT_LOCAL, "local" },
{ MNT_NODEV, "nodev" },
{ MNT_NOEXEC, "noexec" },
{ MNT_NOSUID, "nosuid" },
{ MNT_QUOTA, "with quotas" },
{ MNT_RDONLY, "read-only" },
{ MNT_SYNCHRONOUS, "synchronous" },
{ MNT_UNION, "union" },
{ MNT_USER, "user mount" },
{ NULL }
};
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char * const argv[];
{
const char *mntonname, **vfslist, *vfstype;
struct fstab *fs;
struct statfs *mntbuf;
FILE *mountdfp;
pid_t pid;
int all, ch, i, init_flags, mntsize, rval;
char *options;
all = init_flags = 0;
options = NULL;
vfslist = NULL;
vfstype = "ufs";
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "adfo:rwt:uv")) != EOF)
switch (ch) {
case 'a':
all = 1;
break;
case 'd':
debug = 1;
break;
case 'f':
init_flags |= MNT_FORCE;
break;
case 'o':
if (*optarg)
options = catopt(options, optarg);
break;
case 'r':
init_flags |= MNT_RDONLY;
break;
case 't':
if (vfslist != NULL)
errx(1, "only one -t option may be specified.");
vfslist = makevfslist(optarg);
vfstype = optarg;
break;
case 'u':
init_flags |= MNT_UPDATE;
break;
case 'v':
verbose = 1;
break;
case 'w':
init_flags &= ~MNT_RDONLY;
break;
case '?':
default:
usage();
/* NOTREACHED */
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
#define BADTYPE(type) \
(strcmp(type, FSTAB_RO) && \
strcmp(type, FSTAB_RW) && strcmp(type, FSTAB_RQ))
rval = 0;
switch (argc) {
case 0:
if (all)
while ((fs = getfsent()) != NULL) {
if (BADTYPE(fs->fs_type))
continue;
if (badvfsname(fs->fs_vfstype, vfslist))
continue;
if (mountfs(fs->fs_vfstype, fs->fs_spec,
fs->fs_file, init_flags, options,
fs->fs_mntops))
rval = 1;
}
else {
if ((mntsize = getmntinfo(&mntbuf, MNT_NOWAIT)) == 0)
err(1, "getmntinfo");
for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++) {
if (badvfstype(mntbuf[i].f_type, vfslist))
continue;
prmount(mntbuf[i].f_mntfromname,
mntbuf[i].f_mntonname, mntbuf[i].f_flags);
}
}
exit(rval);
case 1:
if (vfslist != NULL)
usage();
if (init_flags & MNT_UPDATE) {
if ((mntbuf = getmntpt(*argv)) == NULL)
errx(1,
"unknown special file or file system %s.",
*argv);
if ((fs = getfsfile(mntbuf->f_mntonname)) == NULL)
errx(1, "can't find fstab entry for %s.",
*argv);
/* If it's an update, ignore the fstab file options. */
fs->fs_mntops = NULL;
mntonname = mntbuf->f_mntonname;
} else {
if ((fs = getfsfile(*argv)) == NULL &&
(fs = getfsspec(*argv)) == NULL)
errx(1,
"%s: unknown special file or file system.",
*argv);
if (BADTYPE(fs->fs_type))
errx(1, "%s has unknown file system type.",
*argv);
mntonname = fs->fs_file;
}
rval = mountfs(fs->fs_vfstype, fs->fs_spec,
mntonname, init_flags, options, fs->fs_mntops);
break;
case 2:
/*
* If -t flag has not been specified, and spec contains either
* a ':' or a '@' then assume that an NFS filesystem is being
* specified ala Sun.
*/
if (vfslist == NULL && strpbrk(argv[0], ":@") != NULL)
vfstype = "nfs";
rval = mountfs(vfstype,
argv[0], argv[1], init_flags, options, NULL);
break;
default:
usage();
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/*
* If the mount was successfully, and done by root, tell mountd the
* good news. Pid checks are probably unnecessary, but don't hurt.
*/
if (rval == 0 && getuid() == 0 &&
(mountdfp = fopen(_PATH_MOUNTDPID, "r")) != NULL) {
if (fscanf(mountdfp, "%ld", &pid) == 1 &&
pid > 0 && kill(pid, SIGHUP) == -1 && errno != ESRCH)
err(1, "signal mountd");
(void)fclose(mountdfp);
}
exit(rval);
}
int
mountfs(vfstype, spec, name, flags, options, mntopts)
const char *vfstype, *spec, *name, *options, *mntopts;
int flags;
{
/* List of directories containing mount_xxx subcommands. */
static const char *edirs[] = {
_PATH_SBIN,
_PATH_USRSBIN,
NULL
};
const char *argv[100], **edir;
struct statfs sf;
pid_t pid;
int argc, i, status;
char *optbuf, execname[MAXPATHLEN + 1], mntpath[MAXPATHLEN];
if (realpath(name, mntpath) == NULL) {
warn("%s", mntpath);
return (1);
}
name = mntpath;
if (options == NULL) {
if (mntopts == NULL || *mntopts == '\0')
options = "rw";
else
options = mntopts;
mntopts = "";
}
optbuf = catopt(strdup(mntopts), options);
if (strcmp(name, "/") == 0)
flags |= MNT_UPDATE;
if (flags & MNT_FORCE)
optbuf = catopt(optbuf, "force");
if (flags & MNT_RDONLY)
optbuf = catopt(optbuf, "ro");
/*
* XXX
* The mount_mfs (newfs) command uses -o to select the
* optimisation mode. We don't pass the default "-o rw"
* for that reason.
*/
if (flags & MNT_UPDATE)
optbuf = catopt(optbuf, "update");
argc = 0;
argv[argc++] = vfstype;
mangle(optbuf, &argc, argv);
argv[argc++] = spec;
argv[argc++] = name;
argv[argc] = NULL;
if (debug) {
(void)printf("exec: mount_%s", vfstype);
for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
(void)printf(" %s", argv[i]);
(void)printf("\n");
return (0);
}
switch (pid = vfork()) {
case -1: /* Error. */
warn("vfork");
free(optbuf);
return (1);
case 0: /* Child. */
if (strcmp(vfstype, "ufs") == 0)
exit(mount_ufs(argc, (char * const *) argv));
/* Go find an executable. */
edir = edirs;
do {
(void)snprintf(execname,
sizeof(execname), "%s/mount_%s", *edir, vfstype);
execv(execname, (char * const *)argv);
if (errno != ENOENT)
warn("exec %s for %s", execname, name);
} while (*++edir != NULL);
if (errno == ENOENT)
warn("exec %s for %s", execname, name);
exit(1);
/* NOTREACHED */
default: /* Parent. */
free(optbuf);
if (waitpid(pid, &status, 0) < 0) {
warn("waitpid");
return (1);
}
if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0)
return (WEXITSTATUS(status));
} else if (WIFSIGNALED(status)) {
warnx("%s: %s", name, sys_siglist[WTERMSIG(status)]);
return (1);
}
if (verbose) {
if (statfs(name, &sf) < 0) {
warn("%s", name);
return (1);
}
prmount(sf.f_mntfromname, sf.f_mntonname, sf.f_flags);
}
break;
}
return (0);
}
void
prmount(spec, name, flags)
const char *spec, *name;
int flags;
{
struct opt *o;
int f;
(void)printf("%s on %s", spec, name);
flags &= MNT_VISFLAGMASK;
for (f = 0, o = optnames; flags && o->o_opt; o++)
if (flags & o->o_opt) {
(void)printf("%s%s", !f++ ? " (" : ", ", o->o_name);
flags &= ~o->o_opt;
}
(void)printf(f ? ")\n" : "\n");
}
struct statfs *
getmntpt(name)
const char *name;
{
struct statfs *mntbuf;
int i, mntsize;
mntsize = getmntinfo(&mntbuf, MNT_NOWAIT);
for (i = 0; i < mntsize; i++)
if (strcmp(mntbuf[i].f_mntfromname, name) == 0 ||
strcmp(mntbuf[i].f_mntonname, name) == 0)
return (&mntbuf[i]);
return (NULL);
}
int
badvfsname(vfsname, vfslist)
const char *vfsname;
const char **vfslist;
{
if (vfslist == NULL)
return (0);
while (*vfslist != NULL) {
if (strcmp(vfsname, *vfslist) == 0)
return (skipvfs);
++vfslist;
}
return (!skipvfs);
}
int
badvfstype(vfstype, vfslist)
int vfstype;
const char **vfslist;
{
static const char *vfsnames[] = INITMOUNTNAMES;
if ((vfstype < 0) || (vfstype > MOUNT_MAXTYPE))
return (0);
return (badvfsname(vfsnames[vfstype], vfslist));
}
const char **
makevfslist(fslist)
char *fslist;
{
const char **av;
int i;
char *nextcp;
if (fslist == NULL)
return (NULL);
if (fslist[0] == 'n' && fslist[1] == 'o') {
fslist += 2;
skipvfs = 1;
}
for (i = 0, nextcp = fslist; *nextcp; nextcp++)
if (*nextcp == ',')
i++;
if ((av = malloc((size_t)(i + 2) * sizeof(char *))) == NULL) {
warn(NULL);
return (NULL);
}
nextcp = fslist;
i = 0;
av[i++] = nextcp;
while ((nextcp = strchr(nextcp, ',')) != NULL) {
*nextcp++ = '\0';
av[i++] = nextcp;
}
av[i++] = NULL;
return (av);
}
char *
catopt(s0, s1)
char *s0;
const char *s1;
{
size_t i;
char *cp;
if (s0 && *s0) {
i = strlen(s0) + strlen(s1) + 1 + 1;
if ((cp = malloc(i)) == NULL)
err(1, NULL);
(void)snprintf(cp, i, "%s,%s", s0, s1);
} else
cp = strdup(s1);
if (s0)
free(s0);
return (cp);
}
void
mangle(options, argcp, argv)
char *options;
int *argcp;
const char **argv;
{
char *p, *s;
int argc;
argc = *argcp;
for (s = options; (p = strsep(&s, ",")) != NULL;)
if (*p != '\0')
if (*p == '-') {
argv[argc++] = p;
p = strchr(p, '=');
if (p) {
*p = '\0';
argv[argc++] = p+1;
}
} else if (strcmp(p, "rw") != 0) {
argv[argc++] = "-o";
argv[argc++] = p;
}
*argcp = argc;
}
void
usage()
{
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"usage: mount %s %s\n mount %s\n mount %s\n",
"[-dfruvw] [-o options] [-t ufs | external_type]",
"special node",
"[-adfruvw] [-t ufs | external_type]",
"[-dfruvw] special | node");
exit(1);
}

131
sbin/mount_ifs/mount_ufs.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mount_ufs.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <err.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "mntopts.h"
void ufs_usage __P((void));
static struct mntopt mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
MOPT_ASYNC,
MOPT_SYNC,
MOPT_UPDATE,
{ NULL }
};
int
mount_ufs(argc, argv)
int argc;
char * const argv[];
{
extern int optreset;
struct ufs_args args;
int ch, mntflags;
char *fs_name;
mntflags = 0;
optind = optreset = 1; /* Reset for parse of new argv. */
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "o:")) != EOF)
switch (ch) {
case 'o':
getmntopts(optarg, mopts, &mntflags);
break;
case '?':
default:
ufs_usage();
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
if (argc != 2)
ufs_usage();
args.fspec = argv[0]; /* The name of the device file. */
fs_name = argv[1]; /* The mount point. */
#define DEFAULT_ROOTUID -2
args.export.ex_root = DEFAULT_ROOTUID;
if (mntflags & MNT_RDONLY)
args.export.ex_flags = MNT_EXRDONLY;
else
args.export.ex_flags = 0;
if (mount(MOUNT_UFS, fs_name, mntflags, &args) < 0) {
(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s on %s: ", args.fspec, fs_name);
switch (errno) {
case EMFILE:
(void)fprintf(stderr, "mount table full.\n");
break;
case EINVAL:
if (mntflags & MNT_UPDATE)
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"Specified device does not match mounted device.\n");
else
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"Incorrect super block.\n");
break;
default:
(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
break;
}
return (1);
}
return (0);
}
void
ufs_usage()
{
(void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: mount_ufs [-o options] special node\n");
exit(1);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pathnames.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*/
#define _PATH_SBIN "/sbin"
#define _PATH_USRSBIN "/usr/sbin"
#define _PATH_MOUNTDPID "/var/run/mountd.pid"

View File

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
PROG= mount_null
SRCS= mount_null.c getmntopts.c
MAN8= mount_null.0
MOUNT= ${.CURDIR}/../mount
CFLAGS+= -I/sys -I${MOUNT}
.PATH: ${MOUNT}
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
.\" John Heidemann of the UCLA Ficus project.
.\"
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)mount_null.8 8.4 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
.\"
.\"
.Dd April 19, 1994
.Dt MOUNT_NULL 8
.Os BSD 4.4
.Sh NAME
.Nm mount_null
.Nd demonstrate the use of a null file system layer
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm mount_null
.Op Fl o Ar options
.Ar target
.Ar mount-point
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm mount_null
command creates a
null layer, duplicating a sub-tree of the file system
name space under another part of the global file system namespace.
In this respect, it is
similar to the loopback file system (see
.Xr mount_lofs 8 ) .
It differs from
the loopback file system in two respects: it is implemented using
a stackable layers techniques, and it's
.Do
null-node
.Dc s
stack above
all lower-layer vnodes, not just over directory vnodes.
.Pp
The options are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl o
Options are specified with a
.Fl o
flag followed by a comma separated string of options.
See the
.Xr mount 8
man page for possible options and their meanings.
.El
.Pp
The null layer has two purposes.
First, it serves as a demonstration of layering by proving a layer
which does nothing.
(It actually does everything the loopback file system does,
which is slightly more than nothing.)
Second, the null layer can serve as a prototype layer.
Since it provides all necessary layer framework,
new file system layers can be created very easily be starting
with a null layer.
.Pp
The remainder of this man page examines the null layer as a basis
for constructing new layers.
.\"
.\"
.Sh INSTANTIATING NEW NULL LAYERS
New null layers are created with
.Xr mount_null 8 .
.Xr Mount_null 8
takes two arguments, the pathname
of the lower vfs (target-pn) and the pathname where the null
layer will appear in the namespace (mount-point-pn). After
the null layer is put into place, the contents
of target-pn subtree will be aliased under mount-point-pn.
.\"
.\"
.Sh OPERATION OF A NULL LAYER
The null layer is the minimum file system layer,
simply bypassing all possible operations to the lower layer
for processing there. The majority of its activity centers
on the bypass routine, though which nearly all vnode operations
pass.
.Pp
The bypass routine accepts arbitrary vnode operations for
handling by the lower layer. It begins by examing vnode
operation arguments and replacing any null-nodes by their
lower-layer equivalents. It then invokes the operation
on the lower layer. Finally, it replaces the null-nodes
in the arguments and, if a vnode is returned by the operation,
stacks a null-node on top of the returned vnode.
.Pp
Although bypass handles most operations,
.Em vop_getattr ,
.Em vop_inactive ,
.Em vop_reclaim ,
and
.Em vop_print
are not bypassed.
.Em Vop_getattr
must change the fsid being returned.
.Em Vop_inactive
and vop_reclaim are not bypassed so that
they can handle freeing null-layer specific data.
.Em Vop_print
is not bypassed to avoid excessive debugging
information.
.\"
.\"
.Sh INSTANTIATING VNODE STACKS
Mounting associates the null layer with a lower layer,
in effect stacking two VFSes. Vnode stacks are instead
created on demand as files are accessed.
.Pp
The initial mount creates a single vnode stack for the
root of the new null layer. All other vnode stacks
are created as a result of vnode operations on
this or other null vnode stacks.
.Pp
New vnode stacks come into existence as a result of
an operation which returns a vnode.
The bypass routine stacks a null-node above the new
vnode before returning it to the caller.
.Pp
For example, imagine mounting a null layer with
.Bd -literal -offset indent
mount_null /usr/include /dev/layer/null
.Ed
Changing directory to
.Pa /dev/layer/null
will assign
the root null-node (which was created when the null layer was mounted).
Now consider opening
.Pa sys .
A vop_lookup would be
done on the root null-node. This operation would bypass through
to the lower layer which would return a vnode representing
the UFS
.Pa sys .
Null_bypass then builds a null-node
aliasing the UFS
.Pa sys
and returns this to the caller.
Later operations on the null-node
.Pa sys
will repeat this
process when constructing other vnode stacks.
.\"
.\"
.Sh CREATING OTHER FILE SYSTEM LAYERS
One of the easiest ways to construct new file system layers is to make
a copy of the null layer, rename all files and variables, and
then begin modifyng the copy. Sed can be used to easily rename
all variables.
.Pp
The umap layer is an example of a layer descended from the
null layer.
.\"
.\"
.Sh INVOKING OPERATIONS ON LOWER LAYERS
There are two techniques to invoke operations on a lower layer
when the operation cannot be completely bypassed. Each method
is appropriate in different situations. In both cases,
it is the responsibility of the aliasing layer to make
the operation arguments "correct" for the lower layer
by mapping an vnode arguments to the lower layer.
.Pp
The first approach is to call the aliasing layer's bypass routine.
This method is most suitable when you wish to invoke the operation
currently being handled on the lower layer. It has the advantage
the the bypass routine already must do argument mapping.
An example of this is
.Em null_getattrs
in the null layer.
.Pp
A second approach is to directly invoked vnode operations on
the lower layer with the
.Em VOP_OPERATIONNAME
interface.
The advantage of this method is that it is easy to invoke
arbitrary operations on the lower layer. The disadvantage
is that vnodes arguments must be manually mapped.
.\"
.\"
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr mount 8
.sp
UCLA Technical Report CSD-910056,
.Em "Stackable Layers: an Architecture for File System Development" .
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm mount_null
utility first appeared in 4.4BSD.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mount_null.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 3/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <miscfs/nullfs/null.h>
#include <err.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "mntopts.h"
struct mntopt mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
{ NULL }
};
int subdir __P((const char *, const char *));
void usage __P((void));
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
struct null_args args;
int ch, mntflags;
char target[MAXPATHLEN];
mntflags = 0;
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "o:")) != EOF)
switch(ch) {
case 'o':
getmntopts(optarg, mopts, &mntflags);
break;
case '?':
default:
usage();
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
if (argc != 2)
usage();
if (realpath(argv[0], target) == 0)
err(1, "%s", target);
if (subdir(target, argv[1]) || subdir(argv[1], target))
errx(1, "%s (%s) and %s are not distinct paths",
argv[0], target, argv[1]);
args.target = target;
if (mount(MOUNT_NULL, argv[1], mntflags, &args))
err(1, NULL);
exit(0);
}
int
subdir(p, dir)
const char *p;
const char *dir;
{
int l;
l = strlen(dir);
if (l <= 1)
return (1);
if ((strncmp(p, dir, l) == 0) && (p[l] == '/' || p[l] == '\0'))
return (1);
return (0);
}
void
usage()
{
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"usage: mount_null [-o options] target_fs mount_point\n");
exit(1);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
PROG= mount_portal
SRCS= mount_portal.c activate.c conf.c getmntopts.c pt_conf.c \
pt_exec.c pt_file.c pt_tcp.c
MAN8= mount_portal.0
MOUNT= ${.CURDIR}/../mount
CFLAGS+= -I/sys -I${MOUNT}
.PATH: ${MOUNT}
DPADD= $(LIBCOMPAT)
LDADD= -lcompat
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)activate.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*
* $Id: activate.c,v 1.2 1992/05/27 07:09:27 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/un.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/uio.h>
#include "portald.h"
/*
* Scan the providers list and call the
* appropriate function.
*/
static int activate_argv(pcr, key, v, so, fdp)
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
char **v;
int so;
int *fdp;
{
provider *pr;
for (pr = providers; pr->pr_match; pr++)
if (strcmp(v[0], pr->pr_match) == 0)
return ((*pr->pr_func)(pcr, key, v, so, fdp));
return (ENOENT);
}
static int get_request(so, pcr, key, klen)
int so;
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
int klen;
{
struct iovec iov[2];
struct msghdr msg;
int n;
iov[0].iov_base = (caddr_t) pcr;
iov[0].iov_len = sizeof(*pcr);
iov[1].iov_base = key;
iov[1].iov_len = klen;
bzero((char *) &msg, sizeof(msg));
msg.msg_iov = iov;
msg.msg_iovlen = 2;
n = recvmsg(so, &msg, 0);
if (n < 0)
return (errno);
if (n <= sizeof(*pcr))
return (EINVAL);
n -= sizeof(*pcr);
key[n] = '\0';
return (0);
}
static void send_reply(so, fd, error)
int so;
int fd;
int error;
{
int n;
struct iovec iov;
struct msghdr msg;
struct {
struct cmsghdr cmsg;
int fd;
} ctl;
/*
* Line up error code. Don't worry about byte ordering
* because we must be sending to the local machine.
*/
iov.iov_base = (caddr_t) &error;
iov.iov_len = sizeof(error);
/*
* Build a msghdr
*/
bzero((char *) &msg, sizeof(msg));
msg.msg_iov = &iov;
msg.msg_iovlen = 1;
/*
* If there is a file descriptor to send then
* construct a suitable rights control message.
*/
if (fd >= 0) {
ctl.fd = fd;
ctl.cmsg.cmsg_len = sizeof(ctl);
ctl.cmsg.cmsg_level = SOL_SOCKET;
ctl.cmsg.cmsg_type = SCM_RIGHTS;
msg.msg_control = (caddr_t) &ctl;
msg.msg_controllen = ctl.cmsg.cmsg_len;
}
/*
* Send to kernel...
*/
if ((n = sendmsg(so, &msg, MSG_EOR)) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR, "send: %s", strerror(errno));
#ifdef DEBUG
fprintf(stderr, "sent %d bytes\n", n);
#endif
sleep(1); /*XXX*/
#ifdef notdef
if (shutdown(so, 2) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR, "shutdown: %s", strerror(errno));
#endif
/*
* Throw away the open file descriptor
*/
(void) close(fd);
}
void activate(q, so)
qelem *q;
int so;
{
struct portal_cred pcred;
char key[MAXPATHLEN+1];
int error;
char **v;
int fd = -1;
/*
* Read the key from the socket
*/
error = get_request(so, &pcred, key, sizeof(key));
if (error) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "activate: recvmsg: %s", strerror(error));
goto drop;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
fprintf(stderr, "lookup key %s\n", key);
#endif
/*
* Find a match in the configuration file
*/
v = conf_match(q, key);
/*
* If a match existed, then find an appropriate portal
* otherwise simply return ENOENT.
*/
if (v) {
error = activate_argv(&pcred, key, v, so, &fd);
if (error)
fd = -1;
else if (fd < 0)
error = -1;
} else {
error = ENOENT;
}
if (error >= 0)
send_reply(so, fd, error);
drop:;
close(so);
}

329
sbin/mount_portalfs/conf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)conf.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*
* $Id: conf.c,v 1.2 1992/05/27 07:09:27 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <regexp.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include "portald.h"
#define ALLOC(ty) (xmalloc(sizeof(ty)))
typedef struct path path;
struct path {
qelem p_q; /* 2-way linked list */
int p_lno; /* Line number of this record */
char *p_args; /* copy of arg string (malloc) */
char *p_key; /* Pathname to match (also p_argv[0]) */
regexp *p_re; /* RE to match against pathname (malloc) */
int p_argc; /* number of elements in arg string */
char **p_argv; /* argv[] pointers into arg string (malloc) */
};
static char *conf_file; /* XXX for regerror */
static path *curp; /* XXX for regerror */
/*
* Add an element to a 2-way list,
* just after (pred)
*/
static void ins_que(elem, pred)
qelem *elem, *pred;
{
qelem *p = pred->q_forw;
elem->q_back = pred;
elem->q_forw = p;
pred->q_forw = elem;
p->q_back = elem;
}
/*
* Remove an element from a 2-way list
*/
static void rem_que(elem)
qelem *elem;
{
qelem *p = elem->q_forw;
qelem *p2 = elem->q_back;
p2->q_forw = p;
p->q_back = p2;
}
/*
* Error checking malloc
*/
static void *xmalloc(siz)
unsigned siz;
{
void *p = malloc(siz);
if (p)
return (p);
syslog(LOG_ALERT, "malloc: failed to get %d bytes", siz);
exit(1);
}
/*
* Insert the path in the list.
* If there is already an element with the same key then
* the *second* one is ignored (return 0). If the key is
* not found then the path is added to the end of the list
* and 1 is returned.
*/
static int pinsert(p0, q0)
path *p0;
qelem *q0;
{
qelem *q;
if (p0->p_argc == 0)
return (0);
for (q = q0->q_forw; q != q0; q = q->q_forw) {
path *p = (path *) q;
if (strcmp(p->p_key, p0->p_key) == 0)
return (0);
}
ins_que(&p0->p_q, q0->q_back);
return (1);
}
void regerror(s)
const char *s;
{
syslog(LOG_ERR, "%s:%s: regcomp %s: %s",
conf_file, curp->p_lno, curp->p_key, s);
}
static path *palloc(cline, lno)
char *cline;
int lno;
{
int c;
char *s;
char *key;
path *p;
char **ap;
/*
* Implement comment chars
*/
s = strchr(cline, '#');
if (s)
*s = 0;
/*
* Do a pass through the string to count the number
* of arguments
*/
c = 0;
key = strdup(cline);
for (s = key; s != NULL; ) {
char *val;
while ((val = strsep(&s, " \t\n")) != NULL && *val == '\0')
;
if (val)
c++;
}
c++;
free(key);
if (c <= 1)
return (0);
/*
* Now do another pass and generate a new path structure
*/
p = ALLOC(path);
p->p_argc = 0;
p->p_argv = xmalloc(c * sizeof(char *));
p->p_args = strdup(cline);
ap = p->p_argv;
for (s = p->p_args; s != NULL; ) {
char *val;
while ((val = strsep(&s, " \t\n")) != NULL && *val == '\0')
;
if (val) {
*ap++ = val;
p->p_argc++;
}
}
*ap = 0;
#ifdef DEBUG
for (c = 0; c < p->p_argc; c++)
printf("%sv[%d] = %s\n", c?"\t":"", c, p->p_argv[c]);
#endif
p->p_key = p->p_argv[0];
if (strpbrk(p->p_key, RE_CHARS)) {
curp = p; /* XXX */
p->p_re = regcomp(p->p_key);
curp = 0; /* XXX */
} else {
p->p_re = 0;
}
p->p_lno = lno;
return (p);
}
/*
* Free a path structure
*/
static void pfree(p)
path *p;
{
free(p->p_args);
if (p->p_re)
free((char *) p->p_re);
free((char *) p->p_argv);
free((char *) p);
}
/*
* Discard all currently held path structures on q0.
* and add all the ones on xq.
*/
static void preplace(q0, xq)
qelem *q0;
qelem *xq;
{
/*
* While the list is not empty,
* take the first element off the list
* and free it.
*/
while (q0->q_forw != q0) {
qelem *q = q0->q_forw;
rem_que(q);
pfree((path *) q);
}
while (xq->q_forw != xq) {
qelem *q = xq->q_forw;
rem_que(q);
ins_que(q, q0);
}
}
/*
* Read the lines from the configuration file and
* add them to the list of paths.
*/
static void readfp(q0, fp)
qelem *q0;
FILE *fp;
{
char cline[LINE_MAX];
int nread = 0;
qelem q;
/*
* Make a new empty list.
*/
q.q_forw = q.q_back = &q;
/*
* Read the lines from the configuration file.
*/
while (fgets(cline, sizeof(cline), fp)) {
path *p = palloc(cline, nread+1);
if (p && !pinsert(p, &q))
pfree(p);
nread++;
}
/*
* If some records were read, then throw
* away the old list and replace with the
* new one.
*/
if (nread)
preplace(q0, &q);
}
/*
* Read the configuration file (conf) and replace
* the existing path list with the new version.
* If the file is not readable, then no changes take place
*/
void conf_read(q, conf)
qelem *q;
char *conf;
{
FILE *fp = fopen(conf, "r");
if (fp) {
conf_file = conf; /* XXX */
readfp(q, fp);
conf_file = 0; /* XXX */
(void) fclose(fp);
} else {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "open config file \"%s\": %s", conf, strerror(errno));
}
}
char **conf_match(q0, key)
qelem *q0;
char *key;
{
qelem *q;
for (q = q0->q_forw; q != q0; q = q->q_forw) {
path *p = (path *) q;
if (p->p_re) {
if (regexec(p->p_re, key))
return (p->p_argv+1);
} else {
if (strncmp(p->p_key, key, strlen(p->p_key)) == 0)
return (p->p_argv+1);
}
}
return (0);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
.\" Jan-Simon Pendry.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)mount_portal.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
.\"
.\"
.Dd March 27, 1994
.Dt MOUNT_PORTAL 8
.Os BSD 4.4
.Sh NAME
.Nm mount_portal
.Nd mount the portal daemon
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm mount_portal
.Op Fl o Ar options
.Ar /etc/portal.conf
.Ar mount_point
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm mount_portal
command attaches an instance of the portal daemon
to the global filesystem namespace.
The conventional mount point is
.Pa /p .
.PA /dev .
This command is normally executed by
.Xr mount 8
at boot time.
.Pp
The options are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl o
Options are specified with a
.Fl o
flag followed by a comma separated string of options.
See the
.Xr mount 8
man page for possible options and their meanings.
.El
.Pp
The portal daemon provides an
.Em open
service.
Objects opened under the portal mount point are
dynamically created by the portal daemon according
to rules specified in the named configuration file.
Using this mechanism allows descriptors such as sockets
to be made available in the filesystem namespace.
.Pp
The portal daemon works by being passed the full pathname
of the object being opened.
The daemon creates an appropriate descriptor according
to the rules in the configuration file, and then passes the descriptor back
to the calling process as the result of the open system call.
.Sh NAMESPACE
By convention, the portal daemon divides the namespace into sub-namespaces,
each of which handles objects of a particular type.
.Pp
Currently, two sub-namespaces are implemented:
.Pa tcp
and
.Pa fs .
The
.Pa tcp
namespace takes a hostname and a port (slash separated) and
creates an open TCP/IP connection.
The
.Pa fs
namespace opens the named file, starting back at the root directory.
This can be used to provide a controlled escape path from
a chrooted environment.
.Sh "CONFIGURATION FILE"
The configuration file contains a list of rules.
Each rule takes one line and consists of two or more
whitespace separated fields.
A hash (``#'') character causes the remainder of a line to
be ignored. Blank lines are ignored.
.Pp
The first field is a pathname prefix to match
against the requested pathname.
If a match is found, the second field
tells the daemon what type of object to create.
Subsequent fields are passed to the creation function.
.Bd -literal
# @(#)portal.conf 5.1 (Berkeley) 7/13/92
tcp/ tcp tcp/
fs/ file fs/
.Ed
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /p/* -compact
.It Pa /p/*
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr mount 2 ,
.Xr unmount 2 ,
.Xr fstab 5 ,
.Xr mount 8
.Sh CAVEATS
This filesystem may not be NFS-exported.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm mount_portal
utility first appeared in 4.4BSD.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mount_portal.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/un.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <err.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "mntopts.h"
#include "pathnames.h"
#include "portald.h"
struct mntopt mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
{ NULL }
};
static void usage __P((void));
static sig_atomic_t readcf; /* Set when SIGHUP received */
static void sigchld(sig)
int sig;
{
pid_t pid;
while ((pid = waitpid((pid_t) -1, (int *) 0, WNOHANG)) > 0)
;
if (pid < 0)
syslog(LOG_WARNING, "waitpid: %s", strerror(errno));
}
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
struct portal_args args;
struct sockaddr_un un;
char *conf;
char *mountpt;
int mntflags = 0;
char tag[32];
qelem q;
int rc;
int so;
int error = 0;
/*
* Crack command line args
*/
int ch;
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "o:")) != EOF) {
switch (ch) {
case 'o':
getmntopts(optarg, mopts, &mntflags);
break;
default:
error = 1;
break;
}
}
if (optind != (argc - 2))
error = 1;
if (error)
usage();
/*
* Get config file and mount point
*/
conf = argv[optind];
mountpt = argv[optind+1];
/*
* Construct the listening socket
*/
un.sun_family = AF_UNIX;
if (sizeof(_PATH_TMPPORTAL) >= sizeof(un.sun_path)) {
fprintf(stderr, "mount_portal: portal socket name too long\n");
exit(1);
}
strcpy(un.sun_path, _PATH_TMPPORTAL);
mktemp(un.sun_path);
un.sun_len = strlen(un.sun_path);
so = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (so < 0) {
fprintf(stderr, "mount_portal: socket: %s\n", strerror(errno));
exit(1);
}
(void) unlink(un.sun_path);
if (bind(so, (struct sockaddr *) &un, sizeof(un)) < 0)
err(1, NULL);
(void) unlink(un.sun_path);
(void) listen(so, 5);
args.pa_socket = so;
sprintf(tag, "portal:%d", getpid());
args.pa_config = tag;
rc = mount(MOUNT_PORTAL, mountpt, mntflags, &args);
if (rc < 0)
err(1, NULL);
#ifdef notdef
/*
* Everything is ready to go - now is a good time to fork
*/
daemon(0, 0);
#endif
/*
* Start logging (and change name)
*/
openlog("portald", LOG_CONS|LOG_PID, LOG_DAEMON);
q.q_forw = q.q_back = &q;
readcf = 1;
signal(SIGCHLD, sigchld);
/*
* Just loop waiting for new connections and activating them
*/
for (;;) {
struct sockaddr_un un2;
int len2 = sizeof(un2);
int so2;
pid_t pid;
fd_set fdset;
int rc;
/*
* Check whether we need to re-read the configuration file
*/
if (readcf) {
readcf = 0;
conf_read(&q, conf);
continue;
}
/*
* Accept a new connection
* Will get EINTR if a signal has arrived, so just
* ignore that error code
*/
FD_SET(so, &fdset);
rc = select(so+1, &fdset, (void *) 0, (void *) 0, (void *) 0);
if (rc < 0) {
if (errno == EINTR)
continue;
syslog(LOG_ERR, "select: %s", strerror(errno));
exit(1);
}
if (rc == 0)
break;
so2 = accept(so, (struct sockaddr *) &un2, &len2);
if (so2 < 0) {
/*
* The unmount function does a shutdown on the socket
* which will generated ECONNABORTED on the accept.
*/
if (errno == ECONNABORTED)
break;
if (errno != EINTR) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "accept: %s", strerror(errno));
exit(1);
}
continue;
}
/*
* Now fork a new child to deal with the connection
*/
eagain:;
switch (pid = fork()) {
case -1:
if (errno == EAGAIN) {
sleep(1);
goto eagain;
}
syslog(LOG_ERR, "fork: %s", strerror(errno));
break;
case 0:
(void) close(so);
activate(&q, so2);
break;
default:
(void) close(so2);
break;
}
}
syslog(LOG_INFO, "%s unmounted", mountpt);
exit(0);
}
static void
usage()
{
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"usage: mount_portal [-o options] config mount-point\n");
exit(1);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pathnames.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*
* $Id: pathnames.h,v 1.2 1992/05/27 07:09:27 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <paths.h>
#define _PATH_TMPPORTAL "/tmp/portalXXXXXX" /* Scratch socket name */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
# @(#)portal.conf 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
# $Id: portal.conf,v 1.1 1992/05/27 06:50:13 jsp Exp jsp $
tcplisten/ tcplisten tcplisten/
tcp/ tcp tcp/
fs/ file fs/
pipe/ pipe
foo/ exec ./bar bar baz

View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)portald.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*
* $Id: portald.h,v 1.1 1992/05/25 21:43:09 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#include <miscfs/portal/portal.h>
/*
* Meta-chars in an RE. Paths in the config file containing
* any of these characters will be matched using regexec, other
* paths will be prefix-matched.
*/
#define RE_CHARS ".|()[]*+?\\^$"
typedef struct qelem qelem;
struct qelem {
qelem *q_forw;
qelem *q_back;
};
typedef struct provider provider;
struct provider {
char *pr_match;
int (*pr_func) __P((struct portal_cred *,
char *key, char **v, int so, int *fdp));
};
extern provider providers[];
/*
* Portal providers
*/
extern int portal_exec __P((struct portal_cred *,
char *key, char **v, int so, int *fdp));
extern int portal_file __P((struct portal_cred *,
char *key, char **v, int so, int *fdp));
extern int portal_tcp __P((struct portal_cred *,
char *key, char **v, int so, int *fdp));
/*
* Global functions
*/
extern void activate __P((qelem *q, int so));
extern char **conf_match __P((qelem *q, char *key));
extern void conf_read __P((qelem *q, char *conf));

View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pt_conf.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*
* $Id: pt_conf.c,v 1.2 1992/05/27 07:09:27 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include "portald.h"
provider providers[] = {
{ "exec", portal_exec },
{ "file", portal_file },
{ "tcp", portal_tcp },
{ 0, 0 }
};

View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pt_exec.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*
* $Id: pt_exec.c,v 1.1 1992/05/25 21:43:09 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include "portald.h"
int portal_exec(pcr, key, v, so, fdp)
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
char **v;
int so;
int *fdp;
{
return (ENOEXEC);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pt_file.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*
* $Id: pt_file.c,v 1.1 1992/05/25 21:43:09 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include "portald.h"
int portal_file(pcr, key, v, so, fdp)
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
char **v;
int so;
int *fdp;
{
int fd;
char pbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
int error;
int gidset[NGROUPS];
int i;
pbuf[0] = '/';
strcpy(pbuf+1, key + (v[1] ? strlen(v[1]) : 0));
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("path = %s, uid = %d, gid = %d\n", pbuf, pcr->pcr_uid, pcr->pcr_groups[0]);
#endif
for (i = 0; i < pcr->pcr_ngroups; i++)
gidset[i] = pcr->pcr_groups[i];
if (setgroups(pcr->pcr_ngroups, gidset) < 0)
return (errno);
if (seteuid(pcr->pcr_uid) < 0)
return (errno);
fd = open(pbuf, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0666);
if (fd < 0)
error = errno;
else
error = 0;
if (seteuid((uid_t) 0) < 0) { /* XXX - should reset gidset too */
error = errno;
syslog(LOG_ERR, "setcred: %s", strerror(error));
if (fd >= 0) {
(void) close(fd);
fd = -1;
}
}
if (error == 0)
*fdp = fd;
#ifdef DEBUG
fprintf(stderr, "pt_file returns *fdp = %d, error = %d\n", *fdp, error);
#endif
return (error);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pt_tcp.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*
* $Id: pt_tcp.c,v 1.1 1992/05/25 21:43:09 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <strings.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <arpa/inet.h>
#include <netdb.h>
#include "portald.h"
/*
* Key will be tcp/host/port[/"priv"]
* Create a TCP socket connected to the
* requested host and port.
* Some trailing suffix values have special meanings.
* An unrecognised suffix is an error.
*/
int portal_tcp(pcr, key, v, kso, fdp)
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
char **v;
int kso;
int *fdp;
{
char host[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
char port[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
char *p = key + (v[1] ? strlen(v[1]) : 0);
char *q;
struct hostent *hp;
struct servent *sp;
struct in_addr **ipp;
struct in_addr *ip[2];
struct in_addr ina;
int s_port;
int priv = 0;
struct sockaddr_in sain;
q = strchr(p, '/');
if (q == 0 || q - p >= sizeof(host))
return (EINVAL);
*q = '\0';
strcpy(host, p);
p = q + 1;
q = strchr(p, '/');
if (q)
*q = '\0';
if (strlen(p) >= sizeof(port))
return (EINVAL);
strcpy(port, p);
if (q) {
p = q + 1;
if (strcmp(p, "priv") == 0) {
if (pcr->pcr_uid == 0)
priv = 1;
else
return (EPERM);
} else {
return (EINVAL);
}
}
hp = gethostbyname(host);
if (hp != 0) {
ipp = (struct in_addr **) hp->h_addr_list;
} else {
ina.s_addr = inet_addr(host);
if (ina.s_addr == INADDR_NONE)
return (EINVAL);
ip[0] = &ina;
ip[1] = 0;
ipp = ip;
}
sp = getservbyname(port, "tcp");
if (sp != 0)
s_port = sp->s_port;
else {
s_port = atoi(port);
if (s_port == 0)
return (EINVAL);
}
bzero(&sain, sizeof(sain));
sain.sin_len = sizeof(sain);
sain.sin_family = AF_INET;
sain.sin_port = s_port;
while (ipp[0]) {
int so;
if (priv)
so = rresvport((int *) 0);
else
so = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (so < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "socket: %m");
return (errno);
}
sain.sin_addr = *ipp[0];
if (connect(so, (struct sockaddr *) &sain, sizeof(sain)) == 0) {
*fdp = so;
return (0);
}
(void) close(so);
ipp++;
}
return (errno);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
PROG= mount_umap
SRCS= mount_umap.c getmntopts.c
MAN8= mount_umap.0
MOUNT= ${.CURDIR}/../mount
CFLAGS+= -I/sys -I${MOUNT}
.PATH: ${MOUNT}
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
.\" Jan-Simon Pendry and from John Heidemann of the UCLA Ficus project.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)mount_umap.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
.\"
.Dd "March 27, 1994"
.Dt MOUNT_UMAP 8
.Os BSD 4.4
.Sh NAME
.Nm mount_umap
.Nd sample file system layer
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm mount_umap
.Op Fl o Ar options
.Ar target
.Ar mount-point
.Ar uid-mapfile
.Ar gid-mapfile
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm mount_umap
command is used to mount a sub-tree of an existing file system
that uses a different set of uids and gids than the local system.
Such a file system could be mounted from a remote site via NFS or
it could be a file system on removable media brought from some
foreign location that uses a different password file.
.Pp
The options are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl o
Options are specified with a
.Fl o
flag followed by a comma separated string of options.
See the
.Xr mount 8
man page for possible options and their meanings.
.El
.Pp
The
.Nm mount_umap
command uses a set of files provided by the user to make correspondences
between uids and gids in the sub-tree's original environment and
some other set of ids in the local environment. For instance, user
smith might have uid 1000 in the original environment, while having
uid 2000 in the local environment. The
.Nm mount_umap
command allows the subtree from smith's original environment to be
mapped in such a way that all files with owning uid 1000 look like
they are actually owned by uid 2000.
.Pp
.Em target
should be the current location of the sub-tree in the
local system's name space.
.Em mount-point
should be a directory
where the mapped subtree is to be placed.
.Em uid-mapfile
and
.Em gid-mapfile
describe the mappings to be made between identifiers.
Briefly, the format of these files is a count of the number of
mappings on the first line, with each subsequent line containing
a single mapping. Each of these mappings consists of an id from
the original environment and the corresponding id in the local environment,
separated by white space.
.Em uid-mapfile
should contain all uid
mappings, and
.Em gid-mapfile
should contain all gid mappings.
Any uids not mapped in
.Em uid-mapfile
will be treated as user NOBODY,
and any gids not mapped in
.Em gid-mapfile
will be treated as group
NULLGROUP. At most 64 uids can be mapped for a given subtree, and
at most 16 groups can be mapped by a given subtree.
.Pp
The mapfiles can be located anywhere in the file hierarchy, but they
must be owned by root, and they must be writable only by root.
.Nm mount_umap
will refuse to map the sub-tree if the ownership or permissions on
these files are improper. It will also balk if the count of mappings
in the first line of the map files is not correct.
.Pp
The layer created by the
.Nm mount_umap
command is meant to serve as a simple example of file system layering.
It is not meant for production use. The implementation is not very
sophisticated.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr mount 8 ,
.Xr mount_null 8 ,
.Xr mount_lofs 8
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm mount_umap
utility first appeared in 4.4BSD.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mount_umap.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <miscfs/umapfs/umap.h>
#include <err.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "mntopts.h"
#define ROOTUSER 0
/*
* This define controls whether any user but the superuser can own and
* write mapfiles. If other users can, system security can be gravely
* compromised. If this is not a concern, undefine SECURITY.
*/
#define MAPSECURITY 1
/*
* This routine provides the user interface to mounting a umap layer.
* It takes 4 mandatory parameters. The mandatory arguments are the place
* where the next lower level is mounted, the place where the umap layer is to
* be mounted, the name of the user mapfile, and the name of the group
* mapfile. The routine checks the ownerships and permissions on the
* mapfiles, then opens and reads them. Then it calls mount(), which
* will, in turn, call the umap version of mount.
*/
struct mntopt mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
{ NULL }
};
void usage __P((void));
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
static char not[] = "; not mounted.";
struct stat statbuf;
struct umap_args args;
FILE *fp, *gfp;
u_long gmapdata[GMAPFILEENTRIES][2], mapdata[MAPFILEENTRIES][2];
int ch, count, gnentries, mntflags, nentries;
char *gmapfile, *mapfile, *source, *target, buf[20];
mntflags = 0;
mapfile = gmapfile = NULL;
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "g:o:u:")) != EOF)
switch (ch) {
case 'g':
gmapfile = optarg;
break;
case 'o':
getmntopts(optarg, mopts, &mntflags);
break;
case 'u':
mapfile = optarg;
break;
case '?':
default:
usage();
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
if (argc != 2 || mapfile == NULL || gmapfile == NULL)
usage();
source = argv[0];
target = argv[1];
/* Read in uid mapping data. */
if ((fp = fopen(mapfile, "r")) == NULL)
err(1, "%s%s", mapfile, not);
#ifdef MAPSECURITY
/*
* Check that group and other don't have write permissions on
* this mapfile, and that the mapfile belongs to root.
*/
if (fstat(fileno(fp), &statbuf))
err(1, "%s%s", mapfile, not);
if (statbuf.st_mode & S_IWGRP || statbuf.st_mode & S_IWOTH) {
strmode(statbuf.st_mode, buf);
err(1, "%s: improper write permissions (%s)%s",
mapfile, buf, not);
}
if (statbuf.st_uid != ROOTUSER)
errx(1, "%s does not belong to root%s", mapfile, not);
#endif /* MAPSECURITY */
if ((fscanf(fp, "%d\n", &nentries)) != 1)
errx(1, "%s: nentries not found%s", mapfile, not);
if (nentries > MAPFILEENTRIES)
errx(1,
"maximum number of entries is %d%s", MAPFILEENTRIES, not);
#if 0
(void)printf("reading %d entries\n", nentries);
#endif
for (count = 0; count < nentries; ++count) {
if ((fscanf(fp, "%lu %lu\n",
&(mapdata[count][0]), &(mapdata[count][1]))) != 2) {
if (ferror(fp))
err(1, "%s%s", mapfile, not);
if (feof(fp))
errx(1, "%s: unexpected end-of-file%s",
mapfile, not);
errx(1, "%s: illegal format (line %d)%s",
mapfile, count + 2, not);
}
#if 0
/* Fix a security hole. */
if (mapdata[count][1] == 0)
errx(1, "mapping id 0 not permitted (line %d)%s",
count + 2, not);
#endif
}
/* Read in gid mapping data. */
if ((gfp = fopen(gmapfile, "r")) == NULL)
err(1, "%s%s", gmapfile, not);
#ifdef MAPSECURITY
/*
* Check that group and other don't have write permissions on
* this group mapfile, and that the file belongs to root.
*/
if (fstat(fileno(gfp), &statbuf))
err(1, "%s%s", gmapfile, not);
if (statbuf.st_mode & S_IWGRP || statbuf.st_mode & S_IWOTH) {
strmode(statbuf.st_mode, buf);
err(1, "%s: improper write permissions (%s)%s",
gmapfile, buf, not);
}
if (statbuf.st_uid != ROOTUSER)
errx(1, "%s does not belong to root%s", gmapfile, not);
#endif /* MAPSECURITY */
if ((fscanf(fp, "%d\n", &gnentries)) != 1)
errx(1, "nentries not found%s", gmapfile, not);
if (gnentries > MAPFILEENTRIES)
errx(1,
"maximum number of entries is %d%s", GMAPFILEENTRIES, not);
#if 0
(void)printf("reading %d group entries\n", gnentries);
#endif
for (count = 0; count < gnentries; ++count)
if ((fscanf(fp, "%lu %lu\n",
&(gmapdata[count][0]), &(gmapdata[count][1]))) != 2) {
if (ferror(fp))
err(1, "%s%s", gmapfile, not);
if (feof(fp))
errx(1, "%s: unexpected end-of-file%s",
gmapfile, not);
errx(1, "%s: illegal format (line %d)%s",
gmapfile, count + 2, not);
}
/* Setup mount call args. */
args.target = source;
args.nentries = nentries;
args.mapdata = mapdata;
args.gnentries = gnentries;
args.gmapdata = gmapdata;
if (mount(MOUNT_UMAP, argv[1], mntflags, &args))
err(1, NULL);
exit(0);
}
void
usage()
{
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"usage: mount_umap [-o options] -u usermap -g groupmap target_fs mount_point\n");
exit(1);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
\appendix
\section{The umap Layer} \label{sect:umap}
\subsection{Introduction}
Normally, the file system is expected to span a single administrative domain.
An administrative domain, for these purposes, is a machine or set of
machines that share common password file information, usually through
the yellow pages mechanism. File hierarchies that span more
than one domain leads to certain problems, since the same numerical
UID in one domain may correspond to a different user in another domain.
If the system administrator is very careful to ensure that both domains
contain identical user ID information, The umap layer can be used to
run between those domains without changes
The umap layer is a file system layer that sits on top of the normal
file layer. The umap layer maps Unix-style UIDs from
one domain into the UIDs in the other domain. By setting up the mappings
properly, the same user with different UIDs in two domains can be seen
as the same user, from the system point of view, or, conversely, two
different users with the same UID in the two domains can be distinguished.
First, we define some terms. ``User'' refers to the human (or daemon) that
has privileges to login, run programs, and access files. ``UID''refers to
the numerical identifier that uniquely identifies the user within a
single domain. ``Login name'' refers to the character string the user
types to log into the system. ``GID'' refers to the numerical group
identifier used by Unix systems to identify groups of users. ``Group
name'' is the character string name attached to a particular GID in the
local {\sf /etc/groups} file or the yellow pages groups file.
In order for the umap layer to work properly, all users
in either domain must have password file entries in both domains.
They do not, however, have to have the same numerical UID, nor even the
same character string login name (the latter is highly recommended,
if possible, however). Any user not having a UID in one domain will be
treated as the special user NOBODY by the other domain, probably with
undesirable consequences. Any user not owning any files in the shared
sub-trees need not be given a UID in the other domain.
Groups work similarly. The umap layer can translate group ID's between
domains in the same manner as UID's. Again, any group that wishes to
participate must have a group ID in both domains,
though it need not be the same GID in both. If a group in one domain is not
known in the other domain, that group will be treated as being NULLGROUP.
The umap layer has no provisions for enrolling UID's from other domains
as group members, but, since each user from each domain must have some
UID in every domain, the UID in the local domain can be used to enroll
the user in the local groups.
NOBODY and NULLGROUP are special reserved UID's and GID's, respectively.
NOBODY is user 32767. NULLGROUP is group 65534. If the system administrator
wants to have an appropriate text string appear when these UID's are
encountered by programs like {\sf ls -l}, he should add these values to
the password and {\sf /etc/groups} file, or to the appropriate yellow pages.
If these IDs are already in use in that domain, different values can be
used for NOBODY and NULLGROUP, but that will require a recompilation of
the umap layer code and, as a result, the entire kernel. These
values are defined in the {\sf umap\_info.h} file, kept with the rest of the
umap source code.
When the umap layer is in use, one of the participating domains is declared
to be the master. All UID and GID information stored for participating files
will be stored in vnodes using its mappings, no matter what site the copies of
the files are stored at. The master domain therefore need not run a copy
of the umap layer, as it already has all of the correct mappings. All
other domains must run a umap layer on top of any other layers they use.
\subsection{Setting Up a umap Layer}
The system administrator of a system needing to use the umap layer
must take several actions.
First, he must create files containing the necessary UID
and GID mappings. There is a separate file for user and group IDs. The
format of the files is the same. The first line contains the total number
of entries in the file. Each subsequent line contains one mapping. A
mapping line consists of two numerical UIDs, separated by white space.
The first is the UID of a user on the local machine. The second is the
UID for the same user on the master machine. The maximum number of users
that can be mapped for a single shared sub-tree is 64. The maximum number of
groups that can be mapped for a single sub-tree is 16. These constants
are set in the {\sf umap\_info.h} file, and can be changed, but changing them
requires recompilation. Separate mapping files can be used for each shared
subtree, or the same mapping files can be shared by several sub-trees.
Below is a sample UID mapping file. There are four entries. UID 5 is mapped
to 5, 521 to 521, and 7000 to 7000. UID 2002 is mapped to 604. On this
machine, the UID's for users 5, 521, and 7000 are the same as on the master,
but UID 2002 is for a user whose UID on the master machine is 604. All
files in the sub-tree belonging to that user have UID 604 in their inodes,
even on this machine, but the umap layer will ensure that anyone running
under UID 2002 will have all files in this sub-tree owned by 604 treated as if
they were owned by 2002. An {\sf ls -l} on a file owned by 604 in this sub-tree
will show the login name associated with UID 2002 as the owner.
\noindent4\newline
5 5\newline
521 521\newline
2002 604\newline
7000 7000\newline
The user and group mapping files should be owned by the root user, and
should be writable only by that user. If they are not owned by root, or
are writable by some other user, the umap mounting command will abort.
Normally, the sub-treeis grafted directly into the place in
the file hierarchy where the it should appear to users.Using the umap
layer requires that the sub-tree be grafted somewhere else, and
the umap layer be mounted in the desired position in the file hierarchy.
Depending on the situation, the underlying sub-tree can be wherever is
convenient.
\subsection{Troubleshooting umap Layer Problems}
The umap layer code was not built with special convenience or
robustness in mind, as it is expected to be superseded with a better
user ID mapping strategy in the near future. As a result, it is not
very forgiving of errors in being set up. Here are some possible
problems, and what to do about them.
\begin{itemize}
\item{Problem: A file belongs to NOBODY, or group NULLGROUP.
Fixes: The mapping files don't know about this file's real user or group.
Either they are not in the mapping files, or the counts on the number of
entries in the mapping files are too low, so entries at the end (including
these) are being ignored. Add the entries or fix the counts, and either
unmount and remount the sub-tree, or reboot.}
\item{Problem: A normal operation does not work.
Fixes: Possibly, some mapping has not been set properly. Check to
see which files are used by the operation and who they appear to be
owned by. If they are owned by NOBODY or some other suspicious user,
there may be a problem in the mapping files. Be sure to check groups,
too. As above, if the counts of mappings in the mapping files are lower
than the actual numbers of pairs, pairs at the end of the file will be
ignored. If any changes are made in the mapping files, you will need to
either unmount and remount or reboot before they will take effect.
Another possible problem can arise because not all Unix utilities
rely exclusively on numeric UID for identification. For instance,
SCCS saves the login name in files. If a user's login name on two machines
isn't the same, SCCS may veto an operation even though Unix file permissions,
as checked by the umap layer, may say it's OK. There's not much to be
done in such cases, unless the login name can be changed or one fiddles
improperly with SCCS information. There may be other, undiscovered cases
where similar problems arise, some of which may be even harder to handle.}
\item{Problem: Someone has access permissions he should not have.
Fixes: This is probably caused by a mistake in the mapping files. Check
both user and group mapping files. If any changes are made in the mapping
files, you will need to unmount and remount the sub-tree or reboot before they
will take effect.}
\item{Problem: {\sf ls -l} (or a similar program) shows the wrong user for a file.
Fixes: Probably a mistake in the mapping files. In particular, if
two local UIDs are mapped to a single master UID, stat calls will assign
ownership to the first local UID occurring in the file, which may or may
not be what was intended. (Generally speaking, mapping two local UIDs to
a single master UID is a bad idea, but the software will not prevent it.
Similarly, mapping a single local UID to two master UIDs is a bad idea,
but will not be prevented. In this case, only the first mapping of the
local UID will be done. The second, and all subsequent ones, will be
ignored.) If any changes are made in the mapping files, you will need to
unmount and remount the sub-tree or reboot before they will take effect.}
\end{itemize}
\end{document}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
PROG= mount_union
SRCS= mount_union.c getmntopts.c
MAN8= mount_union.0
MOUNT= ${.CURDIR}/../mount
CFLAGS+= -I/sys -I${MOUNT}
.PATH: ${MOUNT}
BINOWN= root
BINMODE=4555
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1994
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
.\" Jan-Simon Pendry.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)mount_union.8 8.6 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
.\"
.Dd March 27, 1994
.Dt MOUNT_UNION 8
.Os BSD 4.4
.Sh NAME
.Nm mount_union
.Nd mount union filesystems
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm mount_union
.Op Fl br
.Op Fl o Ar options
.Ar directory
.Ar uniondir
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm mount_union
command
attaches
.Ar directory
above
.Ar uniondir
in such a way that the contents of both directory trees remain visible.
By default,
.Ar directory
becomes the
.Em upper
layer and
.Ar uniondir
becomes the
.Em lower
layer.
.Pp
The options are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl b
Invert the default position, so that
.Ar directory
becomes the lower layer and
.Ar uniondir
becomes the upper layer.
However,
.Ar uniondir
remains the mount point.
.It Fl o
Options are specified with a
.Fl o
flag followed by a comma separated string of options.
See the
.Xr mount 8
man page for possible options and their meanings.
.It Fl r
Hide the lower layer completely in the same way as mounting with
.Xr mount_lofs 8
or
.Xr mount_null 8 .
.El
.Pp
To enforce filesystem security, the user mounting the filesystem
must be superuser or else have write permission on the mounted-on
directory.
.Pp
Filenames are looked up in the upper layer and then in the
lower layer.
If a directory is found in the lower layer, and there is no entry
in the upper layer, then a
.Em shadow
directory will be created in the upper layer.
It will be owned by the user who originally did the union mount,
with mode
.Dq rwxrwxrwx
(0777) modified by the umask in effect at that time.
.Pp
If a file exists in the upper layer then there is no way to access
a file with the same name in the lower layer.
If necessary, a combination of loopback and union mounts can be made
which will still allow the lower files to be accessed by a different
pathname.
.Pp
Except in the case of a directory,
access to an object is granted via the normal filesystem access checks.
For directories, the current user must have access to both the upper
and lower directories (should they both exist).
.Pp
Requests to create or modify objects in
.Ar uniondir
are passed to the upper layer with the exception of a few special cases.
An attempt to open for writing a file which exists in the lower layer
causes a copy of the
.Em entire
file to be made to the upper layer, and then for the upper layer copy
to be opened.
Similarly, an attempt to truncate a lower layer file to zero length
causes an empty file to be created in the upper layer.
Any other operation which would ultimately require modification to
the lower layer fails with
.Dv EROFS .
.Pp
The union filesystem manipulates the namespace, rather than
individual filesystems.
The union operation applies recursively down the directory tree
now rooted at
.Ar uniondir .
Thus any filesystems which are mounted under
.Ar uniondir
will take part in the union operation.
This differs from the
.Em union
option to
.Xr mount 8
which only applies the union operation to the mount point itself,
and then only for lookups.
.Sh EXAMPLES
The commands
.Bd -literal -offset indent
mount -t cd9660 -o ro /dev/cd0a /usr/src
mount -t union -o /var/obj /usr/src
.Ed
.Pp
mount the CD-ROM drive
.Pa /dev/cd0a
on
.Pa /usr/src
and then attaches
.Pa /var/obj
on top.
For most purposes the effect of this is to make the
source tree appear writable
even though it is stored on a CD-ROM.
.Pp
The command
.Bd -literal -offset indent
mount -t union -o -b /sys $HOME/sys
.Ed
.Pp
attaches the system source tree below the
.Pa sys
directory in the user's home directory.
This allows individual users to make private changes
to the source, and build new kernels, without those
changes becoming visible to other users.
Note that the files in the lower layer remain
accessible via
.Pa /sys .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr intro 2 ,
.Xr mount 2 ,
.Xr unmount 2 ,
.Xr fstab 5 ,
.Xr mount 8 ,
.Xr mount_lofs 8 ,
.Xr mount_null 8
.Sh BUGS
Without whiteout support from the filesystem backing the upper layer,
there is no way that delete and rename operations on lower layer
objects can be done.
.Dv EROFS
is returned for this kind of operations along with any others
which would make modifications to the lower layer, such as
.Xr chmod 1 .
.Pp
Running
.Xr find 1
over a union tree has the side-effect of creating
a tree of shadow directories in the upper layer.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm mount_union
command first appeared in
.Bx 4.4 .

View File

@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mount_union.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 3/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <miscfs/union/union.h>
#include <err.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "mntopts.h"
struct mntopt mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
{ NULL }
};
int subdir __P((const char *, const char *));
void usage __P((void));
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
struct union_args args;
int ch, mntflags;
char target[MAXPATHLEN];
mntflags = 0;
args.mntflags = UNMNT_ABOVE;
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "bo:r")) != EOF)
switch (ch) {
case 'b':
args.mntflags &= ~UNMNT_OPMASK;
args.mntflags |= UNMNT_BELOW;
break;
case 'o':
getmntopts(optarg, mopts, &mntflags);
break;
case 'r':
args.mntflags &= ~UNMNT_OPMASK;
args.mntflags |= UNMNT_REPLACE;
break;
case '?':
default:
usage();
/* NOTREACHED */
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
if (argc != 2)
usage();
if (realpath(argv[0], target) == 0)
err(1, "%s", target);
if (subdir(target, argv[1]) || subdir(argv[1], target))
errx(1, "%s (%s) and %s are not distinct paths",
argv[0], target, argv[1]);
args.target = target;
if (mount(MOUNT_UNION, argv[1], mntflags, &args))
err(1, NULL);
exit(0);
}
int
subdir(p, dir)
const char *p;
const char *dir;
{
int l;
l = strlen(dir);
if (l <= 1)
return (1);
if ((strncmp(p, dir, l) == 0) && (p[l] == '/' || p[l] == '\0'))
return (1);
return (0);
}
void
usage()
{
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"usage: mount_union [-br] [-o options] target_fs mount_point\n");
exit(1);
}

354
sbin/quotacheck/preen.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)preen.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#include <fstab.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <ctype.h>
char *rawname(), *unrawname(), *blockcheck();
struct part {
struct part *next; /* forward link of partitions on disk */
char *name; /* device name */
char *fsname; /* mounted filesystem name */
long auxdata; /* auxillary data for application */
} *badlist, **badnext = &badlist;
struct disk {
char *name; /* disk base name */
struct disk *next; /* forward link for list of disks */
struct part *part; /* head of list of partitions on disk */
int pid; /* If != 0, pid of proc working on */
} *disks;
int nrun, ndisks;
char hotroot;
checkfstab(preen, maxrun, docheck, chkit)
int preen, maxrun;
int (*docheck)(), (*chkit)();
{
register struct fstab *fsp;
register struct disk *dk, *nextdisk;
register struct part *pt;
int ret, pid, retcode, passno, sumstatus, status;
long auxdata;
char *name;
sumstatus = 0;
for (passno = 1; passno <= 2; passno++) {
if (setfsent() == 0) {
fprintf(stderr, "Can't open checklist file: %s\n",
_PATH_FSTAB);
return (8);
}
while ((fsp = getfsent()) != 0) {
if ((auxdata = (*docheck)(fsp)) == 0)
continue;
if (preen == 0 || passno == 1 && fsp->fs_passno == 1) {
if (name = blockcheck(fsp->fs_spec)) {
if (sumstatus = (*chkit)(name,
fsp->fs_file, auxdata, 0))
return (sumstatus);
} else if (preen)
return (8);
} else if (passno == 2 && fsp->fs_passno > 1) {
if ((name = blockcheck(fsp->fs_spec)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "BAD DISK NAME %s\n",
fsp->fs_spec);
sumstatus |= 8;
continue;
}
addpart(name, fsp->fs_file, auxdata);
}
}
if (preen == 0)
return (0);
}
if (preen) {
if (maxrun == 0)
maxrun = ndisks;
if (maxrun > ndisks)
maxrun = ndisks;
nextdisk = disks;
for (passno = 0; passno < maxrun; ++passno) {
while (ret = startdisk(nextdisk, chkit) && nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
nextdisk = nextdisk->next;
}
while ((pid = wait(&status)) != -1) {
for (dk = disks; dk; dk = dk->next)
if (dk->pid == pid)
break;
if (dk == 0) {
printf("Unknown pid %d\n", pid);
continue;
}
if (WIFEXITED(status))
retcode = WEXITSTATUS(status);
else
retcode = 0;
if (WIFSIGNALED(status)) {
printf("%s (%s): EXITED WITH SIGNAL %d\n",
dk->part->name, dk->part->fsname,
WTERMSIG(status));
retcode = 8;
}
if (retcode != 0) {
sumstatus |= retcode;
*badnext = dk->part;
badnext = &dk->part->next;
dk->part = dk->part->next;
*badnext = NULL;
} else
dk->part = dk->part->next;
dk->pid = 0;
nrun--;
if (dk->part == NULL)
ndisks--;
if (nextdisk == NULL) {
if (dk->part) {
while (ret = startdisk(dk, chkit) &&
nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
}
} else if (nrun < maxrun && nrun < ndisks) {
for ( ;; ) {
if ((nextdisk = nextdisk->next) == NULL)
nextdisk = disks;
if (nextdisk->part != NULL &&
nextdisk->pid == 0)
break;
}
while (ret = startdisk(nextdisk, chkit) &&
nrun > 0)
sleep(10);
if (ret)
return (ret);
}
}
}
if (sumstatus) {
if (badlist == 0)
return (sumstatus);
fprintf(stderr, "THE FOLLOWING FILE SYSTEM%s HAD AN %s\n\t",
badlist->next ? "S" : "", "UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY:");
for (pt = badlist; pt; pt = pt->next)
fprintf(stderr, "%s (%s)%s", pt->name, pt->fsname,
pt->next ? ", " : "\n");
return (sumstatus);
}
(void)endfsent();
return (0);
}
struct disk *
finddisk(name)
char *name;
{
register struct disk *dk, **dkp;
register char *p;
size_t len;
for (p = name + strlen(name) - 1; p >= name; --p)
if (isdigit(*p)) {
len = p - name + 1;
break;
}
if (p < name)
len = strlen(name);
for (dk = disks, dkp = &disks; dk; dkp = &dk->next, dk = dk->next) {
if (strncmp(dk->name, name, len) == 0 &&
dk->name[len] == 0)
return (dk);
}
if ((*dkp = (struct disk *)malloc(sizeof(struct disk))) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
dk = *dkp;
if ((dk->name = malloc(len + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strncpy(dk->name, name, len);
dk->name[len] = '\0';
dk->part = NULL;
dk->next = NULL;
dk->pid = 0;
ndisks++;
return (dk);
}
addpart(name, fsname, auxdata)
char *name, *fsname;
long auxdata;
{
struct disk *dk = finddisk(name);
register struct part *pt, **ppt = &dk->part;
for (pt = dk->part; pt; ppt = &pt->next, pt = pt->next)
if (strcmp(pt->name, name) == 0) {
printf("%s in fstab more than once!\n", name);
return;
}
if ((*ppt = (struct part *)malloc(sizeof(struct part))) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
pt = *ppt;
if ((pt->name = malloc(strlen(name) + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strcpy(pt->name, name);
if ((pt->fsname = malloc(strlen(fsname) + 1)) == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "out of memory");
exit (8);
}
(void)strcpy(pt->fsname, fsname);
pt->next = NULL;
pt->auxdata = auxdata;
}
startdisk(dk, checkit)
register struct disk *dk;
int (*checkit)();
{
register struct part *pt = dk->part;
dk->pid = fork();
if (dk->pid < 0) {
perror("fork");
return (8);
}
if (dk->pid == 0)
exit((*checkit)(pt->name, pt->fsname, pt->auxdata, 1));
nrun++;
return (0);
}
char *
blockcheck(name)
char *name;
{
struct stat stslash, stblock, stchar;
char *raw;
int retried = 0;
hotroot = 0;
if (stat("/", &stslash) < 0) {
perror("/");
printf("Can't stat root\n");
return (0);
}
retry:
if (stat(name, &stblock) < 0) {
perror(name);
printf("Can't stat %s\n", name);
return (0);
}
if ((stblock.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) {
if (stslash.st_dev == stblock.st_rdev)
hotroot++;
raw = rawname(name);
if (stat(raw, &stchar) < 0) {
perror(raw);
printf("Can't stat %s\n", raw);
return (name);
}
if ((stchar.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) {
return (raw);
} else {
printf("%s is not a character device\n", raw);
return (name);
}
} else if ((stblock.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR && !retried) {
name = unrawname(name);
retried++;
goto retry;
}
printf("Can't make sense out of name %s\n", name);
return (0);
}
char *
unrawname(name)
char *name;
{
char *dp;
struct stat stb;
if ((dp = rindex(name, '/')) == 0)
return (name);
if (stat(name, &stb) < 0)
return (name);
if ((stb.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFCHR)
return (name);
if (dp[1] != 'r')
return (name);
(void)strcpy(&dp[1], &dp[2]);
return (name);
}
char *
rawname(name)
char *name;
{
static char rawbuf[32];
char *dp;
if ((dp = rindex(name, '/')) == 0)
return (0);
*dp = 0;
(void)strcpy(rawbuf, name);
*dp = '/';
(void)strcat(rawbuf, "/r");
(void)strcat(rawbuf, &dp[1]);
return (rawbuf);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
PROG= mount_portal
SRCS= mount_portal.c activate.c conf.c getmntopts.c pt_conf.c \
pt_exec.c pt_file.c pt_tcp.c
MAN8= mount_portal.0
MOUNT= ${.CURDIR}/../mount
CFLAGS+= -I/sys -I${MOUNT}
.PATH: ${MOUNT}
DPADD= $(LIBCOMPAT)
LDADD= -lcompat
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)activate.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*
* $Id: activate.c,v 1.2 1992/05/27 07:09:27 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/un.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/uio.h>
#include "portald.h"
/*
* Scan the providers list and call the
* appropriate function.
*/
static int activate_argv(pcr, key, v, so, fdp)
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
char **v;
int so;
int *fdp;
{
provider *pr;
for (pr = providers; pr->pr_match; pr++)
if (strcmp(v[0], pr->pr_match) == 0)
return ((*pr->pr_func)(pcr, key, v, so, fdp));
return (ENOENT);
}
static int get_request(so, pcr, key, klen)
int so;
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
int klen;
{
struct iovec iov[2];
struct msghdr msg;
int n;
iov[0].iov_base = (caddr_t) pcr;
iov[0].iov_len = sizeof(*pcr);
iov[1].iov_base = key;
iov[1].iov_len = klen;
bzero((char *) &msg, sizeof(msg));
msg.msg_iov = iov;
msg.msg_iovlen = 2;
n = recvmsg(so, &msg, 0);
if (n < 0)
return (errno);
if (n <= sizeof(*pcr))
return (EINVAL);
n -= sizeof(*pcr);
key[n] = '\0';
return (0);
}
static void send_reply(so, fd, error)
int so;
int fd;
int error;
{
int n;
struct iovec iov;
struct msghdr msg;
struct {
struct cmsghdr cmsg;
int fd;
} ctl;
/*
* Line up error code. Don't worry about byte ordering
* because we must be sending to the local machine.
*/
iov.iov_base = (caddr_t) &error;
iov.iov_len = sizeof(error);
/*
* Build a msghdr
*/
bzero((char *) &msg, sizeof(msg));
msg.msg_iov = &iov;
msg.msg_iovlen = 1;
/*
* If there is a file descriptor to send then
* construct a suitable rights control message.
*/
if (fd >= 0) {
ctl.fd = fd;
ctl.cmsg.cmsg_len = sizeof(ctl);
ctl.cmsg.cmsg_level = SOL_SOCKET;
ctl.cmsg.cmsg_type = SCM_RIGHTS;
msg.msg_control = (caddr_t) &ctl;
msg.msg_controllen = ctl.cmsg.cmsg_len;
}
/*
* Send to kernel...
*/
if ((n = sendmsg(so, &msg, MSG_EOR)) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR, "send: %s", strerror(errno));
#ifdef DEBUG
fprintf(stderr, "sent %d bytes\n", n);
#endif
sleep(1); /*XXX*/
#ifdef notdef
if (shutdown(so, 2) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR, "shutdown: %s", strerror(errno));
#endif
/*
* Throw away the open file descriptor
*/
(void) close(fd);
}
void activate(q, so)
qelem *q;
int so;
{
struct portal_cred pcred;
char key[MAXPATHLEN+1];
int error;
char **v;
int fd = -1;
/*
* Read the key from the socket
*/
error = get_request(so, &pcred, key, sizeof(key));
if (error) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "activate: recvmsg: %s", strerror(error));
goto drop;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
fprintf(stderr, "lookup key %s\n", key);
#endif
/*
* Find a match in the configuration file
*/
v = conf_match(q, key);
/*
* If a match existed, then find an appropriate portal
* otherwise simply return ENOENT.
*/
if (v) {
error = activate_argv(&pcred, key, v, so, &fd);
if (error)
fd = -1;
else if (fd < 0)
error = -1;
} else {
error = ENOENT;
}
if (error >= 0)
send_reply(so, fd, error);
drop:;
close(so);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)conf.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*
* $Id: conf.c,v 1.2 1992/05/27 07:09:27 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <regexp.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include "portald.h"
#define ALLOC(ty) (xmalloc(sizeof(ty)))
typedef struct path path;
struct path {
qelem p_q; /* 2-way linked list */
int p_lno; /* Line number of this record */
char *p_args; /* copy of arg string (malloc) */
char *p_key; /* Pathname to match (also p_argv[0]) */
regexp *p_re; /* RE to match against pathname (malloc) */
int p_argc; /* number of elements in arg string */
char **p_argv; /* argv[] pointers into arg string (malloc) */
};
static char *conf_file; /* XXX for regerror */
static path *curp; /* XXX for regerror */
/*
* Add an element to a 2-way list,
* just after (pred)
*/
static void ins_que(elem, pred)
qelem *elem, *pred;
{
qelem *p = pred->q_forw;
elem->q_back = pred;
elem->q_forw = p;
pred->q_forw = elem;
p->q_back = elem;
}
/*
* Remove an element from a 2-way list
*/
static void rem_que(elem)
qelem *elem;
{
qelem *p = elem->q_forw;
qelem *p2 = elem->q_back;
p2->q_forw = p;
p->q_back = p2;
}
/*
* Error checking malloc
*/
static void *xmalloc(siz)
unsigned siz;
{
void *p = malloc(siz);
if (p)
return (p);
syslog(LOG_ALERT, "malloc: failed to get %d bytes", siz);
exit(1);
}
/*
* Insert the path in the list.
* If there is already an element with the same key then
* the *second* one is ignored (return 0). If the key is
* not found then the path is added to the end of the list
* and 1 is returned.
*/
static int pinsert(p0, q0)
path *p0;
qelem *q0;
{
qelem *q;
if (p0->p_argc == 0)
return (0);
for (q = q0->q_forw; q != q0; q = q->q_forw) {
path *p = (path *) q;
if (strcmp(p->p_key, p0->p_key) == 0)
return (0);
}
ins_que(&p0->p_q, q0->q_back);
return (1);
}
void regerror(s)
const char *s;
{
syslog(LOG_ERR, "%s:%s: regcomp %s: %s",
conf_file, curp->p_lno, curp->p_key, s);
}
static path *palloc(cline, lno)
char *cline;
int lno;
{
int c;
char *s;
char *key;
path *p;
char **ap;
/*
* Implement comment chars
*/
s = strchr(cline, '#');
if (s)
*s = 0;
/*
* Do a pass through the string to count the number
* of arguments
*/
c = 0;
key = strdup(cline);
for (s = key; s != NULL; ) {
char *val;
while ((val = strsep(&s, " \t\n")) != NULL && *val == '\0')
;
if (val)
c++;
}
c++;
free(key);
if (c <= 1)
return (0);
/*
* Now do another pass and generate a new path structure
*/
p = ALLOC(path);
p->p_argc = 0;
p->p_argv = xmalloc(c * sizeof(char *));
p->p_args = strdup(cline);
ap = p->p_argv;
for (s = p->p_args; s != NULL; ) {
char *val;
while ((val = strsep(&s, " \t\n")) != NULL && *val == '\0')
;
if (val) {
*ap++ = val;
p->p_argc++;
}
}
*ap = 0;
#ifdef DEBUG
for (c = 0; c < p->p_argc; c++)
printf("%sv[%d] = %s\n", c?"\t":"", c, p->p_argv[c]);
#endif
p->p_key = p->p_argv[0];
if (strpbrk(p->p_key, RE_CHARS)) {
curp = p; /* XXX */
p->p_re = regcomp(p->p_key);
curp = 0; /* XXX */
} else {
p->p_re = 0;
}
p->p_lno = lno;
return (p);
}
/*
* Free a path structure
*/
static void pfree(p)
path *p;
{
free(p->p_args);
if (p->p_re)
free((char *) p->p_re);
free((char *) p->p_argv);
free((char *) p);
}
/*
* Discard all currently held path structures on q0.
* and add all the ones on xq.
*/
static void preplace(q0, xq)
qelem *q0;
qelem *xq;
{
/*
* While the list is not empty,
* take the first element off the list
* and free it.
*/
while (q0->q_forw != q0) {
qelem *q = q0->q_forw;
rem_que(q);
pfree((path *) q);
}
while (xq->q_forw != xq) {
qelem *q = xq->q_forw;
rem_que(q);
ins_que(q, q0);
}
}
/*
* Read the lines from the configuration file and
* add them to the list of paths.
*/
static void readfp(q0, fp)
qelem *q0;
FILE *fp;
{
char cline[LINE_MAX];
int nread = 0;
qelem q;
/*
* Make a new empty list.
*/
q.q_forw = q.q_back = &q;
/*
* Read the lines from the configuration file.
*/
while (fgets(cline, sizeof(cline), fp)) {
path *p = palloc(cline, nread+1);
if (p && !pinsert(p, &q))
pfree(p);
nread++;
}
/*
* If some records were read, then throw
* away the old list and replace with the
* new one.
*/
if (nread)
preplace(q0, &q);
}
/*
* Read the configuration file (conf) and replace
* the existing path list with the new version.
* If the file is not readable, then no changes take place
*/
void conf_read(q, conf)
qelem *q;
char *conf;
{
FILE *fp = fopen(conf, "r");
if (fp) {
conf_file = conf; /* XXX */
readfp(q, fp);
conf_file = 0; /* XXX */
(void) fclose(fp);
} else {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "open config file \"%s\": %s", conf, strerror(errno));
}
}
char **conf_match(q0, key)
qelem *q0;
char *key;
{
qelem *q;
for (q = q0->q_forw; q != q0; q = q->q_forw) {
path *p = (path *) q;
if (p->p_re) {
if (regexec(p->p_re, key))
return (p->p_argv+1);
} else {
if (strncmp(p->p_key, key, strlen(p->p_key)) == 0)
return (p->p_argv+1);
}
}
return (0);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
.\" Jan-Simon Pendry.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)mount_portal.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
.\"
.\"
.Dd March 27, 1994
.Dt MOUNT_PORTAL 8
.Os BSD 4.4
.Sh NAME
.Nm mount_portal
.Nd mount the portal daemon
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm mount_portal
.Op Fl o Ar options
.Ar /etc/portal.conf
.Ar mount_point
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm mount_portal
command attaches an instance of the portal daemon
to the global filesystem namespace.
The conventional mount point is
.Pa /p .
.PA /dev .
This command is normally executed by
.Xr mount 8
at boot time.
.Pp
The options are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl o
Options are specified with a
.Fl o
flag followed by a comma separated string of options.
See the
.Xr mount 8
man page for possible options and their meanings.
.El
.Pp
The portal daemon provides an
.Em open
service.
Objects opened under the portal mount point are
dynamically created by the portal daemon according
to rules specified in the named configuration file.
Using this mechanism allows descriptors such as sockets
to be made available in the filesystem namespace.
.Pp
The portal daemon works by being passed the full pathname
of the object being opened.
The daemon creates an appropriate descriptor according
to the rules in the configuration file, and then passes the descriptor back
to the calling process as the result of the open system call.
.Sh NAMESPACE
By convention, the portal daemon divides the namespace into sub-namespaces,
each of which handles objects of a particular type.
.Pp
Currently, two sub-namespaces are implemented:
.Pa tcp
and
.Pa fs .
The
.Pa tcp
namespace takes a hostname and a port (slash separated) and
creates an open TCP/IP connection.
The
.Pa fs
namespace opens the named file, starting back at the root directory.
This can be used to provide a controlled escape path from
a chrooted environment.
.Sh "CONFIGURATION FILE"
The configuration file contains a list of rules.
Each rule takes one line and consists of two or more
whitespace separated fields.
A hash (``#'') character causes the remainder of a line to
be ignored. Blank lines are ignored.
.Pp
The first field is a pathname prefix to match
against the requested pathname.
If a match is found, the second field
tells the daemon what type of object to create.
Subsequent fields are passed to the creation function.
.Bd -literal
# @(#)portal.conf 5.1 (Berkeley) 7/13/92
tcp/ tcp tcp/
fs/ file fs/
.Ed
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /p/* -compact
.It Pa /p/*
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr mount 2 ,
.Xr unmount 2 ,
.Xr fstab 5 ,
.Xr mount 8
.Sh CAVEATS
This filesystem may not be NFS-exported.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm mount_portal
utility first appeared in 4.4BSD.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mount_portal.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/27/94";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/un.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <err.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "mntopts.h"
#include "pathnames.h"
#include "portald.h"
struct mntopt mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
{ NULL }
};
static void usage __P((void));
static sig_atomic_t readcf; /* Set when SIGHUP received */
static void sigchld(sig)
int sig;
{
pid_t pid;
while ((pid = waitpid((pid_t) -1, (int *) 0, WNOHANG)) > 0)
;
if (pid < 0)
syslog(LOG_WARNING, "waitpid: %s", strerror(errno));
}
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
struct portal_args args;
struct sockaddr_un un;
char *conf;
char *mountpt;
int mntflags = 0;
char tag[32];
qelem q;
int rc;
int so;
int error = 0;
/*
* Crack command line args
*/
int ch;
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "o:")) != EOF) {
switch (ch) {
case 'o':
getmntopts(optarg, mopts, &mntflags);
break;
default:
error = 1;
break;
}
}
if (optind != (argc - 2))
error = 1;
if (error)
usage();
/*
* Get config file and mount point
*/
conf = argv[optind];
mountpt = argv[optind+1];
/*
* Construct the listening socket
*/
un.sun_family = AF_UNIX;
if (sizeof(_PATH_TMPPORTAL) >= sizeof(un.sun_path)) {
fprintf(stderr, "mount_portal: portal socket name too long\n");
exit(1);
}
strcpy(un.sun_path, _PATH_TMPPORTAL);
mktemp(un.sun_path);
un.sun_len = strlen(un.sun_path);
so = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (so < 0) {
fprintf(stderr, "mount_portal: socket: %s\n", strerror(errno));
exit(1);
}
(void) unlink(un.sun_path);
if (bind(so, (struct sockaddr *) &un, sizeof(un)) < 0)
err(1, NULL);
(void) unlink(un.sun_path);
(void) listen(so, 5);
args.pa_socket = so;
sprintf(tag, "portal:%d", getpid());
args.pa_config = tag;
rc = mount(MOUNT_PORTAL, mountpt, mntflags, &args);
if (rc < 0)
err(1, NULL);
#ifdef notdef
/*
* Everything is ready to go - now is a good time to fork
*/
daemon(0, 0);
#endif
/*
* Start logging (and change name)
*/
openlog("portald", LOG_CONS|LOG_PID, LOG_DAEMON);
q.q_forw = q.q_back = &q;
readcf = 1;
signal(SIGCHLD, sigchld);
/*
* Just loop waiting for new connections and activating them
*/
for (;;) {
struct sockaddr_un un2;
int len2 = sizeof(un2);
int so2;
pid_t pid;
fd_set fdset;
int rc;
/*
* Check whether we need to re-read the configuration file
*/
if (readcf) {
readcf = 0;
conf_read(&q, conf);
continue;
}
/*
* Accept a new connection
* Will get EINTR if a signal has arrived, so just
* ignore that error code
*/
FD_SET(so, &fdset);
rc = select(so+1, &fdset, (void *) 0, (void *) 0, (void *) 0);
if (rc < 0) {
if (errno == EINTR)
continue;
syslog(LOG_ERR, "select: %s", strerror(errno));
exit(1);
}
if (rc == 0)
break;
so2 = accept(so, (struct sockaddr *) &un2, &len2);
if (so2 < 0) {
/*
* The unmount function does a shutdown on the socket
* which will generated ECONNABORTED on the accept.
*/
if (errno == ECONNABORTED)
break;
if (errno != EINTR) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "accept: %s", strerror(errno));
exit(1);
}
continue;
}
/*
* Now fork a new child to deal with the connection
*/
eagain:;
switch (pid = fork()) {
case -1:
if (errno == EAGAIN) {
sleep(1);
goto eagain;
}
syslog(LOG_ERR, "fork: %s", strerror(errno));
break;
case 0:
(void) close(so);
activate(&q, so2);
break;
default:
(void) close(so2);
break;
}
}
syslog(LOG_INFO, "%s unmounted", mountpt);
exit(0);
}
static void
usage()
{
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"usage: mount_portal [-o options] config mount-point\n");
exit(1);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pathnames.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*
* $Id: pathnames.h,v 1.2 1992/05/27 07:09:27 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <paths.h>
#define _PATH_TMPPORTAL "/tmp/portalXXXXXX" /* Scratch socket name */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
# @(#)portal.conf 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
# $Id: portal.conf,v 1.1 1992/05/27 06:50:13 jsp Exp jsp $
tcplisten/ tcplisten tcplisten/
tcp/ tcp tcp/
fs/ file fs/
pipe/ pipe
foo/ exec ./bar bar baz

View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)portald.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*
* $Id: portald.h,v 1.1 1992/05/25 21:43:09 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#include <miscfs/portal/portal.h>
/*
* Meta-chars in an RE. Paths in the config file containing
* any of these characters will be matched using regexec, other
* paths will be prefix-matched.
*/
#define RE_CHARS ".|()[]*+?\\^$"
typedef struct qelem qelem;
struct qelem {
qelem *q_forw;
qelem *q_back;
};
typedef struct provider provider;
struct provider {
char *pr_match;
int (*pr_func) __P((struct portal_cred *,
char *key, char **v, int so, int *fdp));
};
extern provider providers[];
/*
* Portal providers
*/
extern int portal_exec __P((struct portal_cred *,
char *key, char **v, int so, int *fdp));
extern int portal_file __P((struct portal_cred *,
char *key, char **v, int so, int *fdp));
extern int portal_tcp __P((struct portal_cred *,
char *key, char **v, int so, int *fdp));
/*
* Global functions
*/
extern void activate __P((qelem *q, int so));
extern char **conf_match __P((qelem *q, char *key));
extern void conf_read __P((qelem *q, char *conf));

View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pt_conf.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*
* $Id: pt_conf.c,v 1.2 1992/05/27 07:09:27 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include "portald.h"
provider providers[] = {
{ "exec", portal_exec },
{ "file", portal_file },
{ "tcp", portal_tcp },
{ 0, 0 }
};

View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pt_exec.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
*
* $Id: pt_exec.c,v 1.1 1992/05/25 21:43:09 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include "portald.h"
int portal_exec(pcr, key, v, so, fdp)
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
char **v;
int so;
int *fdp;
{
return (ENOEXEC);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pt_file.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*
* $Id: pt_file.c,v 1.1 1992/05/25 21:43:09 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include "portald.h"
int portal_file(pcr, key, v, so, fdp)
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
char **v;
int so;
int *fdp;
{
int fd;
char pbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
int error;
int gidset[NGROUPS];
int i;
pbuf[0] = '/';
strcpy(pbuf+1, key + (v[1] ? strlen(v[1]) : 0));
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("path = %s, uid = %d, gid = %d\n", pbuf, pcr->pcr_uid, pcr->pcr_groups[0]);
#endif
for (i = 0; i < pcr->pcr_ngroups; i++)
gidset[i] = pcr->pcr_groups[i];
if (setgroups(pcr->pcr_ngroups, gidset) < 0)
return (errno);
if (seteuid(pcr->pcr_uid) < 0)
return (errno);
fd = open(pbuf, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0666);
if (fd < 0)
error = errno;
else
error = 0;
if (seteuid((uid_t) 0) < 0) { /* XXX - should reset gidset too */
error = errno;
syslog(LOG_ERR, "setcred: %s", strerror(error));
if (fd >= 0) {
(void) close(fd);
fd = -1;
}
}
if (error == 0)
*fdp = fd;
#ifdef DEBUG
fprintf(stderr, "pt_file returns *fdp = %d, error = %d\n", *fdp, error);
#endif
return (error);
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
* Jan-Simon Pendry.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)pt_tcp.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/27/94
*
* $Id: pt_tcp.c,v 1.1 1992/05/25 21:43:09 jsp Exp jsp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <strings.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <arpa/inet.h>
#include <netdb.h>
#include "portald.h"
/*
* Key will be tcp/host/port[/"priv"]
* Create a TCP socket connected to the
* requested host and port.
* Some trailing suffix values have special meanings.
* An unrecognised suffix is an error.
*/
int portal_tcp(pcr, key, v, kso, fdp)
struct portal_cred *pcr;
char *key;
char **v;
int kso;
int *fdp;
{
char host[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
char port[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
char *p = key + (v[1] ? strlen(v[1]) : 0);
char *q;
struct hostent *hp;
struct servent *sp;
struct in_addr **ipp;
struct in_addr *ip[2];
struct in_addr ina;
int s_port;
int priv = 0;
struct sockaddr_in sain;
q = strchr(p, '/');
if (q == 0 || q - p >= sizeof(host))
return (EINVAL);
*q = '\0';
strcpy(host, p);
p = q + 1;
q = strchr(p, '/');
if (q)
*q = '\0';
if (strlen(p) >= sizeof(port))
return (EINVAL);
strcpy(port, p);
if (q) {
p = q + 1;
if (strcmp(p, "priv") == 0) {
if (pcr->pcr_uid == 0)
priv = 1;
else
return (EPERM);
} else {
return (EINVAL);
}
}
hp = gethostbyname(host);
if (hp != 0) {
ipp = (struct in_addr **) hp->h_addr_list;
} else {
ina.s_addr = inet_addr(host);
if (ina.s_addr == INADDR_NONE)
return (EINVAL);
ip[0] = &ina;
ip[1] = 0;
ipp = ip;
}
sp = getservbyname(port, "tcp");
if (sp != 0)
s_port = sp->s_port;
else {
s_port = atoi(port);
if (s_port == 0)
return (EINVAL);
}
bzero(&sain, sizeof(sain));
sain.sin_len = sizeof(sain);
sain.sin_family = AF_INET;
sain.sin_port = s_port;
while (ipp[0]) {
int so;
if (priv)
so = rresvport((int *) 0);
else
so = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (so < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "socket: %m");
return (errno);
}
sain.sin_addr = *ipp[0];
if (connect(so, (struct sockaddr *) &sain, sizeof(sain)) == 0) {
*fdp = so;
return (0);
}
(void) close(so);
ipp++;
}
return (errno);
}

10
usr.sbin/mountd/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.3 (Berkeley) 1/25/94
PROG= mountd
CFLAGS+=-DNFS -DMFS -DCD9660
MAN5= exports.0 netgroup.0
MAN8= mountd.0
DPADD= ${LIBRPC}
LDADD= -lrpc
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

250
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)exports.5 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/28/94
.\"
.Dd January 28, 1994
.Dt EXPORTS 5
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm exports
.Nd define remote mount points for
.Tn NFS
mount requests
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm exports
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm exports
file specifies remote mount points for the
.Tn NFS
mount protocol per the
.Tn NFS
server specification; see
.%T "Network File System Protocol Specification \\*(tNRFC\\*(sP 1094, Appendix A" .
.Pp
Each line in the file
(other than comment lines that begin with a #)
specifies the mount point(s) and export flags within one local server
filesystem for one or more hosts.
A host may be specified only once for each local filesystem on the
server and there may be only one default entry for each server
filesystem that applies to all other hosts.
The latter exports the filesystem to the ``world'' and should
be used only when the filesystem contains public information.
.Pp
In a mount entry,
the first field(s) specify the directory path(s) within a server filesystem
that can be mounted on by the corresponding client(s).
There are two forms of this specification.
The first is to list all mount points as absolute
directory paths separated by whitespace.
The second is to specify the pathname of the root of the filesystem
followed by the
.Fl alldirs
flag;
this form allows the host(s) to mount any directory within the filesystem.
The pathnames must not have any symbolic links in them and should not have
any "." or ".." components.
Mount points for a filesystem may appear on multiple lines each with
different sets of hosts and export options.
.Pp
The second component of a line specifies how the filesystem is to be
exported to the host set.
The option flags specify whether the filesystem
is exported read-only or read-write and how the client uid is mapped to
user credentials on the server.
.Pp
Export options are specified as follows:
.Pp
.Sm off
.Fl maproot No = Sy user
.Sm on
The credential of the specified user is used for remote access by root.
The credential includes all the groups to which the user is a member
on the local machine (see
.Xr id 1 ).
The user may be specified by name or number.
.Pp
.Sm off
.Fl maproot No = Sy user:group1:group2:...
.Sm on
The colon separated list is used to specify the precise credential
to be used for remote access by root.
The elements of the list may be either names or numbers.
Note that user: should be used to distinguish a credential containing
no groups from a complete credential for that user.
.Pp
.Sm off
.Fl mapall No = Sy user
.Sm on
or
.Sm off
.Fl mapall No = Sy user:group1:group2:...
.Sm on
specifies a mapping for all client uids (including root)
using the same semantics as
.Fl maproot .
.Pp
The option
.Fl r
is a synonym for
.Fl maproot
in an effort to be backward compatible with older export file formats.
.Pp
In the absence of
.Fl maproot
and
.Fl mapall
options, remote accesses by root will result in using a credential of -2:-2.
All other users will be mapped to their remote credential.
If a
.Fl maproot
option is given,
remote access by root will be mapped to that credential instead of -2:-2.
If a
.Fl mapall
option is given,
all users (including root) will be mapped to that credential in
place of their own.
.Pp
The
.Fl kerb
option specifies that the Kerberos authentication server should be
used to authenticate and map client credentials.
(Note that this is NOT Sun NFS compatible and
is supported for TCP transport only.)
.Pp
The
.Fl ro
option specifies that the filesystem should be exported read-only
(default read/write).
The option
.Fl o
is a synonym for
.Fl ro
in an effort to be backward compatible with older export file formats.
.Pp
The third component of a line specifies the host set to which the line applies.
The set may be specified in three ways.
The first way is to list the host name(s) separated by white space.
(Standard internet ``dot'' addresses may be used in place of names.)
The second way is to specify a ``netgroup'' as defined in the netgroup file (see
.Xr netgroup 5 ).
The third way is to specify an internet subnetwork using a network and
network mask that is defined as the set of all hosts with addresses within
the subnetwork.
This latter approach requires less overhead within the
kernel and is recommended for cases where the export line refers to a
large number of clients within an administrative subnet.
.Pp
The first two cases are specified by simply listing the name(s) separated
by whitespace.
All names are checked to see if they are ``netgroup'' names
first and are assumed to be hostnames otherwise.
Using the full domain specification for a hostname can normally
circumvent the problem of a host that has the same name as a netgroup.
The third case is specified by the flag
.Sm off
.Fl network No = Sy netname
.Sm on
and optionally
.Sm off
.Fl mask No = Sy netmask .
.Sm on
If the mask is not specified, it will default to the mask for that network
class (A, B or C; see
.Xr inet 5 ).
.Pp
For example:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
/usr /usr/local -maproot=0:10 friends
/usr -maproot=daemon grumpy.cis.uoguelph.ca 131.104.48.16
/usr -ro -mapall=nobody
/u -maproot=bin: -network 131.104.48 -mask 255.255.255.0
/u2 -maproot=root friends
/u2 -alldirs -kerb -network cis-net -mask cis-mask
.Ed
.Pp
Given that
.Sy /usr ,
.Sy /u
and
.Sy /u2
are
local filesystem mount points, the above example specifies the following:
.Sy /usr
is exported to hosts
.Em friends
where friends is specified in the netgroup file
with users mapped to their remote credentials and
root mapped to uid 0 and group 10.
It is exported read-write and the hosts in ``friends'' can mount either /usr
or /usr/local.
It is exported to
.Em 131.104.48.16
and
.Em grumpy.cis.uoguelph.ca
with users mapped to their remote credentials and
root mapped to the user and groups associated with ``daemon'';
it is exported to the rest of the world as read-only with
all users mapped to the user and groups associated with ``nobody''.
.Pp
.Sy /u
is exported to all hosts on the subnetwork
.Em 131.104.48
with root mapped to the uid for ``bin'' and with no group access.
.Pp
.Sy /u2
is exported to the hosts in ``friends'' with root mapped to uid and groups
associated with ``root'';
it is exported to all hosts on network ``cis-net'' allowing mounts at any
directory within /u2 and mapping all uids to credentials for the principal
that is authenticated by a Kerberos ticket.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /etc/exports -compact
.It Pa /etc/exports
The default remote mount-point file.
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr netgroup 5 ,
.Xr mountd 8 ,
.Xr nfsd 8 ,
.Xr showmount 8
.Sh BUGS
The export options are tied to the local mount points in the kernel and
must be non-contradictory for any exported subdirectory of the local
server mount point.
It is recommended that all exported directories within the same server
filesystem be specified on adjacent lines going down the tree.
You cannot specify a hostname that is also the name of a netgroup.
Specifying the full domain specification for a hostname can normally
circumvent the problem.

100
usr.sbin/mountd/mountd.8 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)mountd.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
.\"
.Dd June 9, 1993
.Dt MOUNTD 8
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm mountd
.Nd service remote
.Tn NFS
mount requests
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm /sbin/mountd
.Op Fl n
.Op Ar exportsfile
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Xr Mountd
is the server for
.Tn NFS
mount requests from other client machines.
.Xr Mountd
listens for service requests at the port indicated in the
.Tn NFS
server specification; see
.%T "Network File System Protocol Specification" ,
RFC1094.
.Pp
Options and operands available for
.Nm mountd :
.Bl -tag -width Ds
.It Fl n
The
.Fl n
option allows non-root mount requests to be served.
This should only be specified if there are clients such as PC's,
that require it.
.It Ar exportsfile
The
.Ar exportsfile
argument specifies an alternate location
for the exports file.
.El
.Pp
When mountd is started,
it loads the export host addresses and options into the kernel
using the mount(2) system call.
After changing the exports file,
a hangup signal should be sent to the mountd daemon
to get it to reload the export information.
After sending the SIGHUP
(kill -HUP `cat /var/run/mountd.pid`),
check the syslog output to see if mountd logged any parsing
errors in the exports file.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /var/run/mountd.pid -compact
.It Pa /etc/exports
the list of exported filesystems
.It Pa /var/run/mountd.pid
the pid of the currently running mountd
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr nfsstat 1 ,
.Xr exports 5 ,
.Xr nfsd 8 ,
.Xr portmap 8 ,
.Xr showmount 8
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm mountd
utility first appeared in 4.4BSD.

2005
usr.sbin/mountd/mountd.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)netgroup.5 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
.\"
.Dd December 11, 1993
.Dt NETGROUP 5
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm netgroup
.Nd defines network groups
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm netgroup
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm netgroup
file
specifies ``netgroups'', which are sets of
.Sy (host, user, domain)
tuples that are to be given similar network access.
.Pp
Each line in the file
consists of a netgroup name followed by a list of the members of the
netgroup.
Each member can be either the name of another netgroup or a specification
of a tuple as follows:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
(host, user, domain)
.Ed
where the
.Sy host ,
.Sy user ,
and
.Sy domain
are character string names for the corresponding component.
Any of the comma separated fields may be empty to specify a ``wildcard'' value
or may consist of the string ``-'' to specify ``no valid value''.
The members of the list may be separated by whitespace and/or commas;
the ``\e'' character may be used at the end of a line to specify
line continuation.
The functions specified in
.Xr getnetgrent 3
should normally be used to access the
.Nm netgroup
database.
.Pp
Lines that begin with a # are treated as comments.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /etc/netgroup -compact
.It Pa /etc/netgroup
the netgroup database.
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr getnetgrent 3 ,
.Xr exports 5
.Sh COMPATIBILITY
The file format is compatible with that of various vendors, however it
appears that not all vendors use an identical format.
.Sh BUGS
The interpretation of access restrictions based on the member tuples of a
netgroup is left up to the various network applications.
Also, it is not obvious how the domain specification
applies to the BSD environment.

9
usr.sbin/nfsd/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
PROG= nfsd
CFLAGS+=-DNFS
MAN8= nfsd.0
DPADD= ${LIBRPC}
LDADD= -lrpc
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

114
usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)nfsd.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 2/22/94
.\"
.Dd February 22, 1994
.Dt NFSD 8
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm nfsd
.Nd remote
.Tn NFS
server
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm nfsd
.Op Fl rut
.Op Fl n Ar num_servers
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Nfsd
runs on a server machine to service
.Tn NFS
requests from client machines.
At least one
.Nm nfsd
must be running for a machine to operate as a server.
.Pp
Unless otherwise specified, four servers for
.Tn UDP
transport are started.
.Pp
The following options are available:
.Bl -tag -width Ds
.It Fl r
Register the
.Tn NFS
service with
.Xr portmap 8
without creating any servers.
This option can be used along with the
.Fl u
or
.Fl t
options to re-register NFS if the portmap server is restarted.
.It Fl n
Specifies how many servers to create.
.It Fl t
Serve
.Tn TCP NFS
clients.
.It Fl u
Serve
.Tn UDP NFS
clients.
.El
.Pp
For example,
.Dq Li "nfsd -u -t 6"
serves
.Tn UDP
and
.Tn TCP
transports using six daemons.
.Pp
A server should run enough daemons to handle
the maximum level of concurrency from its clients,
typically four to six.
.Pp
.Nm Nfsd
listens for service requests at the port indicated in the
.Tn NFS
server specification; see
.%T "Network File System Protocol Specification" ,
RFC1094.
.Pp
The
.Nm nfsd
utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr nfsstat 1 ,
.Xr nfssvc 2 ,
.Xr mountd 8 ,
.Xr portmap 8
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm nfsd
utility first appeared in 4.4BSD.

589
usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsd.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Rick Macklem at The University of Guelph.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif not lint
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)nfsd.c 8.7 (Berkeley) 2/22/94";
#endif not lint
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#include <sys/uio.h>
#include <sys/ucred.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/socketvar.h>
#include <rpc/rpc.h>
#include <rpc/pmap_clnt.h>
#include <rpc/pmap_prot.h>
#ifdef ISO
#include <netiso/iso.h>
#endif
#include <nfs/rpcv2.h>
#include <nfs/nfsv2.h>
#include <nfs/nfs.h>
#ifdef KERBEROS
#include <kerberosIV/des.h>
#include <kerberosIV/krb.h>
#endif
#include <err.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <grp.h>
#include <pwd.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <strings.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Global defs */
#ifdef DEBUG
#define syslog(e, s) fprintf(stderr,(s))
int debug = 1;
#else
int debug = 0;
#endif
struct nfsd_srvargs nsd;
char **Argv = NULL; /* pointer to argument vector */
char *LastArg = NULL; /* end of argv */
#ifdef KERBEROS
char lnam[ANAME_SZ];
KTEXT_ST kt;
AUTH_DAT auth;
char inst[INST_SZ];
#endif
void nonfs __P((int));
void reapchild __P((int));
void setproctitle __P((char *));
void usage __P((void));
/*
* Nfs server daemon mostly just a user context for nfssvc()
*
* 1 - do file descriptor and signal cleanup
* 2 - fork the nfsd(s)
* 3 - create server socket(s)
* 4 - register socket with portmap
*
* For connectionless protocols, just pass the socket into the kernel via.
* nfssvc().
* For connection based sockets, loop doing accepts. When you get a new
* socket from accept, pass the msgsock into the kernel via. nfssvc().
* The arguments are:
* -c - support iso cltp clients
* -r - reregister with portmapper
* -t - support tcp nfs clients
* -u - support udp nfs clients
* followed by "n" which is the number of nfsds' to fork off
*/
int
main(argc, argv, envp)
int argc;
char *argv[], *envp[];
{
extern int optind;
struct group *grp;
struct nfsd_args nfsdargs;
struct passwd *pwd;
struct ucred *cr;
struct sockaddr_in inetaddr, inetpeer;
#ifdef ISO
struct sockaddr_iso isoaddr, isopeer;
#endif
fd_set ready, sockbits;
int ch, cltpflag, connect_type_cnt, i, len, maxsock, msgsock;
int nfsdcnt, nfssvc_flag, on, reregister, sock, tcpflag, tcpsock;
int tp4cnt, tp4flag, tp4sock, tpipcnt, tpipflag, tpipsock, udpflag;
char *cp, **cpp;
/* Save start and extent of argv for setproctitle. */
Argv = argv;
if (envp == 0 || *envp == 0)
envp = argv;
while (*envp)
envp++;
LastArg = envp[-1] + strlen(envp[-1]);
#define MAXNFSDCNT 20
#define DEFNFSDCNT 4
nfsdcnt = DEFNFSDCNT;
cltpflag = reregister = tcpflag = tp4cnt = tp4flag = tpipcnt = 0;
tpipflag = udpflag = 0;
#ifdef ISO
#define GETOPT "cn:rtu"
#define USAGE "[-crtu] [-n num_servers]"
#else
#define GETOPT "n:rtu"
#define USAGE "[-rtu] [-n num_servers]"
#endif
while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, GETOPT)) != EOF)
switch (ch) {
case 'n':
nfsdcnt = atoi(optarg);
if (nfsdcnt < 1 || nfsdcnt > MAXNFSDCNT) {
warnx("nfsd count %d; reset to %d", DEFNFSDCNT);
nfsdcnt = DEFNFSDCNT;
}
break;
case 'r':
reregister = 1;
break;
case 't':
tcpflag = 1;
break;
case 'u':
udpflag = 1;
break;
#ifdef ISO
case 'c':
cltpflag = 1;
break;
#ifdef notyet
case 'i':
tp4cnt = 1;
break;
case 'p':
tpipcnt = 1;
break;
#endif /* notyet */
#endif /* ISO */
default:
case '?':
usage();
};
argv += optind;
argc -= optind;
/*
* XXX
* Backward compatibility, trailing number is the count of daemons.
*/
if (argc > 1)
usage();
if (argc == 1) {
nfsdcnt = atoi(argv[0]);
if (nfsdcnt < 1 || nfsdcnt > MAXNFSDCNT) {
warnx("nfsd count %d; reset to %d", DEFNFSDCNT);
nfsdcnt = DEFNFSDCNT;
}
}
if (debug == 0) {
daemon(0, 0);
(void)signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
(void)signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
(void)signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
(void)signal(SIGSYS, nonfs);
(void)signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN);
}
(void)signal(SIGCHLD, reapchild);
if (reregister) {
if (udpflag &&
!pmap_set(RPCPROG_NFS, NFS_VER2, IPPROTO_UDP, NFS_PORT))
err(1, "can't register with portmap for UDP.");
if (tcpflag &&
!pmap_set(RPCPROG_NFS, NFS_VER2, IPPROTO_TCP, NFS_PORT))
err(1, "can't register with portmap for TCP.");
exit(0);
}
openlog("nfsd:", LOG_PID, LOG_DAEMON);
for (i = 0; i < nfsdcnt; i++) {
switch (fork()) {
case -1:
syslog(LOG_ERR, "fork: %m");
exit (1);
case 0:
break;
default:
continue;
}
setproctitle("nfsd-srv");
nfssvc_flag = NFSSVC_NFSD;
nsd.nsd_nfsd = NULL;
#ifdef KERBEROS
nsd.nsd_authstr = (char *)kt.dat;
#endif
while (nfssvc(nfssvc_flag, &nsd) < 0) {
if (errno != ENEEDAUTH) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "nfssvc: %m");
exit(1);
}
nfssvc_flag = NFSSVC_NFSD | NFSSVC_AUTHINFAIL;
#ifdef KERBEROS
kt.length = nsd.nsd_authlen;
kt.mbz = 0;
(void)strcpy(inst, "*");
if (krb_rd_req(&kt, "rcmd",
inst, nsd.nsd_haddr, &auth, "") == RD_AP_OK &&
krb_kntoln(&auth, lnam) == KSUCCESS &&
(pwd = getpwnam(lnam)) != NULL) {
cr = &nsd.nsd_cr;
cr->cr_uid = pwd->pw_uid;
cr->cr_groups[0] = pwd->pw_gid;
cr->cr_ngroups = 1;
setgrent();
while ((grp = getgrent()) != NULL) {
if (grp->gr_gid == cr->cr_groups[0])
continue;
for (cpp = grp->gr_mem;
*cpp != NULL; ++cpp)
if (!strcmp(*cpp, lnam))
break;
if (*cpp == NULL)
continue;
cr->cr_groups[cr->cr_ngroups++]
= grp->gr_gid;
if (cr->cr_ngroups == NGROUPS)
break;
}
endgrent();
nfssvc_flag = NFSSVC_NFSD | NFSSVC_AUTHIN;
}
#endif /* KERBEROS */
}
exit(0);
}
/* If we are serving udp, set up the socket. */
if (udpflag) {
if ((sock = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't create udp socket");
exit(1);
}
inetaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
inetaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
inetaddr.sin_port = htons(NFS_PORT);
inetaddr.sin_len = sizeof(inetaddr);
if (bind(sock,
(struct sockaddr *)&inetaddr, sizeof(inetaddr)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't bind udp addr");
exit(1);
}
if (!pmap_set(RPCPROG_NFS, NFS_VER2, IPPROTO_UDP, NFS_PORT)) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't register with udp portmap");
exit(1);
}
nfsdargs.sock = sock;
nfsdargs.name = NULL;
nfsdargs.namelen = 0;
if (nfssvc(NFSSVC_ADDSOCK, &nfsdargs) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't Add UDP socket");
exit(1);
}
(void)close(sock);
}
#ifdef ISO
/* If we are serving cltp, set up the socket. */
if (cltpflag) {
if ((sock = socket(AF_ISO, SOCK_DGRAM, 0)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't create cltp socket");
exit(1);
}
memset(&isoaddr, 0, sizeof(isoaddr));
isoaddr.siso_family = AF_ISO;
isoaddr.siso_tlen = 2;
cp = TSEL(&isoaddr);
*cp++ = (NFS_PORT >> 8);
*cp = (NFS_PORT & 0xff);
isoaddr.siso_len = sizeof(isoaddr);
if (bind(sock,
(struct sockaddr *)&isoaddr, sizeof(isoaddr)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't bind cltp addr");
exit(1);
}
#ifdef notyet
/*
* XXX
* Someday this should probably use "rpcbind", the son of
* portmap.
*/
if (!pmap_set(RPCPROG_NFS, NFS_VER2, IPPROTO_UDP, NFS_PORT)) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't register with udp portmap");
exit(1);
}
#endif /* notyet */
nfsdargs.sock = sock;
nfsdargs.name = NULL;
nfsdargs.namelen = 0;
if (nfssvc(NFSSVC_ADDSOCK, &nfsdargs) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't add UDP socket");
exit(1);
}
close(sock);
}
#endif /* ISO */
/* Now set up the master server socket waiting for tcp connections. */
on = 1;
FD_ZERO(&sockbits);
connect_type_cnt = 0;
if (tcpflag) {
if ((tcpsock = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't create tcp socket");
exit(1);
}
if (setsockopt(tcpsock,
SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *)&on, sizeof(on)) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR, "setsockopt SO_REUSEADDR: %m");
inetaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
inetaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
inetaddr.sin_port = htons(NFS_PORT);
inetaddr.sin_len = sizeof(inetaddr);
if (bind(tcpsock,
(struct sockaddr *)&inetaddr, sizeof (inetaddr)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't bind tcp addr");
exit(1);
}
if (listen(tcpsock, 5) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "listen failed");
exit(1);
}
if (!pmap_set(RPCPROG_NFS, NFS_VER2, IPPROTO_TCP, NFS_PORT)) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't register tcp with portmap");
exit(1);
}
FD_SET(tcpsock, &sockbits);
maxsock = tcpsock;
connect_type_cnt++;
}
#ifdef notyet
/* Now set up the master server socket waiting for tp4 connections. */
if (tp4flag) {
if ((tp4sock = socket(AF_ISO, SOCK_SEQPACKET, 0)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't create tp4 socket");
exit(1);
}
if (setsockopt(tp4sock,
SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *)&on, sizeof(on)) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR, "setsockopt SO_REUSEADDR: %m");
memset(&isoaddr, 0, sizeof(isoaddr));
isoaddr.siso_family = AF_ISO;
isoaddr.siso_tlen = 2;
cp = TSEL(&isoaddr);
*cp++ = (NFS_PORT >> 8);
*cp = (NFS_PORT & 0xff);
isoaddr.siso_len = sizeof(isoaddr);
if (bind(tp4sock,
(struct sockaddr *)&isoaddr, sizeof (isoaddr)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't bind tp4 addr");
exit(1);
}
if (listen(tp4sock, 5) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "listen failed");
exit(1);
}
/*
* XXX
* Someday this should probably use "rpcbind", the son of
* portmap.
*/
if (!pmap_set(RPCPROG_NFS, NFS_VER2, IPPROTO_TCP, NFS_PORT)) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't register tcp with portmap");
exit(1);
}
FD_SET(tp4sock, &sockbits);
maxsock = tp4sock;
connect_type_cnt++;
}
/* Now set up the master server socket waiting for tpip connections. */
if (tpipflag) {
if ((tpipsock = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_SEQPACKET, 0)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't create tpip socket");
exit(1);
}
if (setsockopt(tpipsock,
SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *)&on, sizeof(on)) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR, "setsockopt SO_REUSEADDR: %m");
inetaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
inetaddr.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
inetaddr.sin_port = htons(NFS_PORT);
inetaddr.sin_len = sizeof(inetaddr);
if (bind(tpipsock,
(struct sockaddr *)&inetaddr, sizeof (inetaddr)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't bind tcp addr");
exit(1);
}
if (listen(tpipsock, 5) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "listen failed");
exit(1);
}
/*
* XXX
* Someday this should probably use "rpcbind", the son of
* portmap.
*/
if (!pmap_set(RPCPROG_NFS, NFS_VER2, IPPROTO_TCP, NFS_PORT)) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "can't register tcp with portmap");
exit(1);
}
FD_SET(tpipsock, &sockbits);
maxsock = tpipsock;
connect_type_cnt++;
}
#endif /* notyet */
if (connect_type_cnt == 0)
exit(0);
setproctitle("nfsd-master");
/*
* Loop forever accepting connections and passing the sockets
* into the kernel for the mounts.
*/
for (;;) {
ready = sockbits;
if (connect_type_cnt > 1) {
if (select(maxsock + 1,
&ready, NULL, NULL, NULL) < 1) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "select failed: %m");
exit(1);
}
}
if (tcpflag && FD_ISSET(tcpsock, &ready)) {
len = sizeof(inetpeer);
if ((msgsock = accept(tcpsock,
(struct sockaddr *)&inetpeer, &len)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "accept failed: %m");
exit(1);
}
memset(inetpeer.sin_zero, 0, sizeof(inetpeer.sin_zero));
if (setsockopt(msgsock, SOL_SOCKET,
SO_KEEPALIVE, (char *)&on, sizeof(on)) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR,
"setsockopt SO_KEEPALIVE: %m");
nfsdargs.sock = msgsock;
nfsdargs.name = (caddr_t)&inetpeer;
nfsdargs.namelen = sizeof(inetpeer);
nfssvc(NFSSVC_ADDSOCK, &nfsdargs);
(void)close(msgsock);
}
#ifdef notyet
if (tp4flag && FD_ISSET(tp4sock, &ready)) {
len = sizeof(isopeer);
if ((msgsock = accept(tp4sock,
(struct sockaddr *)&isopeer, &len)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "accept failed: %m");
exit(1);
}
if (setsockopt(msgsock, SOL_SOCKET,
SO_KEEPALIVE, (char *)&on, sizeof(on)) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR,
"setsockopt SO_KEEPALIVE: %m");
nfsdargs.sock = msgsock;
nfsdargs.name = (caddr_t)&isopeer;
nfsdargs.namelen = len;
nfssvc(NFSSVC_ADDSOCK, &nfsdargs);
(void)close(msgsock);
}
if (tpipflag && FD_ISSET(tpipsock, &ready)) {
len = sizeof(inetpeer);
if ((msgsock = accept(tpipsock,
(struct sockaddr *)&inetpeer, &len)) < 0) {
syslog(LOG_ERR, "Accept failed: %m");
exit(1);
}
if (setsockopt(msgsock, SOL_SOCKET,
SO_KEEPALIVE, (char *)&on, sizeof(on)) < 0)
syslog(LOG_ERR, "setsockopt SO_KEEPALIVE: %m");
nfsdargs.sock = msgsock;
nfsdargs.name = (caddr_t)&inetpeer;
nfsdargs.namelen = len;
nfssvc(NFSSVC_ADDSOCK, &nfsdargs);
(void)close(msgsock);
}
#endif /* notyet */
}
}
void
usage()
{
(void)fprintf(stderr, "nfsd %s\n", USAGE);
exit(1);
}
void
nonfs(signo)
int signo;
{
syslog(LOG_ERR, "missing system call: NFS not available.");
}
void
reapchild(signo)
int signo;
{
while (wait3(NULL, WNOHANG, NULL));
}
void
setproctitle(a)
char *a;
{
register char *cp;
char buf[80];
cp = Argv[0];
(void)snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s", a);
(void)strncpy(cp, buf, LastArg - cp);
cp += strlen(cp);
while (cp < LastArg)
*cp++ = ' ';
}

14
usr.sbin/nologin/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/22/94
MAN8= nologin.0
nologin clean depend lint tags:
beforeinstall:
install -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE} \
${.CURDIR}/nologin.sh ${DESTDIR}/sbin/nologin
cleandir:
rm -f nologin.0
.include <bsd.prog.mk>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)nologin.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/19/93
.\"
.Dd June 19, 1993
.Dt NOLOGIN 8
.Os BSD 4.4
.Sh NAME
.Nm nologin
.Nd politely refuse a login
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm nologin
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Nologin
displays a message that an account is not available and
exits non-zero.
It is intended as a replacement shell field for accounts that
have been disabled.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr login 1
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm nologin
command appeared in
.Bx 4.4 .

View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
#!/bin/sh -
#
# Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
#
# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
# are met:
# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
# must display the following acknowledgement:
# This product includes software developed by the University of
# California, Berkeley and its contributors.
# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
# without specific prior written permission.
#
# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
# SUCH DAMAGE.
#
# @(#)nologin.sh 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93
#
echo 'This account is currently not available.'
exit 1